ABSTRACT OMIZING FDR comm MEANING IN MICHIGAN WION; 1965-1967 by (harles ‘1'. Schsidt, Jr. 2222 In July of 1965, Michigan's legislature enacted revised public a-plcynent collective bargaining legislation which substantially altered the employer-employee relationship in governmental Jurisdictions. (he of the seriously affected divisions of government so changed was public education, especially school board-teacher relationships. his stuw attempts to identify the significant variables, actions, svents, processes and actors which contributed to the massive, quick and effective organisation of mchigan public school teachers (and other pub- lic school employees) for the pun-pose of collective bargaining during the tvo year period from July, 1965 to August, 1967. no study is divided into three parts including (1)1he legal and political background leading to the required environmental requisites for revised legislation as well as the organisational dynamics which were ac- tivated to achieve the desired changes; (2) A descriptive analysis or the historical dcvelopants, intemal organisation, leadership profile and evolving collective bargdning positions of the pundpal Michigan educa— tional organizations; and (3) The results of teacher organisation drives for exclusive representation including quantitative darts on the structure, in." i523: or; n“; as rant: Erika —& in no 19‘ b “”108 To Wdt, Jre characteristics and nerthods of. detaining educational bargaining units as well as comparative case studies of teacher organizing drives. M3251 No one methodological approach could capture the variety of sources of dsta tqped to complete the study. Methodology was therefore developed and used Ihich in the author's opinion best suited the sub-section or sicro sub-section under investigation. Basically, the methods include legal, library, and archive search, personal interviews, nailed question- naire responses, personally admlrdstered questionnaire responses, stum of tapes, legislative hearings and reports, meetings, personal correspond- eme, case studies and personal observations. However, the central meth- odological approach must be considered fundamentally historical—institutional in character not simply to recite an historical chronolog but to explain both the evolution of present institutions and institutional arrangements and to aid in predictions of future developments and comparative analyses. Ihe data analysis and questiomaire surveys are considered supplementary sources of intonation otheruise unavailable and which provide an additional dimsipn to the historicalqinstitutional. framework. finally, the scope of the study is of considerable depth and detail for tic reasons 8 after only two years it is neither possible nor neces- sarily desirable to separate the neardngtul iron the irrelevant, the in- cidsntfrcuthe trend; and second, it is sandstorytc preserve for others and for history as much of the original record as possible. , h a .1 '22? inn: 5:: . -—-———-—— air! is no i: L". in ham, 1‘ 5%! men]. pc; “4313, m 1;; 3° éd'lim 5.15 ——__--_ “WW. In: Kain 131': both . 3h. 6‘ ~.. IL“ ‘1' Pixie 3:: 1150: m; 'Eilc: Emil “L3 sippcrte I" m» _ ban “5 *1 ‘zad, 111. “311.2. or Charles T. Schmidt, Jr. W lhere is no doubt thct the efforts to organize for the purpose of collective bargaining in Michigan education have been highly successful frcu the general point of vice of the employee organizations, although, obviously, scale uployee groups are are satisfied than others. ' To achieve tn. 1.3.1 protection required for effective organization, a coabinttion of political, organisational, resource and leadership factors were required. In this process the Michigan Labor lbw-mt exercised a decisive role, both as an institutional force and in supplying the lead- ership to the Public Wt legislative Gcmnittee. Further, sylpa- thetic labor relations experts, principally the Mediation Board nenbers and key staff officers were indispensible. However, both of these fcms hadactively supportsdleflslativechangeinthepast andhadbeenunsuc- cessful. It was not until the political composition of the legislature was changed to give a Decoratic najority that success was possible. Moreover, with the change in legislative control cane a change in leader- ship as well. It is doubtful that Democratic control itself would have beensuffldsntto effectuatethechangeifnewstrcngleaderahiphadnct been awardsed within both the Senate and House. Badcally, this phase of the organidng process (achieving the protective legalation) was a labor snvenent effort. be Buoatien Association was active but ineffec- tive. Beaver, after the legislation was passed, an entirely different pattern surged. be earlier Bastion Association challenge to the Wailers of the legislation quickly dissolved, and that organisation 31-13. It as 3:: :11: focused its ‘11:: Bar-"less c 37315.32 “5 535.3 ' . t"W'l‘mnv "a a “"“t d» in 84:10 win}; a: to: radix! of ' ’4‘“ main at an 3316? Chat-J: ca, 5“ ”action ‘: ”WW. an 22!: *A '“V on;:: 9,1! to h teach. 31's, 3.. . ”Em? the l n‘, u" kfi‘e‘.‘ ""“'*Ylly “a s8: dh‘fi‘aw .hvr“ate “ 1 \‘r’ 428 " tar-:1 u e 0‘ , fie“ lie is in h “V it N J. ‘ ”t ‘5‘"- ‘ ‘1 weQ4161- V: 1": .' (4‘2”, Qiarles T. Schmidt, Jr. quickly focused its masters attention upon the desirable features of the new laws. It was prepared to begin intensive organizing and bargaining efforts regardless of which proposals were ultimately supported. his preparation was based upon the assumption that new legislation would be forthcoming that in one m or another would require trained local lead- ership to quickly organise for bargaining purposes. Further, the organi- sation stmcture of the mm was an important part of the MEA's ability to adapt to changing circunstances. Because its Board of Directors could promote policy change in the interim period between representative assem- blies, the reaction by the Board was quick and decisive. Conversely, the m did not have the luxury of flexibility. Tied to the Any-GIG organisationally, politically and philosophically, its appealstotheteacherswerenot subjecttonodificationaswerethe mu. W the MEA could initiate a nilitant response when required or alternatively assume a ”reasoned” professional posture if the drum- stances warranted, the MFT's organising appeal was rigid. Its legislative and philosophical support was within organized labor, and it had specifi- cally rejected professionalism in order to gain this support. Ewever, as inappropriate as the M's response was, it did provide the m ac- tivists a tangible opponent (a rival. in fact or imagination) which could be portmed, where necessary, as the visible Justification for wilitancy and change in policy and approach. There is no reason to believe that the background and orientation of the local teacher leadership played a significant role in determining which organzation was to represmt the Michigan teachers. Insofar as I “a tease: c3332.] min: at touts: ' .....; :L. rma‘i: 4. a e “ T 3:12. have I I 1" lied ‘ dime: or 32:“ 5" I , .ra‘ “r ‘ S- l a: Iq.’ 23-; v. “'60“ v". 86.‘3a QC: ‘. a a w . 6Q* a, v. , 5. ma‘ Guarles T. Schmidt, Jr. the teacher organisation activist profile represents a reasonable cross section of teacher leaders throughout the state, there appears to be no significant variation betwun MFT and MBA local. leaders. Most activists probably would have supported and led either group, and it was only by the accident of their district of mployment that caused them to lead either organisation. 0f nuch greater significance is the 8111:11th of their profiles which indicates that the important variables are not the orientations and backgrounds of the local leadership, (or necessarily how dedicated or hard-working they may be) but rather it is the organi- sation, strateg, image and resources of the state level organisation and its ability to mobilise these resource leaders that is important. in obvious departure from this analysis is Detroit, whose leadership, inage and resources are substantially stronger than the total state or- ganisation. ‘me DFT did not and does not need the MIT-mother locals in the state did. he lack of flexibility and inept and non-political response is the central characteristic of the employer organisations and certainly a major cause of their early failures. It is clear, in all three parts of the m, that the public employers in mchigan by their failures to respond Ponflcflly, addnistraflvely or philosophically to changing enploynut l‘Oil-fl'd-ortahips, have learned little fron earlier similar experiences by their counterparts in private industry thirty years ago. Farther, thelflchiganexperiencetendstcdisccuntmuchofthe Wang that wlxite-collar professimals do not need ”unions", will not organise, and will not support mamas. Further, it re-uphasiaes a flier «Lime-I " a“ . ' ' Charles T. Schmidt, Jr. the earlier cvidenoe in the private sector that supervisors will support organisational units formulated to bargain on their behalf if the required protective legislation is effectuated. The Detroit and Hillsdale principal and supervisory units appear certain to be only a beglming. Finally, the MEi's dramatic, flexible and effective response to changing circumstances should serve as a warning to the hierarchy of the American Labor lbvement and a mdel for their own future organisational responses in the white-collar professional field. Ebwever, it may be such too late. CL; OWG FDR COLLECTIVE BAIBAINING IN Elm “CHICK; 1965-1967 by . ‘L 1 Giarles TJ‘tS-chddt, Jr. A WIS Subdtted to Inchigan State University in partial fulfillment of the requireaants for the degree of 1136103 0! PW fillege of Social Science June 1968 5 533,711! ///5/17? Copyright by Charles T. Schmidt, Jr. 1968 ‘Dc Jean, George and Dan; a sincere thank you. PREFACE nth the issuance of Executive Order 10988 by the late President Kennedy in 1962, “the first [roan-a1] governmt-wide official uployer policy on collective uployee representation" spelled out clearly ”the right of .plcyees to organise, to have their organisations accorded of- mm recomition, to be consulted in the establish-ant of personnel policies and procedures, and, under specified conditions, to negotiate agreumts with agency mags-at on working conditions. '1 Given this policy, cther [governnmtal Jurisdictions] were forced to acknowledge theinadequacy‘andinequitiesinthdromlegislationpertuningto puhlic nployer-uployee relations. are of the first to effectuate legislative change was the State of inchigan. In July of 1965, mohigan's legislature passed node-eta substantially altering the euployer-esployee relationship in governmtsl Jurisdictions from one of raster-servant to one of equal partnership. Probably the nest seriously affected division of movement service so changed was public education, especially school board-teacher relationships. iii his 33:1? 1‘ m, tremor kin craziest; sizes) to: u. 932“ 310 In: 2nd 5! 5'» fact wanting: 5343102131: b («With has his study att-pts to identify the significant variables, actions, nuts, processes and actors that resulted in the massive, quick, and ef- fective organisation of public school teachers (and other public school .ployees) for the purpose of collective bargaining in the state of Mulligan.“ the massive scope and speed of the activity can best be illus- trated by the fact that over 550 collective agrees-rte for prblic school teachers were negotiated by January, 1968; the vast majority were achicved imingthenrsttwoyearsafterthelegislativenendnmtswerepassed. lire effectivuess of this organising activity can be studied either intensofan analysis oftheprocesseswherebyteacherunits aohicved exclusive representation or by viedng the contmt of the collective agree- nnrts subsequentlynegotiated. This studywillbelinitedtc the former approach, an analysis of the att-pts to organise for collective bargdn- inginlnchigan education, within abcutthefirsttwoyears afterthe legislative Wants (July, 1965 to August, 1967), although occasional referencesrdllbenadeto laterdevelopleentswhmtheyappearilportant for clarification. nthoudr aw prinary intent is not the scientific test of hypotheses, t basic hypothesis to both questions of effectivmess is: ”Collective bargaining in the classical mu, and as generally conceived to be Pruticed in private industry in the united States, is a satisfactory P1300080 for the effective resolution of potmtial and actual conflict bow-an boards of education and teachers in public edrrcafion; and, as a P3390088. it can be transferred effectively from the private to the public ““0? 0f the scenery with little change in procedure and philosophy. iv ' : f ‘v “ tee. _‘ 5:2: IS a - . z "| .l i V" 'A; , ,‘ 1'- -«~:Cu¢e .. fl,- .'.. NC ”30: 3.’ 93.3531‘25 0? :- a.- a a I u. . u‘i ""F-n§' o w :el.‘:0'l a; .1... .’ ‘ J. l. ." {we 3”- .V, . . I i: e .. 2:333 of .h; t' b 1-- ‘- e _ 6' ‘ "‘5 'r . ‘J'Ee' ‘ W m. , ‘h 'n to. However, since the criteria for effectiveness are highly subjective and there is far from unanimous opinion or criteria for judging the suc- cess of collective bargaining, even in its 35*year history in the private sector, the proof or dlsproof of the hypothesis lies basically with the value judgments of the reader as he observes the evolution of this ad- mittedly imperfect process. Further, it is this evolution, itself, that is meaningful, not only as an aid in understanding the developments in Michigan, but as a basis for both prediction and comparative study of similar and contradictory developments in other states. In this sense, then, the study is concerned as much with the formulation of hypotheses as it is with solving them. The Scope of the study is of considerable depth and detail for two reasons: after only two years it neither possible nor necessarily de- sirable to separate the meaningful from the irrelevant, the incident from the trend; and second, it is mandatory to preserve for others and for history as much of the original record as possible. Methodology No one methodological approach could capture the variety of sources (fi’data tapped to complete the study. Methodology was therefore deveIOped andtmed which in the author's opinion best suited the sub-section or micro smrsection under investigation. Each approach will be explained where necessary, in detail, within the text. Basically, they include legal, library, and archive search, personal interviews, mailed questionnaire "eSponses, personally administered questionnaire reSponses, study of V a, lagsh‘ we] abduct; 13mg? ‘4: 312M: c! in; ’4?!) first 1;: ‘MV I , if“: N53] Ci: #4 “c @1363 l tepes, legislative hearings and reports, meetings, personal correspondence, cue studies and personal observations. W Mendy the scope of this study required the help and cooperation of hnxdredsofindivhlnelsflhobeoameboth directly andindirectlyin- volved. first and foremost were the teachers, school administrators and school board officials Wt the state of Michigan and the spokesmen for than: respective organisations, the MEA, MET, MSBA, NASA. and other Public employers and uployee organizations—all of when gm urinal: of their the and views in answering questions, completing questionnaires, Ind pmflding intonation from their files. Ethher, this study could not have hem undertakm without the mommagemt and endorsement or Dr. Ira A. Polley, 9;:me or Public Instruction and the nohigan statte Bond of Eincafion; 11‘. Jack Stieber, Director of the School of labor and mum-1.1 Relations, nohigan out. mmw; Mr. Robert Wt, Chaim of the mohdgan State Iahor Mediation Board and Idea-s °1‘ the Mediation Board Staff, especial]: Mr. Ryan Parker and Mr. Robert Plum-1a.. mummy, I an mum to the Industnal Relations Center °~t the thiwrsity of Mmeaota, 1}. Herbert Hannah, Jr., Director, for “king time available to oouplete the writing of the manuscript. Also, itinenpleasnreas ateacher andnwgrafltudeas a'boss” to hm been annotated with the following graduate research ”emu, "hnicnts, and stndmt uployees who lurked under m direction on venous Pea-ts of the study, many since its early inception! John firsoh, Jeff Bum. Richard mute, Jane 81311, David England, ‘lbn butane-:7. J1- v1 Earn, Ea So'x ch «329.: and persu- ai #3315; in t. if» .. 1835:6041- in? Encore, mine Bobodmski, Al Poodym, and Jeff Gates.’ Without their efforts and perseverance in the “nation of dusty files, records, and Journals; in the adadniatration of questionnaires and the conduct of interviews; in the coding of data and Clo-bugging of computer programs, the study could not have been started, such loss completed. Moreover, I think to all not consider the project an education in itself. finally, I Iish to extend a special note of appredation to w Doo- toral knittee for their advice and guidance throughout the manor stages 01‘ sq Doctoral program! 11'. Charles Iarrowe, Department of Eccmdos, who served as w thesis adviser: Dr. lbnald Olmsted, Department of Sociology who guided me through m course work and simulations; and Dr. tallies: lbs-n, Deparhaent cf Sodology; 11'. marles Rulingsworth, Department of Woe and School of labor and Industrial Relations; Dr. Melvin Segal, W of Social Science; Dr. Bruce auto, Department of Political science; and 11'; Robert Scigliano, Department of Political Scimce. Rather than apologise to aw uife and feldly for their indulgence dun-em the period of research and writing, I an more inclined to suggest that we were .11 involved, all interested, and we all profited tron the "patience. Mush, all errors in fact, Judpmt, emissions and conclusions ‘1‘. line. ‘lhe positive features of the study belong equally to all of the Ochtributors. maneapolis, Mmeeota Chle Scinidt J. June,l968 arsT. ,r [I .i .g, t 'i [I 7 TABLE OF CONTH 1‘8 Pm I. I“ AND POLITICAL BAGGPDUND I. mmmONOOOOOOOOOOO0.0.0.0000... 2 {the Ian and Its Interpretation Attanpts to dance Michigan Legislation II. m EFFORI'S FOR INISIATIVE CHANGE: THE PUBLIC mmmlsnmmum.............. 19 The PM Cbntributions and Positions of the Major Labor (hroups within the PEDC III. THE mm IEISIATIVE POSITION OF THE KIWIGAN WflON ASSOCIATION AND THE POLITICAL REPONSE OF MPMCMWOOOOCOOOOOOOCOOOOOO.#1 n1. fichigan Education Association 'lhe Mchigan Municipal. league 'Ihe lichigan School Board Association IV. m MIGIGAN W S APPmVAL OF NW PUBLIC NWT mummmmos AND CONCLUSIONS . . . . . . 63 lbs Public Deployee Hills in Gondttee “me Role of Senator Levin the Role of the Michigan Labor Mediation Board Romney Signs the legislation Sunny and Conclusions rm II. HISTORICAL DEVEIOPHDI‘E, INTMAL OMIZATION, IEADEEBEEP moms AND EVOLVING WILECTIVE DAMAINING POSITIONS OF 1113 PRINCIPAL MICHIGAN EDUCATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS vs mommaeeeeeeee'eeeeeeeeeee79 he lichigan Federation of Teachers he mchigan niuoatlcn Association StmctureandDenocracyattheIeveloftheIocal TeacherOrganisation,Dl‘1'vs.DEA viii hie: T‘- e u" 0 er- “abwl-u In." ”0".” A -I shed-fl”: Jo... E L..." “2 5mm I" Eéigr. Mtge he: r-‘r 2:. h 9"“. d .3 JIM-“o m:x7‘“I-L Oink“... ‘ (i an. V1. Pm CHARACTERISTICS AND SOCIAL BAQGIDUNJB 0F mm OMMON WIS! WAYNE, OAKLAND, mmmmeeeeeeeeeeeeeee'eeeee 130 VII. WLBOARDANDARENISTRAIOROMANIZATIONS ....... 1146 mchigm Association of School Boards Michigan Association of School Administrators Sunny and mnclusions PARI‘ III. In DRIVE FOR EXCLUSIVE WRESMATION VIII. THE SEIECTION OF EXCIIJSIVE comm WING 66 WOCOOOOCCOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 1 Legal and Procedural Requirements Case Study No. 1; he Drive for Musive Representation in Detroit CaseStudyNo. 2; men-inform" Representation in (brand Rapids 1!. THE QUBTION OF THE WHON OF PRINCIPAL AND 0mm ”mum”...OOOIOOOIO'OJO‘OOOOOOO. 196 Background Gase Stub No. 3: Michigan Principal and Supervisory tints Conclusions 1. A sum 3m OFTHE STRUCTURE, CHARACTERISTICS, AND WONOFMCHINNWWUNITS, Ml965-mnl96700000000...,0‘0000.0. 211 Methods Voluntary vs. contested Recognition of Bargaining thits @npcsition of Bargaining [hits Organisational Affiliates “WOO'OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 233 “Pm0......OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO. 21‘1 Emllm’R‘Pneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee'e-eeeeeee 331 I“ in: I“: 113‘ Y I e . I scum. . mitt]. 3c: lit-13$; 9‘53“ his: knees man if"... 3?de: of I 1:55-35; l': . ‘M as; £1 LIST 01" mm Appendix A. Ten Iear list of fills Introduced in the Inchigan mmmnOOOOOCOO......OOCOOOOOO2&1 3. Poliflcal tic-position of the lichigan State legislature; 19m9&0000000000......OOOOOOOO242 C. Public Employee legislative Gondttee: Attendance and linen c”......OOOOOOO'...O‘COOOOO.2u3 D. mchigan All—Clo convention Resolution, 196+ . . . . . . . . 2M 3. Synopsis of Woyee Relations Bills Introduced, 1955-1965eeeeeeecee.eeeeeeeeeeeeee21,5 F. MajorlegislativeActicnonl9651aborBflls.. . ... . . 250 GO Emanmemeeeeeeeeeeee‘eeeeeeee2m He EuseBIllNoe2953......o...e.........259 I. HmerfllNo.2954....................259 Jo mm, “Cttumeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee286 II. Analysis of Home mm Nos. 2952» (Senate am 619) to AnendthelbdiationActand2953(SenateBll1621)to Amdthefirtcfinmhthymsoflaborlhflafion h‘vldeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee288 Li mum. cfthemBoald Of Mr. see a e e e e e 301 H.‘ TeacherOrganisation mun-w Questionnaire . . . . . . . 301; “0 nibhi"eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeelee‘eeeeeee306 0‘ F‘vuri‘t.sprt'eeeeeeeeeeee‘eeeeeeeeee308 P. Teacher Statements Suggesting Reasons W new Became Interested in Active leadership in Teacher MMRMCeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 310 I Appendix Q WMdOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO...... 31-6 R. Bamdninglhitmestiormaire......o........ 328 ‘,;\ "I z: I 1‘. ,. -gj' 17. LIST OF'EABLES ‘8. eleeeeeeeeeeeeee MOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO MaritalStatus.......... Nusbercffilildrm........ Plaoecfmrth-Respondmt . . . . ParentsPlaoeofBlrth...... ascofibunWhereRaised . ... WageEamingParentQudfication Micationalehievmentoflbther Encaflonallohievuentofll'ather Nunberoanildrenin Family, Including Respondent Number of Children in Fanily Attending College, 090...... Inmalmteeeeeeeeee‘eee MM‘Meeeeeeeeeeeeeeee mucatlonal Achievement-Respondent . . . . .‘ . . . Portion of College Undergraduate) We Earned Nunioeroflearscf Ibaching Rperience. . . . . . Number of Years of Administrative (Above level of Classroon'reacher)heri¢lce.. .. . .'. . . Teaching Field and Specialisation xii 131 132 132 132 133 134 134 135 136 137 137 138 138 139 1141 lkl 111-2 1" [<3 breath I: .1353 . in»: of P: 1' i ...:e: of S: :. ‘~o $.11 .7 m PQMJ Karin tag; 53-May, 1965-1967 ‘Eiifizg 3 :‘uel, it. {lg 1 Main. 51‘59: or m an: s .- . -1413, 55?! of 3a.» Man V0113”? f». , “share. or 7‘4 ‘4 owl Wasted Pa in” at. Jed-w: 22. 23. 25. 26. Gan-out]: leaching (In Addition to Your Organisational m..)000000000.00.00.00.00... Nufloer of Professional Organisation Affiliations . . . . . NmberofSodalOrganisation Affiliations. .'. . . . . . Whats. MIME muuon m. bfi by lbnth e e e e e e e e e e mm m Of “mumn “a” . e e e e e e e e e None-Voluntary Recognition—MIME Disposition of Cases; 1%HWOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO0...... BargainingthitDeteninationuamary.......... Bargaining thit Type-Juli)» and Percent of Voluntary mmmmmOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO NunberofMHandledGasesAccordingto'Rypeof MMMt,7/1965'6/1967 e e e e e e~e e e e e e ‘vae of Bargaining Unit Representation Achieved by Specified Elplcyee OrgaMsations (Including both VolmtuyandfintestedReoognition) e e e e e e e e e Organisation Affiliate-Jab» and Percent of Voluntary MmuommwOOOOOOOOOVOO:OOOOOO Contested Representation Casey-Organization lmolveannt, NufierandPel-cent of Casesinuhich Organisationm MMtObOthOanmgAgfinte e e e e 143 143 144 216 217 218 220 223 225 23° 231 PART I LEGAL AND POLITICAL BACKGROUND D .." . - .‘e I“ .‘-I‘J’ I»... a e . . ‘ ...-fl “ :. ..‘ " ,. I‘e- ninflgcvw‘. .‘\: ba“““ - . ‘ee‘ .. ~ ~' ....-._ - H .... "fl' 3.-....1‘ as 'I. ‘ be "u ‘A c.- ...... ...N‘ Me“ : ‘ e .. ~ - CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION In 1965, the State of Michigan became the third in the Union to enact legislation reforming its laws affecting public employees. It substantially amended Public Act 336 (as previously amended) to guarantee that public employees may freely organize and join employee organizations for the purpose of engaging in good faith, collective bargaining with their employers in the codetermination of their wages, hours, and con- ditions of employment. Thus, the state declared as public policy these rights for public employees - rights and protections that thirty years earlier had been declared as national policy for similar, but privately emPloyed, workers in interstate commerce. An analysis of the organizing and bargaining developments in Michigan education during the two year period after the amended Act was 1Implemented must include an account of both the specific articles (guar- antees, prohibitions, intent, and procedures) of the amendments themselves as Well as the historical, legislative, and legal developments that led t° the revised legislation. Obviously, a key element to this latter “313313 is a review of the changing and developing positions of the maL301' organizations, pressure groups, and individuals as they vied for °r8€mizational, personal, and political advantage to influence the °°ntent of the 1965 amendments. Without this detailed review, it is fLmPOSSible to lmderstand and interpret the first two year's activities. 2 ... :‘ap‘ ‘- .. “9 . . .‘Iv‘us‘ dug-finl' a ~ .4 SEW . . . OV‘QO‘ p‘l . ‘ a a .- oms-g. 5... fl . ’ .16 1713261115 "‘ “ b u; . v.3 Q9 saga. I .“A.. s Q “0 v. u A . Uu.:o;."1, a _e_ 25 r"... :C ‘l- 0‘ . "\ .v -.g. ’V’ffac .' Q ... uu-cbbvv, ‘0‘ ‘G-g- ~V‘. .L N ‘fi' ~ (I. .u 'I.‘ ~ \ ‘ ~5 A... g-v- a. h Moreover, meaningful predictions for success and failure, both in wohigan and elsewhere, cannot be attempted without a knowledge of all the components of the system; and, although some of these developed after the amendments were enacted, many had their origins in the past. Consequently, a central hypothesis both to this chapter and throughout the study is that the practices, positions, advantages, weaknesses, successes, and failures in collective bargaining in Ifichigan education during the first two years had their genesis in the past, particularly in the two-year period from 1963-65. The Law And Its Integpretation In 1911? the State of Michigan enacted Public Act 336, commonly referred to as the Hutchinson Act, "An Act to prohibit strikes by cer- tain public employees; to provide certain disciplinary action with respect thereto; to provide for the mediation of grievances; and to prescribe penalties for the violations of this Act. "1 Ihe law, based on New York's Condon-Wadlin Act, defined the strike in toms of the in- dividual employed in the government of the State or any branch thereof, and imposed automatic penalties. Violation required termination of em- ployment and abandonment of all benefits including pension rights, unless the employee was later reappointed. Employees could act only through pro- visions of Section 7 of the Act, which referred to Public Act No. 176 of 1939, commonly called the Bonine-Tripp Act or Labor Mediation Act (INA); it enabled a majority of the public employees of a "given group" to '7 w lSee generally, 20 Michigan Compiled Laws, Annotated, 279 for the provisions of the original Hutchinson Act. o . n. 0.. n-p‘ X:-:: we #-- .a . . . "I. a~Oah§ u; "‘ in: a-lw‘._- an. ' I‘ ~e9~-... A a J-‘ " “Ween--.- - . . ‘_- “‘ lu- V" u‘J ‘- k... ...e . - . _ ‘ I. -.,~‘ _ .'- e" a u . I “‘-a-, $.- " § HI! c ...‘. _ -\ YN-v ie-Ik..s ’6' "u. .5.‘ r. . . . . 3 "t - A. 3-“: . . u. _ . ‘ .....‘22.:O‘ A! A“ ",""-¢.vu Q. s. 0‘ ~.‘. . ... o ." 4.. . .. l A‘ OVQC ‘k . ‘ 44 1‘ ’"A‘-~_ ... ...-us“ ‘5‘, )l .‘.‘. ‘22:“: : “ A -—‘ ~~a .9“ '. petition the Labor Mediation Board (Ll-1'8) for the mediation of grievances. Thus, the Hutchinson Act was restrictive in its approach, and abundantly clear in enumerating what activities were prohibited and what penalties would be automatically imposed for violation. Basically, however, this act was only a reflection of the common law in which the right of public employees to strike had been emphat- ically denied, and it represented a public reluctance toward having public servants become involved in labor activities. But, as with any law, its real character was shaped by authorities charged with its interpretation and by the reaction of the public and those affected by it. Public Act 336 - The Hutchinson Act: Basic Provisions The Ihltchinson Act's prohibition of strikes by certain public employees and provisions for mediation of labor disputes involving such uployees was further defined.1 A strike was "the failure to report for duty, the willful absence from one's position, the stoppage of work, or the abstinence in whole or in part from the full, faithflll and proper perfomance of the duties of employment for the purpose of inducing, influencing or coercing a change in the conditions, or compensation, or the rights, privileges or obligations of employment. " No public employee could strike or approve of or consent to one or more other employees' striking; the penalty was the termination of his 1Act #336, Public and Local Acts, 1947. This category included all employees of the State of Michigan, in political subdivisions of the State, in the public school service or any public or special district, or in the service of any authority, commission, or board, or in any other branch of the public service (Section 2, Act #336). This and Section 4a, Act #336 also applied to civil service employees insofar as the legislature could control the employment policies of the Civil Service Commission. u a '.'~?' 2.. 2,: r ~0‘n' -0!- - ...-I ;&“ ...“ h: ‘00; ~.:. ~‘ e" I .- ...-. 10v-.. 31.5- 359.. fi‘ ...-,' ”- (- . 4 ...... ‘ ‘9 I. 3..“ £0.“ . ... n . ’~ 9 . > ‘fln .“ . ufid ' mun-e. " C. ...“. . .... 3 ~. ~:¢\ A .. ‘ ‘\\I he *~e at." .. |~.. . . ~ & ’ an - -' m at... U a." a“. '\ i I. . ‘ N .‘§‘Cg‘ ‘ It's; ~ ~ u " -t‘.§: I.‘ .-c we. ".' .5. o h...-_ I "3‘3 2- . a H A‘ .‘.e ‘ employment and any retirement or other rights attached to such employ- ment. A public employee violating the Act could be reinstated (reap- pointed) only on the following conditions: 1. His compensation could in no event exceed that received by him immediately prior to the time of such violation; 2. The compensation of such person could not be increased until after the expiration of one year from such appointment or reappoint- ment, enmloyment or reemployment; and 3. Such person would be on probation for a period of two years following such appointment or reappointment , employment or reemploy- ment, during which period he would serve without ”tenure and at the pleasure of the appointing officer or body. A public employee discharged for violating this Act could appeal to the officer or body having the power to remove him and if it was determined that the employee had violated the Act, the employee could then petition the Labor Mediation Board for review. The Labor Mediation Board also was required to mediate disputes involving government employees when a majority of a given group (as evidenced by a sigled petition) or a public official in charge requested mediation. Here, the Hutchinson Act and the Labor Mediation Act, Act #176 of 1939 as amended, were interrelated, as the Board was required to exercise the powers granted it in the mediation of other labor disputes. Duing the course of mediation the Board could make written findings concerning the matters in disagreement and make than public if it felt such action would expedite a settlement. However, the Board would direct the parties to proceed rather than make public findings if the public employer party to the dispute had agreed, prior to mediation, to the following procedure} Within ten days the public employer and the petitioning employees, would each select one delegate who would conduct hearings; the parties were required to furnish all pertinent information within their knowl- edge and control. If a recommended settlement was reached, copies would be sent to both parties, even though such a settlement was not binding on the parties. If they failed to recommend a settlement within twenty days of their appointment, the delegates were required to designate a mediator to aid in the negotiation. If they failed to appoint a mediator within five additional days, the Board would do so, as the delegates were required to make such a request to the Board upon their own failure to act. This appointee would act as chairman of a mediation panel, whose other members were the two delegates. He would call a hearing within ten days. Within twenty days after the hearing began, the panel was required to send written findings and opinions to the two parties. Again, a majority decision by the panel was not binding on the parties.1 Employees were not to be discharged for submitting a grievance under this Act. Am? person not a public employee who instigated the violation of the Act could be fined from $.00 to $1,000 or imprisoned up to one year, or both. Hutchinson Act inteQretations From the beginning, public employers looked to the Act as a refuge 1Section '25, Act #176 (as amended). This procedure was spelled out in the 1956 amendments. The delegates appointed by the parties were allowed legal counsel during these proceedings. x i.. ...:p' C no. It's--. v: :;V-“ o.‘_“'. ‘ .ngvob -... ‘.‘ . .- :““ I‘v- . _: “t “ref-:9- as . . HI ' on ‘Io.e‘ ‘. .A v“. V W C... N ‘ . c a .. ~ . ‘ W ~~n~| .-C,"‘l: -... ' a "J. ear-"1; a. 'Q—u 3" ‘ \4.‘ I J -‘-. u ‘x ‘ u, 1 a N... ‘3 :‘m‘ an». ' fl “ I . -, la a 'V '0 . . “me " 0. ‘. "ao \ '5 a G a ‘1 ht. «.g. 1‘. Y Q. .. . .\ “(at i '5‘. E Q.- Q»... I r.I I I ‘ \‘ :u’ a x . ‘ \. £ A: . ”- ‘5. ha. . ‘0‘“;- ., \ \x ‘, v*'. J‘. I‘ ‘ n "5 ‘Mn ‘U.ni ‘ , . in- ~-_ . Q ‘2 . F-n.‘ "‘\~‘» ~ " I I. "'4 \ a‘fln: ., 3‘ ‘a’ : ‘\: i“ 1‘ - . w. a I 0 ’a \. . ‘--.‘ . ' “\ N "I ‘A \‘ 1'- NF], \". e i | ‘1 K o :a ".C5 from organized labor, for there was no legislative base for union activ- ity. In June of 19% the first Attorney General's opinion under the Act opened a small area of opportunity for the unions: "...Public officials cannot insist upon mediating grievances directly with employees in their charge. Public employees may, if they so desire, mediate with their superiors through representatives of their own choosing."1 In this way, a union appeared as representatives of employees who specifically au- thorized it to act in the mediation of a specific grievance, but not as the exclusive representative of all employees of a given unit. Indeed, the law would not allow those public officials who were willing to act through a union the right to do so. On a request for interpretation, the Attorney General in 1952 issued an opinion that a county road com- mission is not authorized to enter into a contract with a labor union or to make it the sole bargaining agent of employees.2 Even the ques- tion of whether the "employee representatives" referred to in the 1948 Opinion could be a union was not firmly settled until 1956.3 Nevertheless some few public employers did negotiate on an extra- legal basis with unions.l+ The union would seek out the anployer, and would ask to discuss not only grievances but also wages, hours, and working conditions. If the employer refused, the union would have one of its local members request an opportunity to be heard at the monthly 11cchigan, Attorney General Opinion No. 662, June 9, 19148, p. 538. 6:251chigan, Attorney General Opinion No. 1601, November 7, 1952, PP. 9. 3Michigan, Attorney General Opinion No. 2588, August 11+, 1956, pp. Mil-466. “Statement by Robert Grosvenor (AFSCME), interview, June 23, 1967. A. U ‘0: public meetings of the governing body. The member and his union repre- sentative would then argue for pay increases or other toms and condi- tions of employment. If refused, they would return the next month and in each succeeding month until the employer either stipulated to an "agreement" for a certain length of time or was convincing in his re- msal. The agreement might be a commission resolution, a council ordinance, or perhaps simply a "gentlemen's agreement". However, none of these agreements had any legal force. This form of negotiation, which the union has characterized as "collective bargaining", yielded 28 agreements for the Michigan locals of the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees by 1957. The next significant interpretation of the law concerning public employees developed in the teaching field. In 1955, 101 classroom teachers petitioned the Mediation Board for intervention in a dispute involving salaries and other conditions of employment.1 The Board did intervene, but against the protest of the School District of Garden City. The District took the case to court where the following significant de- cisions were rendered: 1. Teachers are considered public employees under the Hutchinson Act. 2. The 1MB may mediate questions of salary under its authority to mediate grievances since "The word 'grievances' must be read in the statute in its generally accepted sense rather than as defined by usage in some contract cases. We know of no grievance more likely to provoke lGarden City v. Labor Mediation Board, 99 1w. 2d A85 (1959). ~.‘v - - H Al (I‘ the sort of dispute which the labor mediation board and P.A. 1947, No. 336, are designed to avoid than those concerning wages or salaries. " 3. Supervisory employees-u-even though they are certified class- room teachers--should not be included as part of the given group for petitioning purposes. 1%. ‘Dle notion of a given group is that of a "unity of interests".1 Although this decision allowed for further involvement by a third party in all of public employment bargaining, the mediation process was itself rather unsatisfactory, both in its procedures and in its results. First, it was a cumbersome process, invoked by a majority petition of the particular group of employees or by the public official in charge of them. Members of the group may indeed have had feelings of discontent, but often employees with no legal protections were reluctant to put their names on record. The mediation process was altered twice in attempts to make it more productive. In 1951+, a fact-finding procedure was incorporated in Section 10 of the Labor Mediation Act, with referenced application to the Hutchinson Act.2 Again in 1956 a more complex variation of fact finding (which was rarely used) was amended to Section 25 of the IMPLB 3'16 problem may be summarized as follows: Many problems arose in the implementation of the legislations. Major parts of it were ignored. Public employee representatives found it difficult and cumbersome to obtain the signatures of a majority of the employees in "any given group" for the purpose of invoking mediation. Upon the filing of a petition, the Board was required to 1Ihid. abich. Stat. Ann. 17.455(7)(1960). 3141MA, Section 25, as amended. ,l'!’ 10 determine if a majority of the employees in the group had signed it. To do so required a request to the public employer for a list of the employees in the unit. The Board adopted a policy of withholding the names of the employees on the petition from the public employer for the protection of the employees signing the petition. This withholding was often resented by the public employer, and the right to withhold this information was challenged in court. The Board's right to do so was upheld. (Benton Harbor School District v. Michigan Labor Board, Circuit Court for Berrien County, Michigan, Docket No. 134241(l96o).1 Additionally, the discontent of public employees was increased by the unrealistic action of some employers. For example, the mediation process in many situations became an "exercise in futility because the act provided no obligation on the part of the public employer to bargain and no means other than fact-finding for the public employee group to exert pressure on the public employer. "2 The employer finding refuge in the no-strike section quite frequently refused to recognize employee problems: "The [Mediation] Board found that many times the public employer would send microofficials to represent it at mediation sessions, who were without authority to make commitments and who were reluctant to effectively recommend means of settlement of the dispute to the public employer's governing body."3 The employer further frustrated his em- Ployees in some instances by remsing to acknowledge grievancesh and ignoring employee requests to participate in the decision making process. 11cc w. Walsh, "Michigan Labor-Management Relations Law: Past and Present," Journal of Urban Law, 144 (Fall, 1966), p. 107. Zlfllid” p. 108. 3Ibid. “Jackson City local AFSCME, "Statement", iicldgan, Joint House- Senate Labor Committee, Hearings, May 10, 1965. ... ... ll These deveIOpments were taking place at the same time when others in the private sector were making substantial financial progress and were being permitted to negotiate an expanding area of subjects. Other Hutchinson Act Cases One of the principal court tests under the repealed Act was a case testing the Act's constitutionality. This question reached the Michigan Court in l952 in a case involving Detroit Street Railway employees.1 The court declared that, as it was against public policy for a public uployee to strike, the Act did not deprive such an employee of any vested right and was therefore consitiutional. In that same case the Court ruled that the City of Detroit was not bound to take back its workers on the same terms under which they worked before the strike. In other words, public employees who struck had no vested right to agree- able terms of employment when they were reemployed.2 In fact, they could be reemployed only on certain conditions. In a l95h State Supreme Court case, it was ruled that a court of e(Wity hadjurisdiction to restrain public officers from arbitrarily dis- Charging a public employee who submits a. grievance to the Labor Mediation Board. However, the mere implication of such a discharge is not enough for court intervention. In this same case the Court ruled that the court could not intervene to direct procedures to be used by the Board in processing employee. grievances. The Board had exclusive ‘ t This decision arose from a case involving the Flint Trolley Coach Co. ‘ Detroit v. Division 26 of Amalgamated Assn. of Street, Electric Railway 8 Motor Coach Employees of‘A'merica 332‘ Mich 2377 (1952). 1.. _-r: I: ’t’ 12 jurisdiction in this field.1 Earlier, in 1949, the State Attorney General advised that disputes arising in mnicipally-owned utilities should be mediated under this Act rather than by use of a special commission under the utility provisions of the Labor Mediation Act.2 Attegm ts to Change Michigan legisw 1116 original Hutchinson Act, as earlier indicated, was modified in two ninor ways prior to the 1965 amendments. In 1954 a fact—finding procedure was adopted3 and in 1956 an abortive procedure was installed to allow delegates to designate an impartial chairman to act'as fact finder for the panel and recommend a settlement. hiring the last decade there have been many attempts, primarily by Democrats, to change existing law to the benefit of public employees: the activity has focused upon improved mediation procedures giving employees the right to organize and providing for compulsory arbitration; there have also been some attempts at repealing Hutchinson and providing special procedures for teachers. (See Appendix A for a list of the bills introduced into the legislature dining the decade prior to enactment of the 1965 amendments.) The efforts ‘from 1955 to 1958 were to alter the Bonine-‘I‘ripp Act by empower- ing the ms to enter disputes on its own motion and to allow the governor to submit the dispute to a special comnission if it were not resolved lWithin thirty days. From 1957 to 1965, Demcrats sponsored legislation —_~ lGaidamavice v. Newaygo Board of County ibad Commissioners 3&1 Mich 280 (1951+). Zlfichigan Attorney General Opinion #1124, December 13, 1949. Bifichigan Stat. Ann. 17.165 (7)(1960). .h ’2 13 that would permit uployees covered by the Hutchinson Act to form, Join, or assist in labor organisations and union activities. Oomptisory ermtrsdon was first introduced in 1959 and from 1961 it was perennially sponsored by the fire figure mioml Qmourrently, private sector bills were being advocated by De.- oorats-Jlittle Wagner“ bills go back to 19555 legislatively, sole of the Moose problems with mediation were first approached in 1937. KonseHJJI98 advocatedthe mu extension ofthepmvidons ofthe mitopublio uploywees, andsdditionallyitwouldhaverenovedthere- quiraamts oranofnoieleleotionpriortoestnkemdwouldhfledis- missed the legal field» of oondnoung strike votes as required for a represmta‘lion electiomz However, further pursuit of the procedural problem of the m wdted until 1963. In 19623 Republican Governor George Romney appointed two of his Political dds, Malcolm B. Lovell, Jr., and Robert G. Hewlett, to the Mediation Board. Mr. Iowell, who had been Romney's fen-er industrial relations mtive at herioan Motors Corporation, was appointed Quir- Iln.“ Iowall, seeing some of the procedural mum of hospital ae- plnym, who required special eo-isaions appointed by the Governor t“immuneatl.‘.l..th the Detroit Federation of Teachers andotherlaborunits. Byandlarge, stthe mdofWorldHarI what labor unions were rebelling against industry's demands, teachers in Detroit were lagging behind other labor units in economic benefits.1 no year preceding the first attempt to organise teachers in Mroit had been one of unparalleled prosperity. Prices ... reached a level unprecedented since the Civil War. Wages rose correspondingly, laborhadbeenfullyenplnyedandthechief complaint had boa: that uployees could not get enough labor.2 A. shortage of labor and the high cost of living had placed teachers in an umsual position. heir services, like those of labor, were very Inch needed, yet they were denied, by custom, the privilege of noml conpetiticn fortheirskills. Teachers atthattineeeredependentupon the Detroit mayor, the mean Council, and the Detroit Board of Education thpublished 2W m. a speech by e. w. HoGarragh, mum of theliechanics tals Bank, NesIork. 92 for salary schedules and adjust-ants. his minions salary for the 1919- 1920 school year was $1,100 annually} Daring the previous school year (1913-1919), the minim salaries for teachers had boon $900 or $1,000 (ahigheranountwasgiventohighschoclteachers)andasnallgraduated bonus hadbem given "mumsedbdances invarious city funds."2 By comparison, the average amual rages of hcdcarriers, plumbers, black- dths, md machinists were $1,200, $1,280, $1,700, and $1,980, respec- timely? hone-1c conditions were not the only conditions contributing to the early attt-pts at union organisation in Detroit. lack of concern by city officials with the teachers' economic plight combined with wide- spread labor unrest led directly to the organisation of locals 155 and 157, the forerunners of local #231, Detroit Federation of Teachers. Mayor Janos Oousens' attitude was particularly controversial.“ A bone, proposed in January, 1920, would have increased a teacher's salary by$300andwouldhavebeupayableinJuly. However, whcnthebudget cane up for infernal consideration in the council, the layer out the sup- plantaly school bidget estinete fro- fl,017,555 to $920,000. men then the $920,000 supplement was voted upon, the mayor (upon the advice of the corporationcounoil)vetoedthebonuscntheg1oundsthstitccul.dnotbe dimm I'm e 5 luaffoletto, op, 113., p. 2. W M 6. 1920. p. 3. m 20, 1920’ Po 30 “anoint-o, an; g9, p.5. Wm Mm 27. 1920. p. 1. 93 Atthe sanetinethathevetoedtheproposedbonus, Maor Oousens advocated that teachers supple-ent their incomes by becoming solicitors forthe mchiganBell Telephone Oonpawintheirsparetine. Heputthe proposition this way: ”Teachers should not let a mistaken professionalism stand in the way of their eanzing an honest dollar whenever possible.'1 Initgnant teachers' viewpoints were aired in Public letter Boxes: Ihearduayor Oousenswantedteacherstcworkovertine and on Saturdws. He wouldn't advise plumbers or other actors of any organised labor federation to do such a thing but he muldadviseteacherstodo so. Teachersmstbeinapod- tinntodenmdwhattheyneedandbeassuredofgettingit.2 ...It is not so mob a question of ethics as of strength, of health, and of endurance.3 DIring this fervor of activity, the Detroit Teachers Association scheduled a nesting for lhursday, February 26, 1920, for the purpose of sanctioning the abrogation of contracts in In. The plan was to take advantageefthethirty-dayclenseinthe contractuhichallcwedternina- tion by either party after giving thirty dqs' notice. The abrogation weld allow teachers to use the longer vacation for employment in busi- ness and industry, were salaries, higher than thq would hove received while teaching were possible. Also, abrogation would provide a legal way to pay the bonus if new contracts were drain up.“ Disenchantnent with the Mucation Associetion by none teachers also enhanced the desire for a new organization. 1m; p. 1. an I as W March 3. 1920. 9i} Itwasfeltbysonecftheteachersthat aneworganiza- tion was needed, one in which the teacher would have a more direct influence than she had had in the past...There was a decided antagonism toward the Eiucaticn Association. Ad- ministration of the schools was equated with the adminis- tration of the Eiucation Associaticml However, the organisation of a teacher union was inhibited by the teacherlss self-image, lack of teacher support and public pressure. Teachers then as now were hampered by a public-service comdttnut which unfcrmnately was defined to include indispensible service with gratuitous oonpauation.‘ mas mohel McKinney, president of the Detroit Teachers' Associa- tion viewed an early attupt to form a teacher union in this manner: he Teachers' Association, I an safe in asserting, will takeaflrnstandagainstarytbingofthis sort.‘ Itis probably Just as well that these thirty-nine men have come out and shown theircaliberby affiliatingwithaunion. 'nrenenwho have donetheloudesttalhnganongthcarenenwhohavenotbeen long in Detroit. lhey have cone fron smell toms for the mat part, inthehopeofnaking abetterlivelihccdthanwaspos- dble thonez won. officers of the muoaticn Association were clinging to the concept of professionalism and public service, militants within the or- ganisation were calling a series of matings to discuu salary adjust- Iuts, abrogetion of contracts, and strengthming the union. the administrator organiser, David Melanie, principal of Cmtral High School, called a nesting to consider the abrogation of contracts. 0. L. maney, acharternenbercftheDetroit Federation ofTeachers, proposedaccnstitutionalanmdnenttoallowthefcrnaticnofanew W r-bmm 28. 1920. p. 1- Zhuffclettc, an' 51.“. p. 5. 95 organisation, but the proposal. was defeated} Mr. Ianpscn, organiser for the Anerican Federation of Teachers, advised: Teacherswillneverenjoythe salariesthatarepaid to men in other professions and industrial crafts until they place thuselves in a position to demand a fair schedule of wages. Purely professional organisations such as teachers' associations and schoolnen's clubs are ineffective becmse they lack the support of the majority of voters. Affiliation with the American deeration of Labor gives teachers the help of four million voters and organised wage earners in their agitation for higher salaries.2 Ltterthe speechagroupofnandghedapetiticn foraoharter from the herican Federsticn of Teachers. 01 March 1, 1920, the charter wasgrantedanditbecanelmcwnasthe Detroit High SchoclMen, Ioca1155.3 We, on Saturday, beruary 29, 1920, the mgh School Wonen's hecutivo Council. not under the chairmanship of mas Grace mllard. About twenty-five wonen attended, and sentinents were about evenly divided for and against the fonation of a union.“ Ina of the women present at the neeungwerewillingtosiga apetiticnrequesting acharterforawonm's local, but the group decided instead to hold a general nesting on the fol- lowing Wednesdq.‘ Hr. lalpson, the organiser for the American deeraticn ofTeachers, wasagaininvitedto speak. The scheduledmeetingtookplaoe andrdneteenmnendgnedapetiticnrequestingacharterfrontheheri- can deeraticn of Teachers. It was decided at this nesting that grade schoolteachersbelowtherankof assistantprincipal cculdbeinoluded 1W February 28. 1920. p: 1. W rem-y 28. 1920. p. 1.- MoIm-o, an» 93,, p. 20. W4 Mrs-r: 28. 1920. p. 20. 96 intheunion. unbursday, Marchs, 1920, acharterforthewonenwas grantedandthus Iocallj7wasforlod.1 Motions to the fornation of the two locals were varied. Calvin Coolidge had aruculated the standard response when he stated: “No public employee has the right to strike at anytime, at any place, for m reason." 11'. John H. Hall, president of the Board of Education, felt that the teachers' action was not a "square deal'.2 In a newspaper in- terview, Sanrcl C. lit-ford indicated that he felt that the new organise;- tionandthemallnufierofpetiticners'werenotworthtalldngabout' and 'itprobablywasdccnedtc failure. .. As anenbercfthe Boardof fihrcation, I have no pcrticular feeling either for or against the nove- nent: Ifitwllldothumgccdlet thuufomaunicn. Itmbe a relaxation to than to attend labor neetings now and than. '3 flares board were, Dr. Hall, Samel Word, and Mrs. Laura Osborne, agreed that no policy of aggression should be used against union activity.‘ Another nexuber, niward D. Davina, thought that the board should take an immediate stand to discourage teachers fron con- tinuing the reverent.“ Superintendent Ooctv said: Detroit does notneed suohamcvenmt andanunberof representative teachers I have talked with at various times feel that such action on the part of teachers would not randy the situation, but instead would seriously hurt their curse. Instead of uldng then a number of a profession, unionism would nake than a mulber of a procession$5 lmffolettc, an. at» p. 33. 2m, p.‘ 20. 3%: p. 1?. “WM; (News Section No. I) February 29, 1920, p. 1. W final one... Fez-my 29. 1920. p. 1. 97 While some labors of the Board of Riuoation were taking a sdld stand favoring union organisation, Cody made the following newspaper snnouncenmt 3 he heard of Dincation has received an abundance of applications for teaching positions from almost every city in the country... Detroit is free fron any danger of a teacher shortage. Besides #50 new teachers needed for the casing year, there were enough applications left over to fill W uergacy vacancies during the next school year.1 Apparently the veiled newspaper threat by Superintaadent Cody achieved its purpose, for a Joint nesting of both locals was held Monday, March 9, 1920. he stem five-hour nesting revolved around the question of whethercne couldbe aunionnenberandrelain aprofessional person. he group decided to withdraw from the Anerican Federation of Teachers and fen a new group called the Detroit Council of Teachers.2 has, teacherunicnisnoollapsedinDatroit, andnorethantenyearspassed before any att-prts to reorganise occurred. It is apparent that the Detroit Board of Hucaticn and the admin- istrators mined very much against unions. heir coercive power over teachers was so great that teachers attempted no further union ergaxdsing until 1931. Bone teachers thn becue so dissatisfied with salaries, status and augments that despite anti-union continent by addnistrators and school board Idea-s, they risked loss of jobs to affiliate with the herican Federation of Teachers. 1m, March 5, 1920. zmolotto, 93, ‘3. , p. 21. Mom, 2;. 33.; espedally for emu of early history. 98 he nan probably nest responsible for the organisation of the Detroit Federation of Teachers was 11'. Otto Marchwudt, a professor of hglish at qus Stats thivsrsity, thm knew: as the College of the City of Detroit. 11'. Fhrokwudt urged his students to attend infernal gatherings at his hens and at the homes of friends at which political and educational topics were discussed. thionian was also disoussedandthessdisoussionsledto apstition requestingachartsr from the American hderation of Teachers. Fourteen people, including 11-. Harckwardt, signed the petition for the charter which bees-s effec- tive February 21}, 1931. he group was officially recognized as the htrcit Federation of haohsrs, local 231, American Mention of Teachers, affiliated with the herican Federation of Labor. Olive ‘15qu was the first president of the Detroit Federation of Teachers, local 231, and was assisted by Jean Seidsl, secretary. Because Miss 'fillsy was no longer a teacher, she was elected preddent. Acceptance of the presi- denoybyan activetsaohsrcouldhavslsdtcherdmssalbscanss of the adlinistraticn's anti-union position. he sustencs of the htreit Federation of Teachers began as a secret organisation but soon becane known to everyone. In 1932, the Detroit Federation of Teachers held its first whlic meeting at Northern mgh School. Frances Gnu-fort, Northwestern mgh School teacher, presided and later bees-s needn‘t. he union, which had a leadership of approximately fifty ale-hers, continuedteheldregularneetingsdunngthis earlyperied. hoarding to Mrs. Florence Sweeney, one of the first presidents of the union, guards hadtebepestedstdoorstomakesursthatnen—nenbersdidnot enter. he adlinistratien often sent spies to learn what the union was up to. 99 he DPT kept growing slowly despite opposition from the Detroit Board of Diucaticn and the school administration. An sample of the hostile attitude faced by the union was reported in 1937. I}. flirt R. amrly, president of the Detroit Board of Eincation stated: I an absolntely opposed to labor union grganization along school teachers. IanoppessdtengJ AFLanong school teachers. hsyarstryingtoservetwonastsrs—laborandthe Boardeffilucation. IfthsytrytodobothIpersonalJy do not favor tum- uploynent as teachers.1 he paper also carried a state-ant by use Fi-ancss Comfort, DFI‘ president, that the men had 1,000 answers. 0n M37. 1937, Wrapsrtsdthatnedasrs ofthe Detroit Board of Diucafion, following 11'. hurly's ststenent, appeared to expect the first under controversy over the sustenco of the Detroit Mention of Teachers. However, at a Board nesting on July 28, 1937, during which Dr. flaurly was absent, other members of the Bond stated that the DFT was a fine srganisaticn. hue, the DFT received the ac- ceptance, if not the approval, of the Detroit Board of Riucstion. hsDFTalsohadte contendwiththsstronglymtrsnched Detroit Teachers' ”sedation, new the DEA, which was affiliated with both the mam hsDTiwascenddsrsdat thattinsa'cenpanyunien'bs- oanseofthsgreatnlflasrofadninistratorswhobslongsdtothsgroupand fiestronglyrecoalendedthattsachersjoin. heirdneswsrs75¢oonpared withthe$6t00.2rangspaidbythsDll'l'n-bsrs.2 Dmingthsl930's, 1% M: 6. 1937. p. 1. W M. May. we. 100 l9h0's, and even early 1950's, it was not unusual for all the teachers in a school to belong to the UTA. he Detroit Teachers' Association certainly was gven preferential treatnent; e.‘g., the on office was provided by the Detroit Board of mutton. math-W momma. moan-d by Mr.“ Otis Crosby, a DTA nenbsr, as part of his school duties. Cneofthsnilestonesinthe historyofthe DFTwasthepublication ofitscmppsr, W whichfirst appearedin Septenbsr, 191:1. he newspapers of the Detroit Federation of Teachers (AFT) and the mm but Teachers' Association (an) gave the teachers“ Detroit an excellent opportunity to conpare statenents, positions, and progress of the two groups. little canbs saidfor themilitancyefthe DTAduringthis early period. An objective evaluation of the rival organisations' papers will quicklyconfinthattheDFTwasthemrsnilitmt group. heDTAss-ed to be apologising for the Detroit Board of mucstion and took rather weak positions on their denands. hr exanple, in the Noveaber, 191:1, issue of W the salary proposals of both groups were printed; he Detroit Federation of Teachers proposed a salary schedule of $1,700 to $3,500 in nine steps, while the Detroit Teachers' Association proposed $1, 5110 to $2,6ll-0 in eleven steps. isurveyofbothnewspapsrsduringthepsriodof June, 1961, to June, 1963, gives no indication that the DEA presented to the Board of mucatien a single grievance or recon-ended an inpreve‘ts in working conditions, although it did “t a new salary schedule in March, 1962. Wm filled with articles extolling the teaching 101 profession, giving advice on how to be a good professional, and listing the advantages of an, MEL, and DEA ad the accesqalishmats of teachers who belong to professional organisations. he DPT, on the other hand, detailed its confrontations with the Board and adndnistration with articles cldning: "mien Pans ... deeration Proposes ... Detroit Teachers Desad". he DFT, therefore, concerned itself with settling personal grievaess and offering services to teachers while the DEA pronoted professionalism. W he following is a record of what the Detroit Federation of Teachers 1 considers sons of its under achiev-ats. Most of these reforms, now taken for grated, were opposed by the school administration, the Detroit Board of Eiucation, or both. l938—l9h0 he Federation gained wt to restore depression pay cuts, 10 days sick leave and anth school year, and a reductioninclass sisefron50tolessthalIO. 191:2 heMonwuinstrunentalingdningthefirstsalu-y increase in 20 years, plus a single salary schedule. fincsthathe Federationhaswon aonepayincrease "‘1'! FOO-1‘- Prior to this time, high school teachers received higher salaries than teachers in the elsnentary schools. he thsratien argued that the re- quirements of the eleaentary teachers were the same as those for high school teachers ad they worked as hard. 19M: he theraticn won a seniority policy and was successful in stopping visitations to absent teachers by the school nurse, whom the teachers believed was sent to ”spy" on then. 1am on mm sheet. (No title and undated.) 102 191:5 he Ihion gained reforns in the retirement plan ad also won significant vsteras' benefits. Teachers who were members of the Armed Fbrees between Septanber, 1941 and December, 1946 were given seniority credit and salary increnents. 1906 he Federation was victorious in a back pay suit when $2 million in depression pay-cuts were restored to teach- ers afteradscade ofwaiting andalnest fouryears of litigation by the Federation' s attorney. In the December 16, 191:6, issue of W Mrs. Helen Moore, hecutive Secretary of the DFT stated, "It is extraely unlikely that the cltyortheBeardof Rincationwill evsrrequire their enployeesto work for nothing wha the coffers are low, and then refuse to w their Just debts wha the neney cones in.” 191:? he mien sponsored ad won sabbatical leave benefits. 191:8 he mien proposed and gained a sick-leave policy allowing anmlative sick-leave bank up to 200 days. 1919 he Federation sscund a legally-binding, continuing con- tract fer m teachers. 1953 Eden efforts helped establish the guidelines for an objec- tive pronction policy. he DFT recomended that the selection process include the posting of position openings, the listing of duties and qualifications, and a rating by peers. he last recommendation was not seared.‘ 1951: Afteralongeffort, the thion gainedagreaentto astudsnt discipline policy protecting teachers in unavoidable use of corporal punishment. Mpline was a grave problem in some schools. Teachers were threatened andabused.‘ hsywsregiva authorityto actigmwadto administer punish-ant Judiclously. 1958 lunch-duty relief funds were approved after repeated requests by the Ihicn. It took four more years to inplaent this benefit. 103 1959 he policy that teachers remain in their classrooms a ."half-hour-after-school" was abandoned after determined Union efforts. his rule first appeared in Teachers’ Bulletin Number 1, disparagingly called "he Book of Sam", after former Superintendent Samuel M. Brownell. he rule was enforced to require all teachers to remain the extra half- hour, regardless of other activities or student needs. 1960 he Union successfully promoted a subsidy for hospital insurance despite DEA opposition. 1961 he Union secured release time to compensate for "after hours", parent-teacher conferences and 7%- guaranteed paid holidays axmually. . 1962 he Federation blocked a school administration attempt to discard the seniority policy. 1963 he Union successfully prevented the implementation of a teaching load of six classes daily for secondary teachers which was proposed as an austerity measure after a millage defeat. he Federation presented petitions bearing the signatures of 6,846 classroom teachers to the Board of Education, requesting a collective bargaining election. May, 1960 A collective bargaining election was granted after a long battle. he Federation was voted as sole bargaining agent by a large majority of the classroom teachers. It was not surprising that the DFT won the elecfion.‘ hmugh the years the DEA kept losing members to the more militant DFI‘. he loss of members reached such critical proportions that the DEA hired Pat Basile, an out- side organizer, as mill-time Executive Secretary. He wrote in the Septem- ber, 1963, Detroit Eiucation News, "his year more than ever the DEA is making a vigorous effort to communicate with teachers." Ibwever, his efforts came too late. he DFI‘ was more closely associated with the needs of the teachers and won the election. 104 a on he lichigan Binoation Association (NBA), an affiliate of the REA, is the major ”professional" organisation for the teachers of the state. lath a current membership of over 73,000, the organisation is today involved in and oonauitted to an extensive program of professional negotiatias for its teachers. Just how the MEA arrived at this position and activity will be described in this section. Prior to about 1940, a teacher hired by a school district was of- fered a salary based on what the school board thought it could pay for his services. he actual handling of employment was and continues to be part of the superintendent's Job, but ay raises granted were solely at the discretion of the board. One of the teachers' association's first efforts concerning teacher economic welfare was the introduction of salary schedules, a planned series of increments, which a teacher could expect, based on his years of employment in the district. he next step was a promotion of a single salary schedule for each district, a scheme recon- nendedbytheEEAasearlyasl944. Atthistime, theMEAalsobeganits collective activity to promote the welfare of teachers. It was reported that the MEA, during the 1943-44 school year, assisted many teacher groups in planning salary schedules cooperatively with their superintendents and bonds of educafioml heyear1947 seenstohavebesnaninportantone for anticipating the problans and issues of the 1960's. he first importat event was a number of strikes by teachers around the country, in Norwalk, Connecticut, . 11. J. Phillips, «Annual Report of the mum Secretary, n W 111’ Avril, 19"“. P- 391-w 10 5 Portsmuth, @110, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and St. Paul, l'finnesota, among others. Although they did not condone the strikes, both the m and the NEA cemented on their cause, which, they believed, was a neglect of the teachers' welfare. the REA called for procedures that wuld adequately protect the teachers' economic and professional welfare; and the MEA said, ”ibis does not mean that we condone inade- .quste salaries or unsatisfactory working conditions.... We believe there are better methods of solving these problems.”1 Also interesting was the response to a question put to the REA kecutive Secretary when the m declared that it did not oppose the Norwsllc, Connecticut, strike because no contract had been signed when the teachers walked out. "When asked if this was 'not much different m- the John L.‘ Lewis system', Mr. Givens L" the Brooutive Secretary: adndtted that the two methods were not altogether dissinilar. '2 “he NEA's ruedy for poor teaching conditions was the creation of a salary connittee. In Jamary of 1947, the NEA issued a statement to the effect that the days of individual bargaining were over and group action was essmtial. he salary conndttee would have full authority to act for the local assodation in a process defined as ”duocratio per- suasion" rather than collective bargaining. lhe method would be totally professional.‘ me most outstanding declara‘tion of the year was made by the keen-- tive Committee of the NBA Medan for the Defense of Denncracy flarcugh 1”Resolutions - Adopted by the rm Representafivo W, March 28- 29: 1947." WM mv, April, 1947. p- #50. W Janna-y 2. 1947. p. 1. 106 Eincation on March 2: Teachers mat not be coerced into mrldng for substandard wages with no way of making effective protest. They must not be prevented from collective or group negotiation. Teachers mst not be coerced into accepting unsatisfactory contracts. may rust be protected in their right to negotiate about salaries and worldng conditions without prejudice to tenure or retirement rights or threat of loss of license. mring periods of negotiation by teachers, employing officials must not fill their positions with other teachers. It is unethical for teachers to apply for such positions.1 Even though ”negotiaflcns' as used here probably would bear little resemblance to negotiation as practiced by teachers today, and, although this was not a resolution passed by the mentors of the organization, there appears here an assertion of teachers' rights much in advance of the accepted date for the promotion of such actions. In Michigan, teachers tried a different approach but were not successful. A group of Flint teachers asked the mchigan Labor Mediation Board to enter a wage dispute between the teachers and their board. The 1MB replied that the labor Mediation Act of 1939 did not apply to teachers because they are not laborers. iherefore, the 1MB would not enter the dispute unless requested to do so by both parties.2 Homl9lt7untill958, boththe MEAandtheNEApursuedtheirpro- grams in their traditional manner. Ihey recommended that teachers' salaries be raised. ‘lhey urged boards of education to take action to nake teaching an attractive profession. And they carried on infomtional and legslative progress for fringe benefits and tenure. he suggested 1"1'eaoher Strikes," School and gang, m, April 19, 191:7, p. 277. 2"kttorneys Say Mediation Act has Not Apply to Teachers,” Mag W HIV. Jammy. 1917. p- 360. 10? salary committees were formed and the Journals printed an occasional article on the success of one of these cooperative efforts. These co-itteos, however, gmerally gathered data, presented proposals to the board, discussed the proposals with the board, and went away to await the board's decision. The Mchigan Association took a short look at teacher bargaining in 1955; a legal opinion held found that there was no legal authority that would force a school board to bargain, but that it probably could if it wanted to} By 1958, however, the NEL had begun to look into the subject of collective bargaining. 'me NEA Research Division published a bulletin, ”Teachers and Collective Bargaining“, which revealed that the Butte (Montana) Teachers Ihion had won a master agreement in 1956, that New Hampshire towns were specifically authorized to recognise bargaining agents and enter collective bargaining agreements with a union of public unployees, and that mmesota and Pemsylvania had made provisions for the adjustment of grievances. The report also noted that the United States Oonsfltuticn gives teachers the right to organise, but that public employers cannot bargain or delegate their authority. "Increasing inter- est is noted in the question of a place for collective bargdning in pub- lic school employment. ‘2 It was not until 1960 that the pace of events began to accelerate. ‘mey seen to have mud at a faster rate in Michigan than nationwide, 1Wealey E. noun, "he nut and Mn on Bargaining Agents for Teachers,” WWW mu, October 1, 1955: Po 3+. 2National Education Association, "Teachers and Collective Bargain- ing." W XXXVI. April. 1958. p. #6. 108 and they went in a slightly different direction. A mchigan Eincation Association resolution in April called for written personnel policies, cooperatively developed by teachers, boards, and superintendmts. Also, overruling the 191$? legal opinion on mediation facilities, the inchigan Supreme Court held that, on a majority opinion of the teachers involved in a salary dispute, the Labor Mediation Board could be asked to enter. Here the MEA outlined one of its major concerns. ‘Ihe Board of Directors reconnnended that no MEA unit request 1MB entry, as this represented un- professional behavior.1 the NEA was rem for neither of these ideas. it its convention in Ice mgeles, a "Representative Negotiation" resolution was proposed. he Michigan delegation, in light of their interest in and feelings about impasse procedures, introduced an eminent to this resolution, adding, Where negotiation is not accepted by both parties, the NEA encourages the use of a professionally appointed, legally recognized mediation board." The amendment was not added, however, nor was the resolution itself approved.2 the MEABoard kept close watch on what the NEAwould propose as a revised resolution for 1961. In January, 1961, the Board received the proposal and in beruary approved it in principle. lhe Mchigan Associ- ation's Resolution Oomnittee was at this time also preparing a similar statement for the state. m: statement was introduced in March under the heading, I'1’ro.f.ess:l.onal Consultation and Agreemmt". It read: hm at to- Angola." W mvm. September 1, 1960, p. 21. 2m 109 We believe that consultation to reach common agreement betwem representatives of the teaching profession and their boards of education concerning salaries and conditions of anployment are necessary and compatible with the dignity and. ethical standards of the profession. than commn agreement cannot be reached, we recommend the use of a board of review consisting of members of professional and lay groups affiliated with education as the means of resolving extreme differences.1 be nation was approved as written at the Representative Assembly in April, under a differmt title-"Prcfessicnal Negotiation". Illhe revised NEA resolution, approved in June and entitled "Teacher- Board of mica’dnn Relationships”, stressed the community of interests of school boards and teachers, recognized the legal authority of boards of education, and said that "professional education associations should be accorded the right, through democratically selected representatives using appropriate professional channels, to participate in the determina- tion of policies of coma concern including salary and other working oonditions.‘..." The resolution spoke against "lhe arbitrary exerdse of unilateral authority by boards of education and the use of the strike by teachers,” and included the re-proposed Michigan amendment calling for a board of review in impasse situations.2 lilo resolutions passed, and the delegates went home. In the absence of am legal mandate, the MEA could only encourage its local associations to seek voluntary agreements from their school boards to Jointly develop employmt teams and school policy. In a great many districts, the mem- bers were not willing to attempt even this procedure and the old practices 1"1961 MEA Resolutions." WM xxxvm, HIV 19 19619 P0 5890 2m Action in mum-1o city." W run. We: 1, 1961, p. 28. [- 110 rusined. In others, the teacher groups did press for negotiating rights, but success around the state was limited and progress was very slow. In districts where some type of agreement to consult or bargain was reached, a real problem emerged: What should be done when the two parties could not agree? he Association had already said that the Labor Mediation Board was unacceptable, so some specific, alternate procedure was necessary. Accordingly because of the impasse problem and the slow progress made in getting boards to negotiate the officials of the organization began considering proposals for new legislation. At its Febmary, 1962, meeting, the MEA Board of Directors received a proposed resolution from MEA Region 12 which read: "The Mchigan Edu- cation Association will provide more effective support to local districts when an impasse has been reached in salary negotiations or when ethical practices have been violated.1 ‘Ihe Boald discussed what procedures could be used-u-the team approach, the Mcbigan Cooperative Council for mucos- tion, and publishing grievances through mass media, among cthers-and the need for establishing some procedure which would not use the 1MB. At this point the Boald authorized the President to set up a special colit- tee to study and lake recomendations about procedures and machinery to help local districts resolve negotiating problems and also to work with the legislative commission to see what kind of legislation might be in- troduced in this area. It was during 1962 that a mamas L-MASB-Iflchigan Association of School Boards] joint committee was established. In August, when the mu 1mm of Board of Directors Meeting, February 23—21;, 1962, Michigan “Cain-0n hwd‘m’ pe 12o 111 Professional Negotiation Condttee reported to the Board the procedures it had developed, the recommended actions were referred to this Joint comattoo for W study and reconmendatioml An important change on the national level was the introduction, by resolution, of another concept, that of "professional sanctions". Sanc- tions were the NEA's answer to strikes. Considered a "means for prevent- ing unethical or arbitrary policies or practices .' . . professional sanc- tions would provide for appropriate disciplinary action by the organised profession"? M guidelines were available at this time concerning the specific form of sanctions, but they included such actions as boycotts of school districts, the withholding of services short of a strike, and pub- lidty. he Michigan Association, however, did not present a sanctions resolution, and none was voted from the floor of the Representative Assem— bly. Working under what guidelines it had at this time, the MEA was con- centrating its efforts on solving disputes through local panels, consist- ing of representatives of the board, the teachers, and the superintendent. Its approach was to make a cooperative investigation of the difficulty and reconmd solutions. Continuing its efforts to secure voluntary agreements, the MEA' s progress in 1963 was slow, ind sometimes its programs not defeat; e.g., the legislative Oomdssion's suggested bill was unsuccessful in the legislature. he Joint MBA—MASH connittee presented a set of procedures which the MEA Board adopted, but which the Directors of the School Board Minutes of Board of Directors Meeting, August 211-25, 1962, p. 7. 2"mghlights of NEA's Denver convention," W LI, September, 1962, p. 2. 112 Association never found completely satisfactory and never ratified. he Association also found that its system of having local panels reoomend solutions to school board-teacher problems was not always successful in securing lasting improvements. In many cases investiga- tionslade ayearor so afterthe partyorparties had agreed to, a resolution of the problem showed that in fact the original conditions still existed} In light of these kinds of difficulties, the MEA Repre- sentative Assembly in April followed the NEA' s lead and approved a resolu- tion calling for professional sanctions in situations where negotiation failed to change arbitrary or unethical policies or practices.2 he organisation did move ahead in other areas. he Board in May, 1963 decided to look into the possibility of establishing a system of professional negotiators, and in August received a staff report that reocmended the training of local unit leaders for negotiations rather than hiring other personnel. 3 In December the Board gave authorisation to retain a Michigan State University professor as a Professional Nego- tiations (PN) consultant. In addition, by the fall of 1963, three MEA districts, Utioa, Howell, and Muskegon, had reached PN agreerents with their school boards which provided orderly procedures for settling dis- putes. he basic policy at this time was concentrated on two points, the cannon aims and interests of the various parties in the education lcomrsstuon, Mr. m Mckm, MEL, June, 1967. 6162mm“ Resolutions." W IL. New 1, 1963. p. e 3mmtes of Board of Directors Meeting, August 22-23, 1963, mehlgsn Hucation Association, Appcrdix A. 113 profession, and the idea that this common bond made the relationship along these educators very different from any in the industrial world. therefore, any procechres based on employee-employer relations in industry were not appropriate. films, such importance was placed on the development of new tendnolng and separate facilities for reaching agreement, and all was encompassed by the concept of professionalism. Professional negotiations were defined as a set of procedures to provide an orderly method for teachers associations and school boards to negotiate on matters of cannon concern through professional channels to reach mtually satisfactory agreement on these matters, and to establish educational channels for mediation and appeal in the event of inpasse.1 It provided adds latitude in which the local. groups could work out their own specific practices. It recognized that the profession included mem- bers assimed to all. grade levels and stressed that teachers and adminis- trators must work together.2 Ibo responsibilities of the school board were recognized, and the process would provide for continuous commica- tion among all the parties. Subjects of negotiation extended beyond saluies.‘ 'lhe right to negotiate brought with it many responsibilities: to know what the masters really desired, to base proposals on facts, and to accept blame for programs that failed.3 It is widely held that on the national level the increased pressure from the Aneiican Federation of Teachers, and their victory as bargaining 1Martha 1.. Ware, 'lhe Basics of Professional Negotiation,“ mohng W, 11.1, November 1, 1963, p. 6. 2This point illustrates an incredible lack of lmowledge and appre- ciation for private industry supervisor-employee relationships. 3“are. 22. as. p. 8. 11h agent for the New York City teachers in 1961, pushed the NEA to begin its Urban Project and to take a stand in favor of negotiation. Toe Michigan hderaticn of Teachers was gaining strength, particularly in Detzoit, andeertainlywas anajor challenge that theMEAhadtobegin to consider. The effort was directed to stressing the independent paofessicnalisn of teaching, and Inch tine was spent distinguishing the education association PN processes from the collective bargaining proposals of the union. In January of 19610, the Association could report that only two more districts bed reached agreements, Saginas and Warren; and the Board of Erectors, again thinking in terns of a law, stated: "We believe legal action is needed to improve the p1ocess of Professional Negotiations."1 In beruary, the Board redirected the legislative can. Iissien, the staff, and legal counsel to prepare a suggested outline for a bill providing procedures for piofessicnal negotiation and also adopted the principles for onfessional Negotiations as race-mended by tho legislative Oomisden. (See Appendix I.) heMEAbelievodthatithadbeenactinginlineflthits eon. viction that there were connon goals amng teachers, boards, and super- intmdents, and that the kind of negotiation activities they were sug- gestingworeinaccordwiththecmcept ofaprofessionalunityand would strengthen such a unity. more was a concern, therefore, over the fact that in practice these activities and piocedures were leading more toward disunity. 3. Me Kennedy, Executivo Secretary of the MBA, 1mm» of Board of Directors Meeting, January, 1964, Michigan Riucation Association. 115 recollended at the 1964 Representative Assembly that during the next year the MEA ”develop new and stzonger relationships with MASB at the state level and encourage improved relationships at the local level also."1 had yet, another of his recon-andations is clearly for an action that could be viewed by the school boards only as undesirable. Kennedy proposed to "secure a mitten procedure for pmfessional nego- tiation and bargaining representation in every school district in 2 mchigan.” Even in the resolution passed by the assembly, a broader scope and a stronger tone are evident. In part it said: We pledge ourselves and our resources to the develop- ment and implementation of procedures which will guarantee all members of the teaching pmfession the right to negotiete with their boards of education . . . regarding matters of comon concern including salaries and conditions of employ- ment. would a board of education authorise the election of a single negotiating agency then this association will endeavor to secure that right.5 The proposed resolution had said that members of the minority organiza- tion would have the right to participate in negotiations if the education association were chosen in an election. he Detioit delegation could not accept this paovision, and the final draft was modified to read: ". . . All members of the teaching profession /_" wi.11_:/ be assured of their delocratic right to participate in the fomflaflon of educational objec- timandgoals... on“ 115‘. Dale Remedy, "Annual Report of the Executive Secretary," ‘ .', '_9 A-,__ -__ mg April 20’ 19$, P0 2“. 3'th Mamas. W m. Arm 20. 1964, p.6 “mo 196+ nope-enters Assembly ~ W m. w 20, 1964, Pe 1e 116 The legislative proposal was accepted in principle by the Board of Directors in August, and the Legislative Commission was instructed to draft it for introduction. From this time untilrthe final passage of the law, legislation was the MEA's main emphasis. Basically, the MEA sought a law that would give teachers the legal right to organize and would require both teachers and boards of education to bargain in good faith. he most important aspect of the bill was the provision for out- side assistance in impasse situations. he MEA proposed the creation of a separate body, a Professional Negotiations Commission, which would con- duct elections for exclusive bargaining agents and would hear appeals of impasse cases. he Commission would be empowered to appoint an intervenor whose Job it would be to encourage the parties to use all possible local. means of settlement in an effort to solve the dispute before fact finding becmne necessary. he Association was still opposed to the use of the Labor Mediation Board--it was said that the labor mediation people were not necessarily knowledgeable about educational problems, and working with the 1MB often meant long delays.1 At the Representative Assembly in April, 1965, the delegates expressed their approval of the legislative program: ". . . he Assembly strongly supports the MEA Professional Nego- tiations bill and pledges all available resources of the MEA to achieve its passage. "2 The MBA—sponsored bill. was not enacted. Instead, the two bills 1R1chard Adams, "A Must: PN Legislation for Mchigan,” Michigan Einca‘l’ion Jmei, XIII, February 1, 1965, p. 19. ZI'finutes of Board of Directors Meeting, April 8-10, 1965, Michigan Education Association, p. 6. 11? amending the older acts for all public employees became law. he governor signed the bills on July 23, 1965. At the Board of Directors meeting, August 2627, Dr. Remecv spoke to the members. He stated: lath the passage of Acts 282 and 379, the Board was faced with a decision regarding the role of the Association; to avail. itself of the machinery established by statute or to abdicate the Association's position on Professional Nego- tiation as reflected in the Platform and Resolutions adopted by the 1965 Representative Assembly.1 It was moved, and carried, "that the Board approve an exclusive negotia- tion designation campaign to be carried on in every school district in the State of Michigan."2 When MBA officials are asked when the pressure for collective bar- gaining began, they typically answer, "with the law". Undoubtedly, the change in tempo, and nature, of the MEA's activities uth this Board mtion would easily overshadow an action that had taken place before. he MEA had been pursuing a program of education for negotiations, both philosophical and practical, for some time. hey had also earlier pre- pared and distributed a sample PN agreemmt.‘ he local associations were well coached and ready to move. he 12MB, responsible under the law for conducting certification elections for exclusive bargaining recogni- tion, was swamped with requests for elections. By November, 1965, over 100 MEA units had been recognized by their boards of education. PodtionstakmbytheMEABoardofmrectorsinDecembergivean indication of the breadth to which their outlook had grown. It directed llfinutes of Board of Directors Meeting, August 26-27, 1965, Michigan Education Association, p. 15. 2mg. 118 all MEL units to request representational and bargaining rights for all certified personnel in their district; it encouraged educational secre- taries and non-instructional mployees to form their own MEA units for bargaining; and it moouraged the staffs of commity and junior colleges, and other higher education institutions, to form MEA units and seek bar- gaining rights.1 (bntirming its campaign in 1966, the Association created the Profes- dcnal Negotiation Office, to assist the locals in their efforts. Numerous wrkshops were held around the state. By the riddle of April, more than 65,000 mchigan teachers were covered by agroanents with their boards, 51,8ll5 of them in MFA units.2 Inevitably, therewereproblns. heMEAchargedinanumberof cases that the Michigan Federation of hachers was using delaying tactics, usually the filing of unfair labor charges against a school board, to stall certification elections until it could gain support in the districts. In addition, the Association faced the difficilty of providing enough skilled negotiators for the local districts. Problems in the actual dealings with the school boards were frequent: they refused to meet for sufficient periods of time, the board negotiators did not have authority to make decisions, and, in man instances, the boards would issue individe- ual contracts to the teachers before the negotiated master agreement had been completed and would request their rebarn in a specified time. his last action was vigorously opposed by the MEA as an unfair labor practice. v 1"Bo-rel Tabs Positions." MW 11-111. Malabar 1, 1965, pe #e 2"Negotiations Arrive his Year for 65,000 Michigan Teachers,“ figflgam mum Journal, XIIII, May 1, 1966, p. 6. ml 119 he Association did file unfair labor charges against some districts, invoked sanctions on others, and some disputes went to fact finding. boards. he MBA also resolved that it would support any local which, in the absence of a master agreement, chose to withhold its services. (See Appendix L for the entire resolution. ) he spring of 1966 was a period of tension in Michigan education, and there were several teacher walkouts. A strike of the Flint teachers in April closed the schools for two days. It was a significant action. After the teachers had exhibited their strength and will in this con- flict, MEA units in about 65 districts reached agreement with their boards within the next 30 days.1 Further, in combination with the other walkouts, the strike incited the Michigan Association of School Boards to take the hard line it had advocated in June; it called for the blacklist- ing of teachers who participated in or encouraged strikes or sanctions. his pronouncement served greatly to solidify the Michigan teachers in their determination to achieve and use their rights under the law. he bargaining in 1967 showed more experience, but difficulties r-ainede he Job of educating the profession to its new role is not yet complete. he MEA hired about 15 part-time professional negotiators to help with the negotiations through the summer of 1967. School boards are still issuing individual contracts before master agreements are signed. he cost of negotiation is high, and the MEA Board has endorsed agency shop agreements in the master contracts2 as a method of maintaining lhterview with m Mokeon, Director, mm Professional Negotiations, W 309 1967e Zuzana! Slop Hammad-d." MW HIV. February 24, 1967, p. 1. ll" 120 revmue. he scope of the bargaining agreement remains an issue. And although experience under the law is not sufficient to say whether the procedures and principles have been successful, some changes are and will continue to be considered. he NEA, which throughout this period of action in Michigan has spokm mainly in generalities, produced an unusual statment of its position at its July, 1967, convention. m unanimous vote, the Assembly approved a recommendation that pledged NEA support to local affiliates that strike to protest salaries and working conditions.1 cture and Dean ra a the c the cal Teacher 0r ation he gait Fedgragon of nghers vs. uca n Asso ati n John N. amber. in WW~ points to a social dilma facing Amsrica,2 tho paradox between two of the basic tenets that serve as pillars of American society. We have always voiced a belief in the equality of all. mm and have constantly and historically worked to guarantee this equalitarian framework for our society. Ch the other hand, America has also professed a faith in fair competition among people and businesses. How does a society main- tdn a healthy balance between guarantees for equality and the mre uninistic vie-point of competition? his is the paradoxical dile-a of which Gardner writes. 1m Jul: 8.1967. p. cm. zJohn w. Gardner, :~ .- Harpers: 1961. 121 Gardner expands his thesis to point out that basically the unions and professional organizations were established and function to preserve the equalitarian attitude towards employment. he employee with the weakest skills and attitudes is as carefully protected by a union as the most highly skilled and effective worker". In internal affairs the or- ganizations are faced with the same dilemma as is the society as a whole. In its selection of members and indeed the officers of the membership, the organisations are by definition bound to the equalitarian attitude. In practice, however, these organisations are often less than totally effective because of a recalcitrant or ineffective member. lbw then do these organizations formally safeguard democratic policies, retain freedom of action to deal. with recalcitrant umbers, and achieve maxim organi- zational effectiveness? flthcugh by-laws and constitutions vary somewhat from local to local, the following comparison between the Detroit Elucation Association (DEA) and the Detroit Federation of Teachers (DH) is quite typical of the locals throughout the state. I will show how two teacher organiza- tions (DEA and DH) proport to safeguard their democratic procedures in membership, selection of officers, and possible suspension and expulsion actions. I till also try to demonstrate how these same groups react to a single member who does not perform satisfactorily the duties required of mesbership or of an elected official within the membership. Generally, I are making a comparison of the internal democratic procedures and prac- tices of the Detroit mucation Association and the Detroit Federation of Teachers as outlined in their written constitutions. I hilly acknowledge that the constitutional. guarantees and procedures my be essentially con- tradicted by actual practices. However, this contradiction would serve 122 as a basis for additional research—an important major starch in itself. I assume the position that the goal or ideal situation is that mardmm individual democratic action (free participation with full equality) shall be practiced within an organization. Am movement toward this position is an improvement and, conversely, steps away from dancer-atio procedures may be viewed as retrogression. he five constitutional areas to be examined are: 1. Administrative or bureaucratic organization of the teacher 813°14’8- 2. Oralificaticn for membership in the two groups. 3. Obligations put on membership. 4. Opportunity for referendum or initiative by membership. 5. Methods of impeachment of members and officers. Organisation he Detroit Education Association divides its powers into three distinct units: legislative, executive, and judicial. The legislative duties of the DEA are performed by the Congress, which consists of mariners elected from the whole membership. Schools are represented in the Congress according to a reapportionment formla based on its total number of mem- bers in the DEA. he duties given to the Congress are to: 9.. Establish departments and committees as are created by this Constitution had By-Lewa and such other agencies as are necessary to provide for the peace, health, safety, and gmeral welfare of the members of the Asso— ciaticn; b.“ Adopt, amend or repeal in whole or in part an existing law or resolution; c. Determine membership dues and special assessment; 123 d. Conduct business affdrs; e. Approve appointments; f.‘ Approve the budget; g. Have all powers and duties delegated to it by this Constitution and By-Laws and any other powers ne ces- sary to the achievement of the objectives of the Association not specifically delegated to other agents or agencies by this Constitution and By-Iaws; h. Provide funds for district operation.1 Included in the legislative branch is the District Assembly, which conducts membership drives, makes reconnendations to the Congress, and provides oommications with the schools. he Assembly is composed of the Congress and the elected building representatives from each school. he executive duties of the DEA are performed by the Ekecutive Division, which consists of an elected presidmt and. vice-president and an appointed executive secretary/.2 he executive secretary assists the president and also serves as general business manager and secretary- treasurer but does not have voting power. In addition the Ececutive Divisim has within it a board of directors, which more or less serves as a presidential adviser. he Judicial branch of the DEA consists of nine people appointed by the president and approved by the Congress; it is known as the Profes- sional Rights and Responsibilities Board.3 his Board has Jurisdiction over all cases arising under the Constitution including all controversies 1% Article III, Section 11. ZDEA Conflmn, Article V. 3W Article v1. 124 between ethrcators, and between educators and the board of education or citizens. he Board also has judging or censuring power over the mem- bers. he Detroit Ethrcaticn Association has based its organizational pattern after those of our federal and state governments. Although its where have the right of referendum, most authority has been placed in the hands of elected officials. he democratic procechu‘es of the DEA in this area are indirect. he Detroit Federation of Teachers has a much less complicated or- ganisational pattern. he DFI‘ has an executive branch roughly comparable 1 here is also an elected Ekecutive Board, which has some to the DEA's. of the legislative duties prescribed to the DEA's Congress and most of the judicial powers of its Professional Rights and Responsibilities Board. he principal difference in the hierarchy of the two organisations is that the DFT claims to follow a more direct democratic procedure than does the DEA. he Federation is proud of the fact that most major de- cisions are made at general union meetings at which all the members may vote. Any major rule or amendment to its by-laws, for exaraple, met be approved by a majority of members present at a regular meeting. By con- trast, the DEA operates through a representative legislative procedure. In comparing the democratic practices of the two groups as seen from their organizational structures one is drawn to several conclusions. 1. All but one of the officials of each organization are elected by the medership. 2. Both organisations claim that, in all meetings of the elected representatives, democratic methods are followed. 1W Article m. 125 3. While both groups claim that they have a completely democratic election of offidals there is reason to doubt this claim. As , in government defeating an incumbent is extremely difficult. he executives who have control of the union publications can and do use them to further their own elections and the elec- tions of their supporters. Che significant point here is that the DEA president can be reelected only once. It must be noted, however, that much of the executive power of the DEA is in the hands of an appointed official, the eocecutive secre- tary. he president of the DFT is not limited my number of years in office. 4. A procedure followed by the DFI‘ but not the DEA is that the Federation members mst approve by referendum any increase 11) £111.68. 5. While the Federation claims to practice more pure democracy because of its general membership meetings, tms practice, in fact, assures nothing. It is true that these meetings occur and business is transacted. he union knows that the same, relatively small group of union members attend every meeting. One of the most significant decisions made by the union in its history (the Jan Skelnar decision), was made not by the entire menbership but by 200 people out of a mem- bership of approximately 5, 000. 6. In general, then, there is little in the constitutions and by-laws of the two organisations to distinguish the structure of one group as inherently more democratic than the cther's. Membership Qrelifications he qualifications for manbership in the two teacher organizations are generally the same. he DEA Constitution says, "All certificated contract employees of the Detroit Board of Eiucation shall. be eligible l for active membership in the Association. . ." Affiliate manbership can also be granted to amr professionally employed educational employee whether or not he is certified. hese menbers cannot vote or hold office in the Association. he DFT extends merbership opportunities to ”AU. teachers, super- visors, administrators, and accompanists employed by the Detroit Board 1% Arte-ole 1.? 126 of Eiucation and others approved by the Executive Board.1 Although the DFT invites all teachers to join, this invitation is not quite this universal. Article I of the By-Iaws lists the steps, ending with a vote by the general membership, an applicant for membership may take if he is turned down by the executive boards2 It should be noted, however, that no member with a classification above that of teacher can vote or hold office. he DFT also has a clause3 prohibiting discrinination becanse of race, religious faith, or non-subversive religious beliefs. All meetings of both organisations are open to all members, and the DFT specifically guarantees the right of speech to its members.“ Obligations of Membership While a democratic process involves privileges it also involves obligations. This is as true in a union as in our society as a whole. Each of the two teacher organisations places the same two obligations on its members! paying membership dues and giving active support to the purposes and programs of the organisation.5 Impe'achment of Membership What steps are available and necessary to remove an organizational official from office and a member from the menbersbip ranks? here are five possible levels of impeachment or denial of membership within the DEA: 1Wuuclem.ml. 2W Article I. Section 3- 3W Article In. Section 5- 41m Constitution, Art-m3 Iv, Section 2a. 5% Aruel- v1. section 3. 127 l. ImpeachmaIt of members of Congress. 2. fimval from office of the mmbers of the District Assembly. 3. Impeachment of the president, vice-president, and executive secretary. h. Impeachment of members of the PR and R Board. 5. Suspension or expulsion of members of the Association. Using the rationale that they are the elected representatives of the membership, the members of Congress are given the power of impeach- ment over the Congress itself, the Executive Branch, and the PR and R Board. In each case the procedure is the same. Qrarges are brought before the Congress and an investigating sommittee is assigned. Fbllow- ing its report a two-thirds vote of the entire Congress is required to rueove the official. hree absences from meetings of the Congress or the District Assedrly is mtomatic cause for an impeachment vote. ”he Professional fights and Responsibilities Board shall have the power to judge or censure, and to recomend suspension or expulsion of am masher of the Association for cause, after due notice and with all rights herein guaranteed . . . .1 he PR and RBoard, then, has the expulsion power over the general membership. he Constitution of the DEA does protect the mmeber by insisting on due process for any accused More The PR and R Board also has reinstating powers. he Association defends its "Democratic procedures" in this area by saying that it follows democratic policies through the elected of- ficials. his would sea satisfactory in all but the case of suspension 1W Arucle vr, Section 3. I: 128 (fl membership. It would seem that to truly insure democratic practices general expulsion should only be approved by the general membership through a vote following an investigation and public hearing. This would further protect the rights of members who are at odds with the power structure. The DFT By-Laws affecting suspension and expulsion are being re- written and expanded and are unavailable until the membership is given the right to vote on them. The changes seek to clarify Article XIV. The new By-Laws will hepefully clarify this potentially dangerous situ- ation. The DFT's present written procedures for expulsion of members and impeachment of officers are similar to those of the DEA. The Executive Board may suspend or expel any member of the Union or any Board member by a vote of two-thirds of its members ”for violation of the Constitution, the By-Laws, the rules, or for Conduct prejudicial to the welfare of the Union".I No member may be suspended without being_given two weeks written notice of the charges_against him and an opportunity to appear before the Board. Any expelled or suspended member may appeal to the general member- ship at a regular or special meeting. The earlier criticism made of the DEA equally applies to the DFT. initial power is placed in the hands of the power structure which too easily can ignore the voice of the opposition. While the expelled member is givew\ the opportunity to appeal to the general membership the regular meetings are attended by a very small number of the members and in most lDFT Constitution By-‘Laws, Article XIV, Sections l-7. ... \ .... ... 129 cases by the school representatives who often are friends of the leader- flfip; e.g., Jan Skelnar was removed from the membership by a vote of ~ some 200 members out of.a total membership of over 5,000. Referendum Both the DEA and the DFT have similar methods for using the refer- endum. The active membership of the DEA may initiate legislation by submitting a petition from 10% of the membership. A vote on the petition is taken in each school, and, if it is approved by a majority of the mem- bers, the petition becomes law. The DFT membership can prepose and amend its by-laws by submitting a petition having the endorsement of 50 members. This amendment is then voted on at a regular membership meeting; a majority vote is required for approval . In summary the two organizations are facing the same problem that Gardner earlier described as faced by the general society, a problem that has been the subject of continuing debate by labor organizations in private industry: Is it possible, necessary, or desirable for an employee organi- zation to insure internal democracy at the risk of sacrificing efficiency and strength that may be the mandatory components to successful bargaining against a basically autocratic Opponent? My own answer is an unqualified ”Yes". Michels would argue otherWiSé- CHAPTERVI PROM CHARACTERISTICS AN D SOCIAL BAQGROUNIB or TEACHER ommzuxon mms'rs: WAYNE, amp, AND moons commas" he purpose of this chapter is to determine personal characteristics and social backgrounds of teacher organisation "activists.” ”Activists” are defined here as those ocmpying an official appointed or elected position within a la; teacher organization. A questionnaire (see Ap- pudix M) and a covering letter were sent to local representatives of the MRI and the m, the two major uployee organisations active in the state in 1965-67. Beamsethequestionnairewas sentduringthesumer, aperiod nomlly considered vacation tine for these representatives, it was de- cided to limit both the nusber of people questioned and the geographical area of coverage. hue, the questionnaires wore sent only to persons in the tri-county area of Wane, Haconb, and Oakland counties of mchigan. his decision may very well have biased the results, as all. three counties are basicallar suburban areas. An upstate sawle may have given different results. However, because the DH has virtually no upstate representa- tion, it was necessary to choose these three counties in order to include I"ill gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Bernard Dent and Harold ‘1‘. alnpson, Jr. , who helped to fomlate the questionnaire and tabulated the responses. 130 131 the DE! in the sample. he number sat was determined by the availability of names and addresses of organisational representatives, the anonymity of both the respondents and the persons providing their nsnes was assured. meetion- nail-es were sent to 89 representatives of the Mchigan Eiucation Association (MED and to 17 representatives of the inchigan Federation of Teachers (MFI‘). 0f the questiomaires sent out, 146 (51.7%) were retumed from MEA repre- sentatives and 1t; (82.3%) were returned from m representatives. in. ccflined return was 59.10 per cent of the original 106 questionnaires. W is we can see, eighty per cent of the respondents were less than forty-one years of age; thus, this group of employee organization "ao- tivists" is relatively young. (Table #1) hose active in organization wrk are pdmsrfly m with the MFI' having sclowhet a higher percentage of Isle activists than the MEA. (Table #2) Finally, most of the re- spondents in the group sampled are married and have children. (Tables Band“) TABLE 1 AGE if? as In? a: 331°“ as 21 - 30 19 am 3 21.14 22 36.6 31 .. no 19 a1.3 7 50.0 26 43.3 #1 - 50 7 15.2 2 114.2 9 15.0 Over 50 1 2.2 2 lll.2 3 5.0 132 m2 sax ,6 m MEL MFT Total No. % No. % No. Male 36 78. 3 12 85.7 1&8 80. 0 Me 10 21. 7 2 14. 3 12 20. 0 TABLE 3 MARITAL STATUS MET No. 6 No. i No. % handed 36 78.3 11 71.1} 1+? 78.3 Single 9 19.6 1 7.1 10 16.6 Widowed or Divorced 1 2.2 2 lll.3 3 5.0 TABLE it NUMBER OF CHILDREN None 2 5.1} 3 23.1 5 10. 0 a). 5 13. 5 3 23.1 8 16. 0 1510 16 43. 3 2 15. 4 18 36. 0 hree 9 24. 3 2 15.4 1.1 22. 0 Eur 5 13.5 1 7.7 6 12.0 live or more 1 2. 7 l 7. 7 2 1i. 0 133 (Further, almost all. of the respondents were native born 0.8. citizens. (Table #5) However, the significance of these figures is questionable because there are no comparable figures for ;_all__ teachers, activists or otherwise. Most parents were also born in the 0.3. (Table #6), so nest of the responding teachers were educated here. Perhaps their exposure to American school systuns created an awareness of the need for changes in educational policies and stimulated an interest in uplcyee organisation activities. Given that questionnaires were distributed only to organization activists in the metropolitan area, it was surprising to find that a considerable number of the respondents were raised in small towns. (Table {7}) Less surprising and in line with other evidence from occupa- tional sociology, was the fact that those who replied had classified their wage earning parent as a "blue-collar” worker. (Table #8) TABLE 5 PLACE OF BIRTH—- 12mm: DENT MEA MFT htsl U. 8. ’45 97. 8 1‘5 100 59 98. 3 Other 1 2.2 O O 1 l. 6 13“ TABLE 6 PARElTS PLACE OF BIRTH 0.3. #1 89.1 9 62.2 50 83.3 Other 3 6.5 1 7.1 A 6.6 One parent only (11.8.) 2 M3 4 28. 6 6 10.0 TABLE 7 SIZE OF TONN WHERE RAISED r3“. 1 if a $33“ at War 500 7 15.2 0 7 1.1.6 500 - 1,000 a 8.7 1 7.1 5 8.3 1,000 - 5,000 9 19.6 1 7.1 10 16.6 5,000 - 10,000 5 10.9 2 11+.‘2 7 11.6 10,000 - 50,000 9 19.6 3 21.1; 12 20.0 50,000 - 250,000 6 13.0 2 1h.2 8 13.3 Over 250,000 6 13.0 5 35.7 10 16.6 135 TABLE 8 WAGE EARNING PAREN T CLASSIFICATION if". 2 if? a £31.“ 2 unto—0.11.: 10 21.7 2 14.2 12 20.0 Blue-Collar 27 58.7 8 57.1 35 58.3 Professional 10 21.7 2+ 28.6 14 23.3 No response 2 b. 3 2 3. 3 The majority of the parents of the survey respondents completed high school or less. (Table ”Au-B) 16.6% of the mothers and 11.6% of the fathers had less than an eighth grade education. his result indi- cates tin things! A high degree of motivation on the part of the parents on behalf of their childrm and the increasing availability of additional fornal education for those desiring it. Further, a decided majority of the persons questioned were not the only children in their faadJies. (Table #10) aince a large number of the respondents ranged in ages from thirty to forty, most of then were born and raised in large families during the depression years. The data also shows that most of the children in each family attended college. (Table in) m»- stuck of 121. individual questionnaires additionally reveals that, in 73. 3% of the families, .11 or .11 but one of the children attmdsd college. Table {‘12 simply shows the religious preference of the uspcndents and that there is no significant difference in the distribu- tion between EA and EFT activists—they are both decidedly Protestant. 136 TABLE 9-A EIIICATIONAL WT OF 140mm if? 2 gr. 7 $23.1 % less than 8 years 6 13. 0 28. 6 10 16. 6 Water! 8 years 16 34. 8 28. 6 20 33. 3 hapleted mgh School 9 19. 6 ll 28. 6 13 2.1. 6 Attemled @1103. 5 10. 9 1 7.1 6 10. O Graduated 0.11.3. 9 19.6 0 9 15.0 Post-Grad. Degree 1 2.2 1 7.1 2 3.3 TABLE 9-H 200012101111. ACHIEva or m 1?. 2 is? 7 g?“ 7 less than 8 years 5 10.9 lll.2 7 11.6 Completed 8 years 15 32. 6 28. 6 19 El. 6 (bipleted mgh School 11+ 30.4 6 35.7 20 33.3 Attended College 5 10. 9 1 7.1 6 10. 0 Graduated College 6 13. 0 1 7.1 7 11. 6 Post-Cred. Degree 1 2. 2 O 1 1. 6 137 TABLE 10 NUMBER OF CHIIDREN IN FAMIIZI-INCIDDEG REPONDENT 10.9 317.8 23.9 6.5 23.9 TABLEll O\l-‘¢'I-’N 14.2 7.1 28.6 7.1 12.8 15 17 NUMBER OF CHILDREN IN FAMILY ATTENDING COILEGE INCLUDING RESPONDENT 11.6 28.3 25.0 6.6 28. 3 if.“ 2 if? 7 33?“ 7 an. 19 41.3 7 50.0 26 43.3 The 13 28.4 3 21.4 16 26.6 Moo 7 15.2 2 14.2 15.0 m 3 6.5 1 7.1 4 6.6 live or more 1+ 8.7 0 4 6.6 138 TABLElZ CHURCH AFFILIATION MBA MFI‘ Total no. $ we % NO. % Catholic 12 26.1 2 1&2 14 23.3 Protestant 29 63.0 8 37.1 37 61.7 Other 5 10.9 2 114.2 7 11.6 None 0 2 117.2 2 3. 3 m The majority of the respondents have master's degrees or are work- ing towards than. (1.131. #13) Further, as mre than two-thirds of those replying indicated that they had eamed upwards of twenty-five per cent of their undergraduate college expenses, (Table #14) it becomes apparent that nest are ambitious people, whatever the reason. TABLE 13 EDUCATIONAL ACHIEVEEENT—IESPONDE‘TT if? as if? 5 $3?“ an Bachelor's 11} 30.16 3 21A 17 28.3 Master’s 27 58.7 11 78.5 38 63.3 ILA. + 30 hours 4 8.7 O 0 ll 6.6 Doctorate 0 0 0 0 0 0 No response 1 2.2 0 0 l 1.6 139 TABLE 114 PORTION OF me (UNDEKSRADUATE) EXPENSES EAINED m m Total No. 7: No. 75 No. 7 m1 2 4.3 1 7.1 3 5.0 o - 10% 2 4.3 3 21.4 5 8.3 10 - 25% 9 19.6 1 7.1 10 16.6 25 - 50% 11 23.9 3 21.4 14 23.3 50 - 75% 6 13.0 3 21.4 9 15.0 75 . 100% 16 34.8 3 21.4 19 31.6 and es onal s Ebro than eighty per cent of the survey respondents claimed fifteen or fewer years of teaching experience. (Table #15) It would so... that those with added experimce are less likely to be active in teacher or- ganization work. hose persons having considerable administrative elqle- rienoe are shown not to be actively represmting classroom teacher organi- sations. (Table #16) he figures also indicate that activists are more likely to be secondary level teachers, and that social studies majors are heavily represented. (Table #17) his commitment to history, economics, politics, and political movements as well as echlcation probably provides a greater awareness of organisational problems and potential solutions than is found in the general teacher population.” Inasmuch as 85% of the respondents are full time teachers (Table '[‘18) it is obvious that they are dedicated to their roles as organisation activists, since they met perform these organizational duties in addition to their regular work. 140 Table #19 when compared with Table #20 reveals that, while most of those questioned take part in several professional organizations, they are less likely to participate in social organizations. Quite likely, they do not have sufficimt time for social matters in view of the degree of their participation in professional matters combined with a full-time job. When asked, ”Approximately how many professional books do you have in your personal library", the responses revealed that MEA activists have an average of 87 books in their personal libraries. Organization activists of the EFT showed an average of 56 books. he figures for both groups revealed a conbined average of 82 books. Additionally, MEA ac- tivists subscribe to an average of three professional magav'sines or jour- nals, while MFI‘ activists subscribe to an average of two. Collectively, the two groups subscribe to an average of three professional magazines or journals. A review of the hobbies listed on returned questionnaires showed a heavy percentage of people who (a) read, (b) have an interest in msic or play an instrument, and (0) consider travel a major hobby. (Appendix bi) Over half of those questioned listed football as a favorite sport, with a significant number listing baseball, golf, basketball, and bowling. (Appendix 0) Finally, these questioned were asked to write a very brief state- ment telling how they became interested in becoming involved in teacher °rzln1saticn activities. he answers indicated three general trends 3 Ptl't-Zkatlpation came about as a result of (a) agreeing to serve on connittees and gradually becoming more interested and involved; (b) feeling too 1.: °f his oo-workers were willing to get involved and recognizing that ”someone 141 must do it"; or (c) venting to get into a position to express teachers' concerns about various policies and worldng conditions. (Appendix P) TABLEIS NUMBER 01' YEARS OF TEACHING EXPERIENCE 1 - 5 13 28.4 2 14.2 15 25.0 6 - 10 18 39.1 5 35.7 23 38.3 11 .- 15 9 19.6 3 21A 12 20.0 16 - 20 6 13.0 1 7.1 7 11.6 21 - 30 o o 2 14.2 2 3.3 Over 30 0 0 1 7.1 1 1.6 TABLE 16 NUMBER or mass or mrmm (ABOVE LEVEL OF cmsaoon TEACHER) memos m m Total No. 73 No. 73 N0. an no 87.0 12 85.7 52 86.? 1 - 5 5 10.9 1 7.1 6 10.0 6 - 10 1 2.2 0 0 1 1.6 11 - 15 0 o 0 0 o o 16 - 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 - 30 0 o 0 0 o 0 (”or 30 0 o 0 0 0 0 lb reaponse O O l 7.1 1 1.6 142 TABLE 17 TEACHING FIELD MEL MFI' Ibtal No. 9% No. 73 No. Mtary 13 28. ll, 1 7. l 14 23. 3 Secondary 30 65.2 10 71.4 110 66.7 mementary and Secondary 3 6. 5 2 14. 2 5 8. 3 College 0 0 O O AREA OF SPECIAIIZATION MEA MIT Total No. %* No. %* No. %* Art 1; l hditorium 1 Business Eiuc. 3 1 Counseling 3 1 English 2 library 2 Hatbmflcs 2 Music 3 Science 3 2 Social Studies 12 3 Special Educ. 3 Vocational Eiuc. 3 1 3° "spam 3 2 We percmtages are shcun in this table because some secondary 1”where listed more than one, and nest clenmtary teachers have no area of specialisation. 143 TABLE 18 0mm TEACHING (IN ADDITION TO YOUR OMIZA‘I‘IONAL DUTIES) MEL m Total “e g Ibo % N00 % Isa ‘10 87. O 11 78. 5 51 85. O No 5 10. 9 3 21.1} 8 13. 3 Just resigned l 2. 2 0 0 l 1. 6 TABLE 19 NUMBER OF PIDFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION AFFIIIAIIONS if? a: mug? a 33?“ a: mo 2 4. 3 5 1&2. 8 8 13. 3 T” 7 15. 2 3 21. ’4' 10 16. 6 nine 10 21. 7 3 21. 4 13 21. 6 m 13 28. 4 0 13 21. 6 Five or more 11} 30.1! 1 7.1 15 25.0 1% TABLE 20 NUMBER OF SOCIAL ORGANIZATION AFFIIIATIONS 5.35 a :33 ¢ 33?“ 5 None ll 8.? 2 14.2 6 10.0 One 10 30.0 4 28.6 18 30.0 no 12 26.1 2 10.2 10 23.3 m... 5 10.9 1 7.1 6 10.0 Four 6 13.0 0 6 10.0 live or more 2 it. 3 0 2 3. 3 No response 5 35.7 5 8. 3 W A perusal of these figures might lead to the conclusion that the "typical” unplbyee organisation representative's profile muld be as follows:1 Beisanan-iedmaninhis thirties andthe fatherottwo children. He earned more than three-quarters of his own under- graduate expenses and has also earned a master's degree. He has taught betmen six and ten years, although he lacks adxdnistrativo experience. Probably he is a secondary teacher of social studies. He is a Protestant and belongs to at least five professional Lillie stuw and the resulting profile is not intended to be the final nor definitive answer to role and background definition of teacher organisation activists. wviously, considerably more work is required. meirrtenthere, is sinplyto supplyanadfltionaldimensiontoboththe earlier and later naterial. 145 organizations and one social organization. He subscribes to three professional magazines or Journals and has about eighty- two books in his personal professional library. In what little spare time he has, he reads, travels, and expresses a musical interest in one way or another. His favorite sports are likely to include football, baseball, golf, basketball, and bowling. He is native-born, as were his parents. His parents' educa- tions were considerably less than his own, for his mother completed eight years of schooling while his father graduated fro: high school and then held a blue-collar Job. One of three or more childrm, he doubtless was early impressed with the need for an education, for a majority of the children in the family attended college. hiring his childhood the family lived in a relatively mall city with a population between ten and fifty thousand. He appears to have become interested in employee organiza- tion work in one of three ways: (a) he began by serving on com- adttees and gradually became more deeply involved; (b) he became involved becmse he felt too few of his colleagues were willing to do so and he saw the need; or (c) be felt that the school board or other administrative personnel were establishing policies with which he strenuously objected, and he felt that teachers should have more to say about these things. Finally, since no discernible distinctions were apparent in the characteristics of MFT and MEA leaders, they probably would have become "activists" in either organisation and their present affili- ation is more accidental than ideological. CHAPTER VII SCHOOL BOARD AND ADEINISTRATOR ORGANIZATIONS flggg Association of S_c_h_ogl Boards 'Jhe Michigan Association of School Boards was incorporated in the State of I‘flchigan on April 19, 1949. Members of a local school board join as a group; any public school district in the state may become a labor. he Association at present boasts approximately 600 member- districts, out of a total pctmtial of about 700. mese 600 are pur- ported to represmt 98% of the children in the state.1 To accomplish its aims of improving the educational policy and the welfare of school districts, the Association disseminates information, holds meetings, courses, and special schools, and publishes a qumal, the Phchigg Schggl Egg Jgurnal, bulletins, and reports. The MASB holds an annual assembly, at which resolutions are approved by the delegates; each dis- trict has one vote. he Association is also an affiliate of the National. School Boards Association. Basic to the Alerican school system is the ideal of local control of education. In Michigan, the constitution requires that "every school district should provide for the education of the pupils. . . ."2 From 967 llnterview, Dr. Julous Barbour, Ececutive Director, MASB, August, 1 . 2m R. Heselton, "Whither m w. 06mg?" W M II: February. 196“, Po 20- 1% 11+? this statment the loci]. school boards derive their right to operate and control the schools. first local boards see themselves as lawful subdivi- sims of the state is probably the single most important factor bearing on the general policies and practices of an individual board (or an asso- ciation of boards ). locally elected school boards have historically been very conscious of their status as representatives of the public. lbey have Jealously guarded their decision-making authority; their position has been that, because their authority and responsibility are established by la, they cannot legally (or morally, they believe) delegate then to others. As a practical matter, school boards have adhered strictly to this philosophy; authority for detendning educational policy had never been delegated. Boards, er in some areas their chief officer, the superin- tmdmt, have set salaries and hours of mrk, ohosm the curriculum, selected the textbooks, determined class size, and hired and fired almost at will. Teachers were offered contracts individually. ’Eney could sign if the terns were satisfactory; perhaps, but probably to no avail, they might try to bargdn individually for some change; or they could seek employment in another district if the terms offered were inadequate. Since school boards are autonomous within the boundaries of their charge to run the schools, districts do vary in unployment practices. Sole school districts, Ferndale, Mchigan, for example, have bargained with non-instructional employees, such as custodians, for nary years. an: teaching staffs typically did not receive the same opporhrnity. Although occasionally teachers received an explanation of why the terms of asploy- nentwerewhattheywere, andinsoneinstanceshadachancetopresent 148 proposals of their own. In these cases, the school board generally not with a teachers' comittee to inform it of the current tax situation, the amount that would be available to the school for the coming year, and what their salaries would be. By another procedure, representatives of the teachers' group were allowed to give the board salary and other proposals made by the staff. Sometimes this presentation was the end of the procedure; at others perhaps there would be a discussion of the items. In all these instances, however, the school boards were in no way obligated to share their authority, and they made all final decisions. ‘Ihe School Board Association has no concrete record of arm actual bargaining prac- tices before the 1960's, but some undoubtedly existed.1 Given the school board philosophy and traditional practices govern- ing its authority, one could easily predict that the School Board Associa- tion would neither view lightly nor commend the increased demand by teach- ers for a part in naldng educational decisions. There is evidence that, during 1960, local. teacher groups were beginning to exert some pressure for their rights. be president of the MASB reported in November of 1960 that the Association had reomtly been asked by local boards to enter ”dis- putes" between these boards and the MEA. the Association's Board of Direc- tors voted to continue to "investigate the facts and determine if the board was right,” upon request.2 The first official indication that the EASE was aware of this pressure, however, appears in two resolutions ap- proved at the annual business meeting in Septuber, 1961. Both are 1Barbour, interview, gp, g1. 2mm: Zeiter, "no President's Message,” W m VI, November, 1960, p. 11}. 149 strictly in line with the Board's traditional point of view. In re- sponse to a National Education Association statement implying that teachers should select their textbooks, the Board responded, ”he mchigan Association of School Boards will strongly resist any and all attupts to infringe upon the authority of school boards in the selection and adoption of textbooks and other instructional materials. ”1 he second resolution states clearly the philosophy of local control. Whereas we believe that ultimate decisions on all matters affecting local public schools, including the welfare of professional and non- professional personnel, should rest solely on school boards as repre- sentatives of the people, Be It Resolved that concern for the public welfare requires that members of this association resist by all lawful means the enactment of laws that would compel them to arrrender ary part of this responsibility. ”2 he actions ofthe MASBinthis areaofbargaining with teaching employees can only lead to the conclusion that the Association was hoping in sonawaytepreventthewholeproblen. Untilthepassageefmblie Act 379 in 1965, the Association's program was not sparked with great initiative. It took very little action. In April, 1961, the Michigan Eiucation Asseciation' s first resolution on professional negotiation was voted. Early in 1962, at the invitation of the MEA, the MASB Joined in farting a Joint committee to try to work cut a set of negotiation prin- ciples acceptable to both organisations. But not until October, 1962, 1"Resolutions Adopted Septanber 15, 1961." ragga: School Board m VII, October, 1961, p. 11+. 221d. 150 did the MASB Etecutive Secretary report that such a committee had been formed. here was only one other official action on teacher negotiations taken by the Association prior to 1963, but it was a reaction to events, not an initiation of them. The delegates to the business session in November, 1962, resolved that, because the state mediation law had been interpreted to include relationships between boards and employees, and because boards were being involved in this process, "a committee to study policies and procedures with a view to resolving differences prior to re- sort to the mediation process" would be established} he year 1963 brought no greatly different official actions from the Association, although on an individual basis local boards were be- coming involved in real negotiations. The proposed procedures for profes- sional negotiation drawn up by the joint MEAPMASB cenndttee were discussed by the MASB Board of Directors early in 1963, but they were never ratified bytheMASBBeard. heyweremainlyprecedures tobe usedinthe event that a local professional negotiation (PN ) committee and its board of education could not reach agreement on problems related to working condi- tions, teacher contracts, salaries, and dismissals. hese were local procedures; but the problem, and a najor issue from the school board's point of view, was that they called for a form of compulsory arbitration in impasse situations, and this was an item wholly unacceptable to the 11133.2 he joint oermaittee dnply ceased to operate; the we. stopped 1"Beselutiens Adopted November 8, 1962," Ifichigan School Begg w VIII: W: 19629 P0 50 2Barbour, interview, 23. £2. 151 inviting the MASB to meetings (the MEA always did the inviting), and the school board group never pursued the possibility of joint action further. Walter Averill, a director and former president of the MASB, showed some awareness of the then (1963) current situation. In November he stated, "We as school board members must in the future deal with (teachers? as a group, not as individuals. We can no longer afford to say, 'Take it or leave it.'"1 His suggestion was that boards use a consultative procedure: citizens, teachers, and boards would form a couittee and discuss school finances, teachers' needs, etc. his should be a cooperative effort to agree on the best plan for the welfare of the children. All policies should be written and distributed. The school board, however, still must make all final decisions. hese sug- gestions may have been a reflection of a statement made by the Delegate Assenbly of the National School Boards Association meeting in April. he NSBA was also reacting at this time to the increased pressures from teacher organizations and had called for a program essentially the same as Mr. Averill's. hey urged local school boards to fellow ”procedures that will actively involve boards, administrators, and teachers in dis- cussing budget needs-~especially salaries and grievances” and have ”written procedures. . . widely distributed and understood. "2 he idea seemed to be that, by cemdcating with and taking into consideration 1Walter. Averill, Jr. , "School Board-Teacher Relationships," I‘fichigan School Board Journal, 1, November, 1963, p. 9. 2”From the Executive Director's Desk," gagged 2.229; Board Journal, Is my, 19639 P0 50 152 the views, recommendations, and needs of teachers, the new demands of the staff could be satisfied. Although the mchigan Association was particularly silent, at this time, the National Association pointed out what the issues were. First, of course, was the sovereignty of school board authority, which could not be delegated. And in its "Beliefs and Policies Regarding Teacher-Superintendent-Board Relations,” the NSBA went on to say that ”Strikes, emotions, boycotts, mandated arbitration or mediation are im- proper procednres to be used by public school employees who are dissatis- fied with their conditions of employment."1 Strikes, sanctions, impasse, procedures, authority-«these were the issues, and some stand had to be taken on them. In 1965, and up to the time the Mchigan law was passed, the MASB appears to have focused its attention on the specific area of impasse procedure. The majority of school boards around the country were express- ing doubts about the whole idea of bargaining. 'me NSBA went on record as believing that school boards should ”refrain from compromise agree- ments based on negotiation or collective bargaining and L-shouldy not resort to mediation or arbitration. . . ."2 In a speech to the Illinois State Chamber of Commerce, Mrs. Fred Radke, a former president of the NSBA, confirmed this vigorous opposition to bargaining agreements between school boards and teacher organizations, and said that, while the Associa- tion recognized areas of mutual concern, it did not see aw area of joint vvv 1"Ebccerpts from NSBA Beliefs and Policies Regarding Teacher- mmwmt-Bom muons. ' WW 1. December, 1963, p. 10. 22-29.. 153 responsibility with teacher organizatinns.1 In contrast, the MASB' s only resolution on emplnyee relations deals with a specific problem. In response to proposals to have outside arbitrators make binding de- cisions in school disputes, the delegates approved: "The Michigan Association of School Boards expresses the belief that the authority to an arbitrator to make decisions binding on a school district is both illegal and improper . e e ."2 If Judgments can be based on the absence of policy statanents, perhaps it would be safe to say that the MASB had accepted the fact that there would be bargaining agreements. For them the issue was to maintain as much decision-making power as possible under the new circumstances. Somewhat surprisingly, the Association did not launch a campaign to fight the passage of the Public Enployee Relations Act. The Associa- tion preferred the separate education bill proposed by the MEA, but when it failed, the Association testified for and against specific items of the bill that in final form became the law.3 Ear example, the school boards were against compulsory arbitration, for which there is no pro- ' ' vision in the low. Q: the other hand, they spoke for the inclusion of unfair labor practices against employees as well as employers, but they did not succeed in having this provision enacted. The Association's stand was for "mderaflon in the law." 1Mrs. Fred A. Radke, "Real Significance of Collective Bargaining for Teachers," W XV, December, 1961+, p. 795. 2"Resolutions Aoted Upon By Delegate Assanbly,” mobigen School Board Journal, XI, December, 1964, p. 13. 3Bar-bonr, interview, 22. gig. 154 here is no published official reaction by the MASB to the passage of the amendments. he Executive Director, in his August column, noted that PL-379 had been signed and that it opened up a whole new area of relationships betlnen boards and employees. he President of the MASB, at this time Dr. Lester Dankert, was not so unconcerned about the situa- tion. He called for cooperation to influence a reversal of trends that would restrict the discretion of local school boards.1 He condemned strikes, emotions, and third-party mediation. He also pointed out that the authority of the school board could not be delegated, but that, if teachers just wanted to "share joint concerns”, the board had a respon- sibility to take into account their views and recommendations.2 After the fact of the law's enactment, these verbal and semantic exercises carry little force. As the MEA immediately stepped up its recognition and negotiation activities, the School Board Association realized that it must act to prepare its local boards to handle the bargaining situation. It was un- prepared for the bargaining that took place in the fall of 1965, but in January, 1966, the Association retained Mr. Leonard Keller as legal council for negotiations. hey also cooperated with the Michigan Associa- tion of School Administrators in publishing a guide called, W 3332! Wk {gr School Boards ad Administrators. he Handbook deals with the legal rights and obligations of boards and administrators and presents the techniques of collective bargaining and the preparation of lhster Danlnert, "he President's Message," nobigg bongo; Board Journal, XII, higust, 1965, p. 4. 2% 9 P- 5- 155 agreements. Articles with suggestions on and principles of negotiation began to appear in the m, And workshops on the process of collec- tive negotiation and grievance procedures were held and attendance en- couraged. he general philosophy of the MASB since enactment of PIS-379 is that the Association must and will live within the law. If the Associa- tion appears to be saying, "We are obligated to do this bargaining, but we'll make evory effort to see that teachers get as little of our decision- making power as possible," it is merely holding a position that is quite in line with the standard position assumed by many managements in private inchls'trye he Association has also demonstrated that, when provoked, it would take a hard line. he boards have always opposed strikes; but this op- position was tacitly understood. In the spring of 1966, a number of teacher walkouts occurred in the state, and the Board of Directors of the : MASB reacted. At a meeting on May 20, it formulated a resolution recom- : mending to local boards certain procedures to be followed as their col- ' lective bargaining policy: briefly, that school boards fulfill their lawful obligations; that, in the event of strikes, employees be disciplined up to and including discharge; that the board seek injunctions against strikes or sanctions; that school boards stop negotiations with any striking labor organisation and not continue until the strike ended; that teachers participating in strikes or sanctions have this action noted on their records and supplied to any other school district requesting such information; and that school boards not reconmmd for employment teachers 156 who are on strike or whose district is under sanctions.1 (Ir. Barbour stated that these resolutions were made at a moment when the school boards felt threatened, and such harsh statements would probably not have been made at another time. )2 Despite all the indications that the Michigan Association of School Boards was ill prepared for the advart of fill-scale collective bargaining, one must say that it was far ahead of its national organi- sation. he NSBA's journal, School Boards, in June, 1967, noted that an important change in the NSBA beliefs and practices had been enacted by the Delegate Assembly. Its policy simply included a statement recog- nizing the right of teachers to organize and 99313; (euqahasis noted) with school boards on terms and conditions of employment. 3 In 1967, the MASB again sponsored numerous workshops on negotiations around the state, and their legal counsel was at work constantly with bargaining and representation and unfair labor practice cases. By August, 196?, there were still over 200 districts with contracts unsigned. he Board of Directors made public a resolution recommending that local boards ask teachers to go back to school in September even in the absence or agreanent. In return, the boards would promise that any agreements Walter Averill, Jr., "he President's Message," Michigan School Board Jamar}, IIII, June, 1966, p. 20. 2Bar-bcrur, interview, 22. 9.3. Bunsm Delegate Assembly Passes Resolutions on Federally-Related Educational Programs," m1 Boards, X, June, 1967, p. 10. .157 finally reached after school was in session would be retroactive.l And on August 29, the Education Association charged in federal court that certain Michigan School Boards were ”conspiring" to deny teachers their constitutionally guaranteed rights.' Regardless of past pronouncements and ideological positions, the MASB appears to have recovered from its early unpreparedness and obviously has moved to a rather classical (although perhaps ”unenlightened”) power- oriented bargaining stance characteristic of many private industry labor- management relationships. Michigah‘AsSociation'of‘Schooi'AdministratOrs When the subject of collective bargaining in the educational field is considered, the discussion usually centers on the relationship between teachers (or the teachers' organization) and their school board. While these are the major parties to the bargaining and the agreement, there are others in the hierarchy of a school system who must become involved with this new process. One is the chief administrative officer of the system, the superintendent of schools. The superintendent is responsible for the efficient operation of his district. This position demands that he perform a great number of duties: he ”marshals resources, supplies infermation, stimulates dis- cussion and research and . . . he evaluates, recommends and initiates action.3 In all these activities, the administrator's main concern is IBarbour, interview,‘gp§'cit. 2Attorneys for the MEA have written to the author in DeCember, l967, indicating that the case preparation is continuing, but has not been heard. 3American association of School Administrators, School'AdministratOrs View'Professional Negatiation, Washington: American Association of School Administrators, i966, p. 53. 158 ostensibly the welfare of the student. he ideal superintendent is an independent party, operating the schools within his broadly defined mandate from the school board.1 How the superintendent's general role works out in practice is not to be dealt with here, but we can assume that the acquisition by teachers of bargaining rights would certainly have some impact on a position of such responsibility. he school superintendents have both a state and a national profes- sional organization. It will be impossible to describe any set of pol- icies for collective bargaining formalated by the l'fichigan Association of School Administrators (MASA). hey have no official. position. I will, therefore, look briefly at the positions taker by the American Association of School Administrators to see what kinds of policies represent a con- census of the ideas of superintendents from all over the illited States and attempt to interpret these as they apply to the Mchigan situation, and the inchigan Association of School Administrators (NASA). he American Association of School Administrators (AASA) is a Department of the National Eiucation Association, and its statements on professional negotiation largely follow those made by the NEA. In 1947, the AASA issued an invitation to teacher organizations to participate in matters affecting teacher welfare and stated its disapproval of strikes as a means of securing rights.2 here was no similar resolution of this str'argth until after the NEA resolutions on negotiations in 1961 and 1962. 1mg. zAmericsn Association of School Adrrbfistrators Official Report, 73rd Annual Convertion, Atlantic City, March 1-6, 1947, p. 228. 159 In 1960, the AASA called for "constant cooperative review of local school policies and programs by staffs, administrators, boards, and citizens}; In a 1963 policy statement, "Roles, Responsibilities, Relationships of the School Board, Superintendent and Staff," the administrators defined shared responsibility in policy development as a professional concept. But although the staff should discuss, present proposals, and participate in program development, it had no right to make decisions. he school board still possessed all rights and responsibilities for deciflon making.2 In its policy statements from 1964 to 1966, the AASA stressed the comncn goals and interests of teachers, supervisors, and adminis- trators, and declared that the development of school policies and pro- grams and the solutions to problems are best handled by these groups working together. he Association has consistently held that education should be independent of any one segment of society and that strikes are not a proper means for teachers to assert their rights. In 1967, the Association urged that "truly professional negotiation procedures” be established and sanctions be intelligently applied.3 he might expect that, since the AASA has stated positions on pro- fessional negotiations, the more imediately involved mchigan Association of School Administrators would also. here is no certain reason why it 1American Association of School Administrators Official Report, 1959-60 Annual Meeting, February 13-17, 1960, Atlantic City, p. 214-3. 2Amorican Association of School Administrators, WM Vifl Professional Ngggfiaticn, 2p. $3., 1). 32. 3"Preliminary mitt of 1967 AASA Resolutions is Completed," g; Ml Administrator, XXIV, February, 1967, p. 6. 160 did not. he possible explanations could be advanced: First, the NASA was long (until January, 1967) a department of the Michigan Education Association, and in general its policies were those of the IEA. Secondly, perhaps because the mchigan administrators have been drawn into the area of negotiations by the rapid acceleration of activities of the state's teachers and school boards, they have not found it necessary to formulate a position for or against the process; they have simply been occupied with the bargaining process itself and its implications for them specifically. Prior to the passage of the Michigan law, the literature of the NASA rarely dealt with the subject at all. In December, 196+, the MBA invoked emotions on the Whi‘lzncre lake school district. he NASA Board of Direc- tors voted to support this action.1 (his is the only example of such support reported and cannot be interpreted as any kind of standing policy.) In Jarmary of 1965, professional negotiation was the main topic of a two- day MASA meeting. hese two news items are the only instances that indi- cate that the Association was aware of current happenings. With regard to the enactment of the legislation, the Executive Secretary of the MASA, stated that the Association did not oppose a pro- fessional negotiation law of the type the MEA proposed. A legislative report in May, 1965, noted that there was a number of professional and labor negotiation bills being discussed, and that "he NASA has not taken a specific stand regarding these bills other than the general philosophy that we favor legislation that will give boards of education the necessary 1"Sanctions Invoked by m on Whitmcre Lake," MASA Reflections, VII, December, 1964, p. 3. 161 authority to operate schools efficiently. "1 Since the passage of the law, the NASA has been involved mainly in the implanentation of its provisions. Workshops on techniques of nego- tiation have been held. By October of 1965, the Board, with the help of legal counsel, had distributed to its members a bulletin on what the superintendent should do when his staff demanded their newly-won rights. He should, this report said, review the law with the school board and point out what is required of both parties.2 In 1966, the administrators issued the Labor Relations Handbook, jointly with the School Board Associ- ation, and secured for superintendents the services of the MASB's legal counsel, 1h. Keller and at a conference reviewing the new law, the ad- ministrators were told that their jobs simply had a new dimension.3 It is just this new job dimension, however, that has proved to be the biggest difficulty caused by the widespread introduction of bargain- ing. Both the AASA and the NASA have felt the weight of the problem; just what should be the position of the school superintendent in the bar- gaining process? Both groups agree that he should not be completely by- passed. he AASA says, ”He should be an independent third party in the negotiation process. He should review each proposal in light of its ef- fect upon students and work closely with both the board and the staff representatives in an attempt to reach agreement . . . . His position 1James H. fbsanan, "legislative Report," NASA Reflfitions, VII, “8?: 19659 P- 3- chhigan Association of School Administrators, "Supplmmtary km“ #1," Pe 1e 3"NASA Reviews Negotiations Laws,” gggan Education Journal, XIIII, January 21, 1966, p. 3. 162 as leader of the staff and executive of the board requires this. "1 He should exercise free and independent judgment, provide resource materials and information, clarify issues, and make proposals.2 Here again the NASA has no stated position. As the NASA Executive Secretary explained, the superintendent's position is different in dif- ferent districts. It is his personal opinion that the superintendent is the chief officer of the school board.3 The NASA, in January, 1967, voted to d_9_l_e_t_e_ from its constitution the section that read, "The Association shall be a Departnent of the Michigan Riucation Association. "4 The break is now complete and the position of the superintardent is clear. In Michigan, operating under a law that bars supervisory personnel from the teacher bargaining unit, administrators have moved to the school board side of the bargaining table. W and Conclusions In no sense was this part intended to be a complete historical or organizational treatment of any of the four organizations. Ihe intent : was simply to review some significant developments and other factors that most directly relate to each organization's evolving position and - --.. on -_ .a policies regarding collective bargaining. 1American Association of School Administrators, School Mflators V11! nggsggifl Rem E‘uon, 22o at" Po sue 22-29. 1:. 55. 3Interview, Dr. Austin Bates, Ececutive Director, NASA, August, 1967. 967 ’“Action Taken at Grand Rapids," MASA Reflections, IX, January, 1 9 P0 1". 163 The evolution was shown to be abrupt for the Michigan School Board Association (PSBA), continual for the Michigan Federation of Teachers (m), gradual for the Michigan Education Association (MBA), and unresponsive for the Michigan Association of School Administrators (NASA). Ihe impact of the speed of adaptation to the new employment relationship and the associated preparation for change had a significant effect upon the results achieved by each organization dm'ing the first year of bargaining after Act 379 became law. Initially, the MASB had failed to react to the signs of teacher discontent and political change and, like their private employer counter- parts of 193 5 were totally unprepared to assume a constructive, intel- ligurt bargaining position—or even to protect their own interests. The MFI‘, because of its Ail—CID affiliations, was the best tech- nically prepared organization of the four. However, either by design or default, it chose to press this advantage only in the large metropolitan arcas and ultimately was successful only in Detroit and in a handful of neighboring, inner metropolitan suburbs. Ebwever, the experience and technical assistance received by the MFT from both its national union and other AFLCIO unions was unfledble and apparently unsuited to the or- ganizing requirements of the "outstate" school districts (as will be shown in Part III). ‘Ihe MEA's adaptation to the new law and environment was startling and dramatic. Although the genesis of the MEA's militancy can be traced to the middle 1940's and the evolution had been constant, the true nature of the potentials for this militancy were kept carefully obscured and camouflaged, finding expression only when seriously challenged by the 161+ rival PM. Many a school boards across the state were shocked to find that the ”paper tiger company union, " MEA, suddenly was "out unioning the union.” Finally, in probably the most pathetic example of an organization's inept reaction to changing circumstances, there was the NASA. A part of the DEA until January, 1967, the NASA had no independent policy or action until after that date. It wasn't until the school administrator found that he was required by his board of education to assume the official role of bargaining spokesman for his board that the delusions of neutrality promoted by his earlier PEA advisors became meaningless and unworkable. This realization brought uncertainty to the individuals and chaos to the organization that even in 1968 has not recovered sufficiently to make an affirmative impact on the bargaining relationship. This part also partially identifies the characteristics of the teachers' 1eaders--the new militants. Again, the interest here was to present a dimension that will help to explain later material. There was no intent, however, to suggest that the sample information presented is a complete picture of the leaders of Michigan's teacher organizations. Ibis must be the subject of future research. In sunnnary‘, this part answered many of the "Who are they" and "What have they done" questions concerning the organizations, their members, and their leaders. PARI III THE DRIVE FOR EXCLUSIVE REPRESENTATION CHAPTERVIII THE smon 0F EXCLUSIVE COILECTIVE BAREAINING REPRESENTATIVES Bath the enabling legislation a reality and the characteristics, positions, and strategies of the contesting organizations reasonably well determined, the stage was set in July of 1965 for the contest to detenine which organizations (if arw) would represent the school ele- ployees and how this representation would be apportioned among a variety of possible bargaining units. MW "Section 15 of the Public Employment Relations Act provides for collective bargaining between a public em.- ployer and the representatives of its employees. This representative must be chosm by a majority of the en- ployees in an appropriate unit. He may be granted recog- nition voluntarin by the uployer, or he may be elected by a majority of uployees in a designated unit."1 he definition of appropriate bargaining units had also been earlier suggested by court rulings and decisions of other agencies in other juris- dictions. Fbr example, the Supreme Court of Michigan, in M v. 1am a fuller treatnurt of the provisions of the Act and the repre- sentation procedures of the Inchigsn Labor Mediation Board, see m Parker, ”The Michigan Public Enployment Relations Act and Procedures Ihder the Act,” in Charles T. Schmidt, Jr., et (1.; A @de 2 Collective Nago- tiations in Education, East Lansing: Social Science Research Bureau, Michigan State Driversity, 1967, pp. 20-27. 166 167 State Iohor Mediation Board, 333 moh. 382 (1952), considered the ques- tion of what constitutes an appropriate bargaining unit. In this case, the court cited a decision of the Massachusetts Labor Oomnisaicn, whose primary objective was declared to be, to constitute the largest unit which in the particular case was most compatible with the effectuation of the purposes of the law, and to include in a single unit all corssm interests. Prior to the 1965 mendments, Act 336 of the Public Acts of 1947 made no attempt to define a unit. It provided that "any given group" of public employees could petition for mediation. In constming this pro- vision in m City School Board v. Labor Mediation Board, 358 Mich. 258 (1959), the Supreme Court said: _ "lire basic notion of a. 'group' or unit suitable for bargain- ing or mediating employee grievances is that of unity of interests.” Additionally, as the mchigsn Labor Mediation Board was called upon to render its own decisions, a body of suggestive (but not necessarily controlling) precedents was establishedo Fbr example, the Mediation Board has, on several previous occasions, accepted the criterion of unity of interest or comaty of interest as being the proper one in detendning an appropriate bargaining unit. It has held in Eon School District of the City of Jackson and American Fgerat~ion of State, County & liming Myees, AFL-CIO, and Non- Tegcgg moms Club and International Brotherhood of Electrical Work- ers, local Union 232, Case No. R-65-H-26 (January 25, 1966), in City of Warren and International Brotherhood of Teamsters, local No. 222, and American oration of State Octmt & Munici al 0 es AFL-CIO 168 Cases No; 3-65-3-30, and 5565-3-37 (January 18, 1966), and in South ME MI mfiflfl and argon Federation of State, Coat; & AFL-CIO and cal 2 Into ational therhood 3654-183 (June 30, 1966), that the largest bargaining unit which under the circumstances of the particular case is most comatible with the ef- fectuation of the Act is the appropriate and proper bargaining unit. In the mth Redford Schoo; gstrict case it said: We do not think the electricians have basic interests sub- stantially distinct and different from those of the other crafts in the maintenance group in terms of condiQQns of Mt, cations skills aces f t methods of WW W a WWW). Thus, past practices of the parties, sindlarity or conditions of uployment, qualifications, sldlls, pay, places of anploymmt, methods of coupensation and duties have all been controlling criteria (usually taken together) in the determination of the appropriate unit. Qlite apparartly, these are also some of the criteria most cited by the National Labor Relations Board in its over thirty years of experience in determin- ing appropriate bargaining units. the state‘dde results of the bargaining unit determinations and representation drives will be examined in a later chapter. Necessary and important as these statistics are to obtain a meaningful view of the total unit determination and representation activity to Judge the scope and relative success of each of the major organizations involved, they do not present the total nature of the dynamics of the representa- tion drive by the uplcyee organizations. For this view, I will turn to three case studies, the first two Mlflng specific teacher organizations and their attenuate to gain 'l69 representation, and the third, in Chapter IX will be a more general case of the fight for representation and recognition by school principals and supervisors across the state. ‘rcaSé’StUdY'NO. l" The Drive for Exclusive Representation in Detroit Followlng World War II, Detroit's teachers found themselves in vir- tually the same position as were teachers after World War I. Average salaries lagged behind those received by those employed in private in- dustry. Unions were vigorously seeklng and receiving higher wages for their members, consumer demands were high, and industrial profits soared. The growth in numbers of.puplls found the school system woefully inade- equate. The post-war shift of rural mlnorlty groups to the urban ghettoes was emphasized by the frequent requests of senior teachers to transfer out of the ”core”, center city schools. When the United Federation of Teachers began an active drive for exclusive representation for New York City's teachers, union officials in Detroit made a careful analysis of the process.' The success of the UFT drive in New York strengthened the decision of the Detroit Federation of Teachers (DFT) to seek exclusive bargalnlng rights for Detrolt teachers. The campaign for exclusive representation was initiated early in l963. This concept and effort were resisted by both the Detroit Board of Edu- catlon and the Detroit Education Association (DEA), the rival of the DFT. ,Detrolt School Board President, Wm. D. Merrlfleld, said Wednesday he couldn't see what teachers had to gain by namlng an organization to represent them. ”I am puziled as t? why they should need a collective bargalnlng arrangement.” ‘11hg Detroit Free Press. Hay 16. 1963? 170 Ihtroit at that tine faced a financial crisis and scheduled an election to increase its millage. he April, 1963, millage campaign definitely inflnmced the timing and intensity of the exclusive repre- sentation campaign. According to Mary Ellen Riordan, DFI‘ president, the Federation postponed its request for an election until after the April election "became we wanted to place our ml]. resources behind the millage campdgn."1 a: Detroit Millage @aigzs .“ Generally speaking, proposals to finance local schools have been received with such reluctance. In 1961, thirty school bond proposals fdled for every seventy that were successful in the United States. In 1962, the voters of New Jersey rejected school budget proposals of sixty- five counties. In 1963, twenty-one suburban districts in the New York City area rejected school budget requests.2 Simiarly, in Detroit since 1953, the voters have been presented with seven school budget proposals, but only four were accepted. Surprisingly, in most of these instances, even in those proposals that were ultimately accepted, the approved millage was equal to or less than had previously been defeated. Not until 1957 were the first signs of organized opposition groups seen in the Detroit area. The mat active to appear was the Detroit member of ('bmeroe, mich held the position that it would be better to 111:. gtmt & Press, May 16, 1963. 2Otis A. Crosby, ”Taxes and Tensions - Battle of Ballots," Public Relations Gold Mine Volume Six (Washington 8 National School Public Relations Association, 19 , p. ll3. 171 raise funds through a bond issue than a millage request. The More campaign was shunted mainly in the last ten days of the election, and, the proposal was soundly defeated.1 Prior to the next proposal, submitted in 19 59, the Board of Eiuca- tion began a program of commnity involvement in school affairs. Under the leadership of Dr. Norman Drachler, the Assistant Superintendent for School-Gommity Affairs, a Glti sens Advisory Oomdttee on School Needs was fomed. 'Dae composition of this committee made possible the involve- ment of large numbers of citizens of varying economic and social back- ground. heir comprehensive reconnnendations served as the foundation for financial proposals in the 1959 election. At this time the Detroit comnity embarked upon the first half of a ten-year program by passing a 7.5 millage proposal and a sixty million dollar bond issue for school construction and renovation. The voters had been presented with a blue- print for a quality educational system and had endorsed it. Major opposition never really developed in this election, and or- ganised parent groups, some union and church groups, and education groups ' took strong positions in favor of increased financial support. The Detroit (haslber of Comerce did not take a public stand. Daring the next four years, the Board of Education attended to the task of meeting as new of the recomended needs as possible. An atteapt was made for improveuents in curriculu- developnmt, personnel, integra- tion, building constmction, and other needs specified in the study. 1"Mlllage and Bond Election, April. 1957" (unpublished history of . the campaign on file at the Detroit Board of Macedon), p.' 2. 172 As the end of the first five-year program drew near, the schools were confronted by a falling tax base, a recently-approved city income ta, increased sales taxes, and rising operating costs. To renew existing millage would not be suffident to maintain the type of program suggested by the Citizens' Report. To meet these needs the Board requested not only the continuation of the previous 7. 5 mills, but an additional increase of 5.3 mills and a separate 90 million dollar bond issue. Almost immediately marw groups publicly opposed both propositions. Some of the most vocal. were home owners' associations, which were origi- nally formed to fight neighborhood racial integration, local groups of Negroes who were dissatisfied with the efforts to provide equal oppor- tunities for education and housing, and small groups of retired people.1 ‘lhese groups, with the support of small, neighborhood newspapers and newsletters for both the white and Negro communities, were successful in defeating both proposals. At this point, the educational system was faced with financial disaster. he superintendent quickly made austerity moves by cutting . services in order to eartend existing and forthcoming funds. Additional - --.-I'— .0 teachers needed were not hired and special services were cut; classes for the first, fourth, and seventh grades were reduced to one-half days. Be- cause of the reductions in the number of school groups (sections), one- third of the physical education staff was released and amt to other schools as resource teachers, in actuality, "pemanent substitutes”. Not only were the teachers up in arms, but the voice of the public lane. 173 resounded throughout the city. Newspapers, radio, community groups, and television were denouncing the action. After six weeks of chaos the case reached the courts and the Board was restrained from continuing its course, on the grounds that it was illegally withholding funds which were allocated until 1961+. Therefore, at mid-semester the school system was returned to its previous organisation. In the meantime, a number of the staff transferred to other systems, and the teachers who would have been prowrred for the new semester had found jobs elsewhere. me Board then requested special penission to propose another millage increase, but, this time, they asked only that the 7.5 mill in- crease about to expire be continued for ten years. Now that the public was truly aroused, the Board reached out for total community support for the renewed millage campaign. local parent groups were organized and campaigned hard for the proposal for they had seen a glimpse of how an under-financed educational system would affect their children. Public media vigorously supported the proposal. Labor unions, real estate boards (fearing losses in property values), the N.A.A.C.P., the Urban League, the Wayne County Democratic Association, the U.A.W., and even the Detroit member of Gomerce actively supported the issue. he only distinguishable groups opposed were two white home owners' groups, but fearing public wrath, they gave only token resistance. ‘Ihe millage pro- posal was passed and the superintendent and staff made an eamest effort to meet its educational objectives under a very limited budget. Fbrtunately, in the Detroit area, federal support to education was granted and the Board was able to offset much of its expenses with these funds. 'llms, Detroit's financial crisis led to overcrowded classes and the reasdgnmmt of hundreds of teachers with little consideration for their 174 area of specialisation, the subsequent disruption of existing programs and inconvenience to the individual teacher. Widespread teacher dissension prompted the creation of an Assign- ment Review Gomnittee to review cases of hardship and to recommend al- leviation. Hindi-eds of requests were made for assignment reviews, and one cannot estimate the number of teachers who were seriously effected, but did not request a review. 'Ihe Detroit Federation of Teachers (DFT) was quick to challenge the Board's decision and promised teachers action where violations of seniority rights, previous policy, or contract had occurred. 'rnus, teacher discontent reached a high level due to: no raise, indiscriminate reassignment, half-day sessions, and large class loads. In the meantime, the drive for exclusive representation was some- what muted because the school board had decided to campaign again for a November ndllage election for the extension of the present millage funds. Nevertheless, both teacher organisations, the DFI‘ and the DEA, continued tobeheardmdtomakerecomendationstotheboard. Representatives of rival teacher organizations pressed their conflicting demands on the Board of Education Tuesday and the president, Leonard Kasle, demanded that they stop their ”petty squabbling" until after the November 5th elec- tion.1 The success of the November millage election gave impetus to the DFT's drive for exclusive negotiation. Militant was the mood of a large segment of teachers. ‘Ihey were not going to subsidize education for parents who, unwilling to pay the full bill, had refused to support the lfbberta Mackey, in ‘Ihg Detroit Free Press, October 9, 1963. 175 larger proposed millage increase in the earlier April election. A de- cision was made to march to the School Center Building to demonstrate the urgency of their demand for a representation election.1 lbre than 2000 Detroit public school teachers staged a danonstration march to the Board of Eiucation headquarters Tuesday in a show of strength to emphasize union demands for a collective bargaining election...Mrs. Hordan told the Board, "We march to enforce our petition which the Board has not answered...'.l.‘eachers simply do not understand your delay...2 Mneteen-sixty-four began and the Board maintained its position that the Hutchinson Act forbade exclusive recognition of one employee organization to bargain for all of the teachers. ‘lhe Federation con- tinued with its plan to have its membership authorize a strike to enforce its demand for an election. A strike was authorized by the DFT membership on February 27, 1961+.3 The Board's problem of the legality of an election took a slight shift in the face of this threat: ’Ihe president of the Board of Education said Thursday night that the strike vote by the Detroit Federation of Teachers will not change the Board's position on a bargain- ing agent for teachers. Even if the board did grant the right to hold an election, it still would not have the right ll to designate any single bargaining agent, said Leonard Kasle. lhe DEA supported the Board's position: The executive secretary of_the DEA which vies with the DFI‘ for menbership called L sic / the decision to strike labs Detrgit Free Press, February 15, 1961+. 68118 teachers had signed petitions supporting this demand for a representation election. 2Ibberta Mackey, The Detroit Flee Press, December ll, 1963. 3111s Detroit bee Press February 28, 1961+. The strike vote was P933“ 2109'fi5 e “Ibid. 176 "flying headlong into a dangerous precedent." Patrick Basile said the election results are not very indicative of the will of the majority and do not speak for the total teaching staff of the City of Detroit.1 While Kasle and Basile were citing legal restrictions and moral obligations the tempo of militancy was increasing. Strike Talk A ' Plenty Teacher Mood: We Won't Budge "I'm not a bit worried about state law," snapped Mrs. Geraldine O'Ioan..., a teacher at Halley Elementary. "They give us all parental responsibility, the children, then take away our rights. We should have the right to vote for collec- tive bargaining and if we can't have that I wouldn't hesitate to go on strike despite the law. "2 Wm. Mead . . . . said, "Teachers have been forced to a strike vote; no one wanted it. . . . "But its long overdue and its the only way we're going to get a hearing. I don't feel the law will hold up. And anyway teachers don't fit under its definition. We're not a threat to public security. "3 In the meantime, the Detroit Board of Education showed its own muscle. In an obvious attempt to set an example, Superintendent Brownell invoked the Hutchinson Act against twenty-one Detroit school maintenance workersumembers of the mechanical trades union-41110 struck in defiance of an administrative directive to report to work on schedule. All twenty- one were fired. However, within ten days following the strike vote the Board of Education moved from this extreme position and agreed to discuss a plan for teacher representation. A visible crack had appeared in the Board' a WP. libid. 2Raberta Mackey, figs Detroit Free Press, February 28, 1964. 3mm. 177 Ihe plan was a variation of one in use by the Dearborn Board of Eiucation and later incorporated into a number of state laws such as those in California and Pfinnesota. Its principal component required a delegate form of representation, whereby the percentage of the membership of the bargaining team for each teacher organization is based upon the number of members certified by each organization. Although strongly endorsed by the press and incorporated into the policy of the Detroit Board of Eincation, the plan was rejected by the DFT as a system which would only lead to chaos--the only alternative to which was, in its view, a single and exclusive bargaining agent. Meanwhile, during the week of March 10, 1964, Detroit Federation members set up informational picket lines at seven schools from 7:00 am. until the start of classes to emphasize their demands for an exclusive representation election. Ihe DEA maintained its long-standing position that being a professional denied teachers the privilege of pressure tactics. Patrick Basile, executive secretary of the DEA, was quoted as saying: . . . Picketing is not a constructive measure but . . . the teacher representation plan presented by the board is not to our liking. We hope to make refinements in it, but this picketing is just an out-of-hand dancns‘lratinn.l Neither appeals to professionalism, nor placation or paternalism by the Board would at this point deter the DFT membership. They were psychologically ready for a confrontation, legal or not, and they set the strike date for April 15, 196“. l‘Ihe Detroit a: Press, March 10, 1964. f'r 178 Members of the DFT voted Tuesday to strike the City' 3 schools April 15. Whether the DFT orders its members out of their classmams hinges on a proposal hammered out earlier Tuesday at a school board meeting. The Board proposed that a secret ballot be conducted April 8 at which Detroit's 10,000 classroom teachers would decide: I. To keep the situation as is with DFI‘ and DEA submitting grievances separately. II. To adopt a board plan for a Teacher's Representation %Md.tt”s III. Or to have all teachers represented by a single organi- zation;L Part of the Detroit Board's position change to allow the secret ballot poll can be attributed to a March, 1964, opinion by Mchigan's Attorney General, Frank Kelley, who advised that teacher strikes were illegal, but school boards did have the power to accept the organization selected by a majority vote of teachers as the sole bargaining agent. Even so, the school board was hesitant and explained that the April 8, 1964, teacher poll was strictly advisory and not necessarily a mandate. One week before the teacher poll there was an intensive effort by some members of the Board of Eiucation to rescind the previous agreanmt to conduct the poll; only through the efforts of the Board's president, was this proposal withdrawn. lhe April poll results startled the Board of Education. Out of more than 9,000 Detroit teachers, 7, 510 voted that they preferred to have one organization represent them; i.e. , they chose exclusive representation rather than either of the other alternatives on the ballot. l'Ihg Detroit Free Press, March 25, 1961;. 179 Subsequently and not without some disclaimers, on April ll, 1964, Just four days before the DFT authorized strike action: The Detroit Board of Education agreed . . . to hold an election in which Detroit teachers will choose one organiza- tion to represent them in negotiations with the school board. Board president Leonard Kasle emphasized that the winning organisation will work within the framework of the Teacher Representation Conmnttee established by the Board March 11th.]- By this time, the DEA was campaigning for exclusive representation rights but still deploring DF‘I' tactics. The DEA, an affiliate of the NEA, considers itself a professional group. It frowns on the labor union's approach implicit in collective bargaining.2 The struggle for the principle of sole representation in Detroit lasted for about a year. Beginning on May 28, 1963, when the DFT submitted petitions requesting teacher representation in the collective bargaining process, the battle was on and continued until May 11, 1961}, when 5,800 out of approximately 9,600 teachers voted the DFT as exclusive bargaining agent in the Board of Education conducted election. I'bre recently, and even more significantly, at the latest representa- tion election conducted by the Labor Mediation Board beemse of a DEA initiated decertification petition, 6,400 teachers on April 19, 1967 ap- proved the DFT' s continuing as sole negotiating agent. lnoberts Mackey, 111s Detroit Free Press, April 11, 1964. 2Don Beck, 'me Detroit neg mos, April 12, 1961+. 180 ...-Case Study No, 2- The Drive for Exclusive Re resentation in Grand Rapid In 199+, two organizations of teachers in Grand Rapids presumed to speak for teachers: the Grand Rapids Teachers Association and the Grand Rapids Federation of Teachers, local 256 of the American Federation of Teachers (AFT). Die Grand Rapids Teachers Association (which became the Grand Rapids aiucation [ij in 1963), was affiliated with the Michigan Education Association [MFA] and the National Education Association ['NEAJ. Membership in these organizations was voluntary and an individ- ual might belong to any one, two, or all three. The Grand Rapids Federa- tion of Teachers [cm] was affiliated with the mchigsn Federation of Teachers [1m] and the American Federation of Teachers [in] , which is in turn affiliated with the American Federation of Labor—Congress of Industrial Organizations. In addition, there was an active chapter of the Association of Childhood Education, the Grand Rapids Association of Childhood Education L-GRACEJ, a Grand Rapids momentary Principals Association (infcmal ), a school mm's club, a school women's club, and a faculty wives' club. In addition each of the secondary schools and some of the elementary ones had a "building council,” which might to some extent be concerned with working conditions in the building. Primarily, however, the teachers 11 am grateful to Mr. David England, former president of both the Grand Rapids Federation of Teachers and the Grand Rapids Education Associa- tion, for his assistance in reconstructing the early history and organi- zational dynamics of these two organizations. 181 looked to the GREA and GRIT to improve working conditions and salary, and to protect them in the event of some problem in their employment. However, both the "improvement" and ”protection" activities of both organizations can at best be described as consultations with the Board of Education. Others are less kind, and frankly describe the process as begging. Each year both the GREA and GRFI‘ made presentations regard- ing working conditions and salary before the Board of Iliucation. ‘Ihis involved attendance at board meetings and after the completion of the agenda the board allowed an item ”presentations from the floor” during which time representatives from various employee groups, various citizens groups (especially P.T.A.'s), various student groups, individual citizens, and an occasional eccentric might ask questions or deliver their opinions. If questions were asked, the superintendent or a board member would re- spond. If a statement or presentation were made, the presenter was thanked and assured that their position would be given due consideration by the board. (This procedure was common throughout the state and other states as well.) ' In addition, in the spring, a special board meeting would be held to hear presentations from employee groups on the subject of working conditions and salaries. At this meeting there was usually no agenda except for these presentations. Otherwise, the proceedings were handled as at a regular board meeting. Otherwise, from time to time some special area of concern might be taken up with the superintendent and members of his staff. The general conclusion of such a meeting was usually either the reassurance of the group that the problem was being considered and dealt with or if that 182 was unsatisfactory, the creation of a committee of the superintmdent's selection to study the issue and make a report. An example of the nature of the consultations can be illustrated by the 1954 confrontation. mat year the GREA took a hard line on salaries and for the first time employed a local attorney to represent th. before the board of education. As the controversy developed the GREA took the position, ”$3, 500 or else.” Various actions were considered by the assodation to cover the "or else” category, and the chief one was the withholding of contracts. The board of education finally adopted a beginning salary of $3,400, and the president of the GREA publicly thanked the board for its action. he Grand Rapids Federation of Teachers In 1955 the GRFI‘ had about 2% members. Its president had been instrumental in conducting a campaign asldng the board to establish a unifom policy giving credit for unlitary service in the salary schedule. Because that campaign was successful the Federation ranks were swelled with people who had joined in his support. Emmr, the 2921.2 “bership (as opposed to those who simply paid dues) was somewhat less than 20 of when no more than five were willing to participate beyond attendance .a an occasional meeting. file GRFl‘ maintained affiliation with the local macro commnity council. In addition the GRFT was affiliated with a Council of Public Employees, a. local group, which had been started as a Initial assistance organization composed of the mnicipal fire, police, and clerical. workers, the school custodians, and the GRFI'. About four meetings were held a year . by delegates chosen to serve on the steering council. 183 lhat year the membership was about 94 paid members. The 9511;: umbership remained about five or six. In 1958, the GRIT had approximately 9‘} dues-paying members, but by 1960 the pdd membership had fallen to 21+. In that school year a motion was made to deactivate the local but was defeated by a vote of about seven to three. In August, 1960, the schedule for secondary school days was changed and when school resumed, secondary teachers in all high schools found that they no longer had a fifty-to-sixty—minute lunch hour but in- stead had a twenty-five to thirty-minute lunch hour. No strong position was taken by either the GRFT or the GREA on this issue. lining the fall, representatives from the high schools and Junior high schools met and created an organization called the ”Secondary Teachers Association,” the dues for which were $5.00 and were to be used for attor- ney's fees to challenge the board of education. Between 325 and 350 teach- ers Joined and included both GRIT and GREA nanbers. This organization was led by a council chosen hon the representatives from the schools. In the spring of 1961 the board of education, uncertain of expected revenuu, issued letters of intent instead of contracts until a salary decision could be reached. me letters expressed the board of education's intent tocontinuesteacher's employmmtmdaskedthathedgnastatemen‘tand returnittotheboard statingineffectthatheintendedtoreturnto uployment the following fall. The secondary teachers attempted to obtain an injunction against the superintendent and the school board from collecting these letters of in- tent. Ahearingwss held andthe injunctionwas refusedbythe local circuit court. “he Inchigan Supra Court was not in session but a manner 181+ of the Supreme Court was reached and asked to issue a temporary restrain- ing order pmding a hearing. ’lhe requested order was denied. Nevertheless as a result of this activity, the attorney for the secondary teachers was able to convince the board to add a clause to the individual. contracts issued by the board stating that changes in board policy which would change the working conditions of the certificated staff would not be effected during the period of the contract without the approval. of the group. Daring the school year 1961-62 the leaders had only a few meetings. No membership drive was carried on and by late 1962, the secondary teacher organisation ceased to function} However, it was from this group of secondary teachers that the GRIT sought to draw its strmgth in the later unit determination and representation battles with the GREL. me constitution of the GM specifically disavowed the strike as a weapon. no local constitution also denied membership to any super- visors. ms. provisions were local and not necessarily characteristic of the other locals in the state nor of the stage organisation. Detroit, : for example, did have principals in their early membership and the MIT did advocate the use of the strike. no issue of the adndssion to member- ship of administrators was of particular concem to some of the long- standing members of the GM. Finally it is an interesting footnote that both the previous and present superintendent had once been members of the GRIT and that both had also served as president of the GREA. 1The Secondary Teachers Association is the organisation referenced in the unit determination dispute befiteen the GREL and GRFT. See State of Michigan, Labor Mediation Board; Case Nos. R65-I-9l and R65-J-l69; Grand ' Reads Board of Education, vs. Grand Ragds mucation Assoclation and Rand Ragde Ffleration of Teachers, August 29, 19 , p. 7. 185 Worship in the GRFT is indicated by the following published figures from the Department of Labor: Egg Members Year Members 1960-61 42 1963-64 175 1961.62 69 1964—65 172 1962-63 58 1965.66 141 lbr the year 1966-67 the only available figure is the GRFT presi- dent's estimate of 170 where. In the representation election the GRIT received 172 votes. The GRFT stated that they had 325 teachers pledged to them and that 250 teachers claimed to have voted for them} The Grand Rapids Education Association In 1951+ the GREA membership had reached about 1,000, which repre- smted almost all of the teachers in Grand Rapids.2 The local dues at that time were $4. 00 and most teachers were members locally even though they might be members of other organisations as well. GREA membership from 1960 to 1966 is as follows :3 Year Menbers Year Members 1960-61 1,108 1961565 915 1961-62 1,193 1965.66 835 1962-63 1.256 1966-67 859 1963—64 1,008 In 1960-61 the GREA was Just beginning a transition that would bring 1% mag Press, November 10, 1966. malmmbershipinboththemandMEAwas aconmon practice 2 W the state. 3 hum the m “bership r11... headquarters, East busing, Michigan. 186 its practices into line with those that were developing across the country. The question of employing help instead of depending on the wrk of volunteers was beginning to be considered. The first movuent in this direction occurred when the local president paid his wife to do some clerical chores. ’Jbe constitution of the organization at that time provided that stipmds be paid to the officers during their terms in of- fice. he treasurer was the highest paid and the president and secretary also received a sum; they had no expense account. In 1961-62 the asso- ciation uployed a secretary on a part-time basis during the school year. In 1962-63 the GREA in cooperation with the state organization paid part of the salary of one of the state organization's field represmta— tives, who also served as a half-time executive secretary. Fbr this purpose the dues were raised. Also it became apparent that the consti- tution needed to be revised to authorize the employment of a staff and to change the governing authority from general meetings (usually with less than 20% attendance) to some more workable device. Daring the year an elected constitutional. comdttee worked on a revision of the consti- tution, which was to be a completely new document. Further, actions reocmended by the salary chaiman for the GREA (a former and future GRFI‘ presidmt) brought about the adoption of the GREA policy of requesting a graduated salary schedule with increments expressed as ratios of the be- ginning salary. Finally, a campaign was mounted to amend the permissive state tumre law to make it mandatory. The new constitution} which was ratified in the spring of 1963, lPro sed Qmstitution Grand Rapids Education Association, Grand Rapids, mchigan, April, 19 3. 187 provided that the governing authority of the organization would be voted in a representative assembly instead of as the general meeting of members. It provided for a president-elect, president, and past-president rather than the one-year presidency. In the creation of the new constitution the administration of the school district was most active and, through their delegate, major is- sues were raised and re-raised for discussion. art of this debate came the compromise of the representative assembly. The new constitution also provided for the enurloyment of an executive secretary. In the fall of 1963, the first representative assemblies were held and efforts were commenced to wrest control of the organization from the ”old guard. " Consideration was given to the proposal. that the GREA semre office space outside the schools. The idea wes finally rejected. 3- quests were made for a negotiated agreement, for dues check-off, for exclusive recogrition determined by membership, and for the asdgmnent of comittees by the association rather than the superintendent. None of , these requests was accepted but a series of regular meetings between the ' represmtatives of the GREA, the superintendent, and some members of the board of education were started and these requests and others on salaries - ---- .. --. .- and other economic items were discussed and debated through 1961+. The GRFT also presented a petition seeking recognition and the establishmt of a negotiation procedure with the selection of the group to be chosen by election. After the Public Enployment Ant amendments, teachers in Grand Rapids started the 1965-66 school year without contracts pending important de- cisions by the Labor Mediation Board. mm: labor practice charges had 188 bear filed by the GRFT, which asked, among other things, for the disestab- lishment of the GREA as a possible teacher representative because it was dominated and assisted by the employer. The GRFT had also filed a petition for a unit determination decision based on a sevm through twelve grade unit. No decisions were rendered until into the 1966-67 school year. A new constitution had been drafted and reflected the results of an evaluation undertakm by the NEA of the GREA. It took into account the provisions of the legislative amendments. lire presidmcy was made a one-year term with no president-elect or past-president positions. Tactics and Strategy in the Representation Fight Upon the passage of the amendments, both the GREA and the GRFI‘ were faced ‘Ilith some imediete problems. he GREA found itself in the embarrassing position of having a president who was a principal (and viewed as a management representative) and having its offices located in the school building (rent free) where the principal was assigned. Through- out the state, the MEL fend itself confronted With the decision of either wceptingthe amendments and seekingtowinthe largest manor ofunit recognitions while at the same time upsetting its traditional structure of encompassing the aims and interests of school administrators and school teachers or refusing to seek recognition for its locals in hopes of further amending the act to create a special set of rules. ‘nre decision was made in the face of competition from the Federation of Teachers to seek recog- nition for its local affiliates and to attempt to support them in the negotiation process. he GREA not only faced decisions as to how to con- form to the requirements of the act but more importantly how to run recog- nition as the bargaining agent in the light of some real. feeling on the l89 part of the teaching staff that it was substantially a “company union." The GRFT faced the.questlons of how best to create a situation in which it might win an election as the exclusive bargaining agent and provide for its own survival. The decisions which were made resulted in its overwhelming defeat of the GRFT. It is clear that the lntent of the GRFT and the decisions reached were based upon a combination of honest Intent, real concern for teachers' interest, and an Opportunity for Institutional growth. The GRFT began with these type of assumptions: (l) We are best able to carry on the process of collective bargaining. (2) The GREA and its affiliates are not able to carry on effective collective bargaining by thelr tradition and by intent. (3) Therefore it ls Important that we win recognition for at least part of the teachers in Grand Rapids. (h) In any event the GREA and the employer must be made aware of the practices and attitudes that prevent the real representation of teachers' interests. The GRFT employed a local attorney to represent them. He had been a Democratic candidate for office in a Republican stronghold, a supporter of unions ln a determinedly open shop town, and was somewhat unfamiliar with state and national Federation of Teachers' policy. These factors may have played an important role in shaping the decisions that were reached. The GRFT firstfiled several charges of unfair labor practices, and then a petition for a unit determination on the basis of a divlslon of the total staff Into that segment which it was believed might be won in an election, the secondary division of grades seven through twelve. As the cases began to develop a conviction grew that the GREA might in fact be disestabllshed. This posed a very serious problem for the GRFT slnce its 190 petition was on file seeking a seven to twelve unit determination. As a result the GRFT's position in the unit determination ease became one of wishing to postpone the hearing until the unfair labor charges were de- cided and of refusing to stand on their seven to twelve unit request for fear that if the GREA were disestablished they would have then renounced a large part of a unit they might have had by default. These actions had all been taken unilaterally by the GRF'J.‘ and their attorney. ‘Ihe MFT, hoping to win several other districts, some in which their strength was in the elementary level, wanted no part in a seven to twelve unit deter- mination controversy and hence did not file briefs or give any substantial aid to the local. mce having embarked on the two contradictory courses, the GRFI‘ could do nothing but press on, rationaJiring as they went. From the GRFr's point of view, the situation became more and more serious as the months went by as no decision was forthcoming on the unfair labor practice charges. The Labor Mediation Board's ultimate decision to detersdne the bargaining unit question without a prior decision on the unfair labor . charge (specifically the question of disestablishment of the GREA), re- moved any creditability from the stand in these hearings that the GRFT was to take. The GREA in the meantime had sought and received assistance from the MEL. heir strategy was to intervene in the unfair labor practice charge and to attempt to disqualify the relevance of GREA activities before the mendmmts were passed and thus prevent the disestablishment of the GREA, to assert publicly a belief that the board of education was guilty of the alleged unfair labor practices but that to press the issue 191 would result only in frustrating the teachers' best interests; and finally in the unit hearing, to try to prevent the separation of the teachers into more than one unit. On these grounds, the GREA asked for an election to determine the exclusive bargaining agmt. In the face of the two-pronged attack by the GRFT, they defended themselves on the above issues by saying that they were ready, able, and willing to have the agent determined and if the GREA were chosen, it would effectively represent and negotiate for the teachers. hey accused the GRIT of placing organizational objectives over the inter- est of teachers. herefore, in the fall of 1965 the GREA had two tasks: to rid themselves of administrators, and to petition for an election as the exclusive bargaining agent for all teachers (Ii-.12) in the district. he follovdng is a synopsis of the charges, arguments and findings that ensued at the unfair labor practice and unit determination hearings condicted by the labor mediation board :1 lhe summary and much of the preceettlng discussion was taken from the following: a) Partial transcript of the proceedings had and testimony taken in the hearing in hg Matter of the Grand RaEds Board 2f 11qu- ca He Before the state r Media n Board' Grand Rapids, Michigan, March 22 and 23, 19 . b) %; Cases Nos. R65-I-91 and R65-Jql69. c) Madam Bgef on Behal: of GREA; Re! Appropriate [hit - Grand Rapids Teachers; May 31, 19 , heodore sun, Attorney. d) %£ 21‘ Grand Ragds Federation of Tgachers, Re: Case Numbers 5, L37, Charges of Unfair Labor Practices; February 16, 1966, A. Ibbert Heiner, Attorney, GRIT. e) Exceptions to w Examingr's Decision and Becomended Order and £21? in inmrt hereof, Re: Case Nos. G- 5—L-37; July 13, 192 I. Unfair labor Practice Hearing A. Charges of Unfair Labor Practices by Federation 1. Evidence of activities prior to the effective date of the act should be considered to show violations of the act after its effective date. 2. he employer violated section 10A of the act by unilateral action changing the conditions of employment. 3. he employer assisted and dominated the Grand Rapids Eiuca- tion Association so that an order should be issued to cause it to cease and desist; this domination should disqualify the GREA from participation in the election. B. Board of Eiucation's argments l. he events before the act should not apply. 2. Daflnation and assistance were not exercised because 1966, A. Ribert IQeiner, Attorney - GRFT. f) ggf as Grand Ragds Education Association, Re: Case Nos. 5, L37; lhdlted, heodore Mft, Attorney, GREA. g) Exceptions 2 Decision and Recommended Order of Trial Examiner, Re: Case Nos. 5-137; July 15, 19 , J. Michael Warren, Attorney, GREA. h) §gf of the Grand Reads Board of Eiucagon, Re: Case Nos. 5, L37; February l5, l9 , Eager Anderson, Attorney, Board of EHucation. i) Mtten Exceflons to Trial Mg's Eggsion and Recommended Order, Re: Case Nos. 5-137; July 13, 19 , Rigor Anderson, Attorney, Board of Education. 3) Trial Mer's Decision and Recomended Order Re: Case Nos. 5-1337; June ll}, 19 , Ibbert Pisarski, Quief Trial Examiner. 3. 193 a. While administrators were members they were so individ- ually and not by direction of the employer; b. While assistance was given it was offered to both or- ganisations on an equal basis and therefore did not favor one. he employer did not in fact encourage membership in the GREA to the exclusion of the GRFI‘. he employer did not in fact take unilateral action contrary to law in that it consulted with the various employee groups and the action it took followed from earlier employee requests; there was no bargaining unit with whom to bargain the issue. Grand Rapids Education Association intervenor agruments 1. 2. Membership by supervisory employees in a labor organization does not constitute support or domination of the labor or- ganisation. he alleged assistance and domination by reasons of free use of Board facilities was offered to the GIiFl‘ and used by the GRFT albeit to a lesser degree and therefore was not a reason to disqualify the GREA in the pending election. MLRB findings 1. 2. 3. he interfermce by supervisors was in violation of section 10A and 103 of act. he holding of offices in organizations by supervisors was a violation of sections 10A and 103 of act. he presence of a supervisor at a labor organization meeting was a violation of sections 10A and 10B of the act. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10. 19% he menibership of supervisors in employee organizations was not a violation of section 10 of act. he use of school mails was not a violation of act. he use of school office space was not a violation of act. he adoption of the MEA Code of Ethics in the employer's personnel policy was a violation of sections 10A and IOB of act. he charge of unilateral action by the board effecting working conditions was dismissed. Enployer censorship of association material was a violation of section 10A of act. he participation in an association election by supervisor was a violation of sections 10A and 10B of act. _h_e_ £33225. d_o_ n_o_t_ Justify Eh; disefiablishment 2; Lb; association. II. libit Determination Hearing A. GREA Position 3 C. 1. Board of Education 1. he appropriate unit should be lip-12. he appropriate unit should be 5-12. Federation Position 1. 2. he appropriate unit should be 7-12. (except see #3 below) he appropriate unit should not be established until after the decisions have been issued on the unfair labor practice Chugeae 195 3. he unit determination decision should be reserved until after the above decision (when the federation-«if it won-- ' would then support a 19.12 determination). D. MIME Findings 1. he appropriate unit shall be L12 (plus determination of three minor disputed categories of employees). Since the issue of the unit determination was M. before the render- ing of the decision of the unfair charges hearing, the GRFT made no clear case for a unit other than K42 and thus the precedent was established. he argument was in essence that the unit should be the largest appropriate for an mnphyer. he hearing was ultimately ended by agreement of the parties on the issue, and a complete transcript was not made of the testi- mow. In the election which followed the eighteen months of delay after the original representation petition, the GREA gained more votes than members for the teachers strongly felt that the GRFT and its attorney had prolonged the dispute for their advantage agdns‘t the interest of teachers. i he following election results were decisive and devastating to the GRFI': El.ection-November 9, 1966 GREA ll 5!. GRFI‘ 172 Neither 13 Challenged 16 Total. eligible. . . approximately 1450 TommteeeeeeeeeeeeeJ-BSZ CHAPTER IX THE QUESTION OF THE RECOGNITION OF PRINCIPAL AND OTHER SUPERVISORY UNITS W Teachers, bus drivers, maintenance personnel, and. cafeteria workers have not been the only school employees in I-fichigan education directly affected by the implementation of PA 379. Nor have these employees been the only ones requesting exclusive recognition for the purposes of col- lective bargaining. Considerable activity has also been generated by principal and other supervisory organizations in their efforts to rede- fine their roles and identities in the changed environment of collective bargaining. An approximate, although not completely accurate, analogy may be drawn between the anxieties and interests of the school principal and supervisor in public education and those of the foreman and supervisor in private industry. With the advent of collective bargaining, the in- cumbents in both these supervisory positions feel threatened, their decision-making authority may be drastically reduced, the relationships filth those they are supervising may deteriorate, and they remain subject to the directives from above and the demands from below. Both in private industry and in Michigan education, one defensive alternative has been the organization of supervisory units that have requested, and in some 196 197 cases received, exclusive recognition and bargaining rights. This alterna- tive tends to serve the dual purpose of providing individual protection and insulation from both above and below as well as furthering the parochial interests (salary, working conditions, etc.) of the organization members. In private industry, the manifestation of this activity was seen in the dramatic and relatively successfill organization by the Rareman's Asso- ciation of America, which up to 1947 had approximately 45, 000 members and signed collective agremuents with about sixteen corporations} However, the private industry experience was short-lived, for "In 191”, Congress was revising the Wagner Act in response to the widely-held belief that under the act' 8 bmeficient provisions unions had become too powerful, and it was not difficult to per- suade the framers of the new law that foreman should not be allowed to use the NLRB to force employers to bargain with their unions. "2 he Taft-Hartley Act, in 1947. thus removed the legislative protections of the supervisors' right to organize.3 laxarles P. Larrowe, "A Meteor on the Industrial Relations hrizon: he Fbreman's Association of America,” Reprint Series No. 39a Labor and Industrial Relations Center, Michigan State hiversity, 1961-62, p. 288. . 2&3” P- 2600 ' 3%.; Sec. 2(3) of the Act excludes foreman and supervisors from -. the definition of "employees" covered by the law. Sec. ll&(a) relieves em- 5 players of a duty to bargain with a union of foreman or supervisors. Sec. 5 2(11) defines a supervisor as: ”...anv individual having authority, in the b : interest of the employers, to hire, transfer, suspend, lay off, recall, promote, discharge, assign, reward or discipline other employees, or respon- sibility to direct them, or to adjust their grievances, or effectivoly to recommend such action, if in connection with the foregoing the exercise of such authority is not of a merely routine or clerical nature, but requires the use of independent Judgment." he Wagner Act had been silent on the question of foreman, withholding protection of the law only from agricultural. laborers, persons in domestic service of any family or person in his home, or any individual employed by his parent or spouse. According to the committee which reported the Wagner Bill to the Senate, workers in these categories were excluded because of difficulties the National. Labor Relations Board would encounter in adnxin- ' istering the Act if it applied to such workers. See U.S. Senate Comttee on Eiucation and Labor, Report No. 753, 7hth Congress, lst Session, 1935, p. 7. 198 --Case Study No. :3;— mchigan Principal and Supervisory Units Ihder the Mchigan statutes, the situation is far from clear. Appropriate unit determinations by the Labor Mediation Board have made it clear that a "wait that includes both supervisory and non-supervisory employees is clearly inappropriate."l But, in their own "appropriate unit," supervisors (principals, etc.) may very well have the same rights to mgage in collective bargaining and other concerted activities as non- supervisory employees under the act.2 Ibwever, the Eillsdalg Administrative Unit "ng2 (discussed in detail later in this chapter) notwithstanding neither the MIME nor the Mchigan Courts have rendered any decisions directly dealing with the question of the protection of school principal or administrative units under mchigan statutes. However, a very convincing case has been made for this protec- tion in a Brief of Grand Rapids Education Asggciation, Case No. C65-L37, submitted on behalf of the intervening Grand Rapids Education Associaflon in the matter of the 1 Board 0 the of Grand Ra ds vs. 3132 ' Grand Reads Federation of Teachers by 'Iheodore W. Swift, attorney, in February of 1966. (See Appendix Q for an edited version of portions of this brief.) laiarles 1'. Schmidt, Jr., et al., A Guide to Collective Negotiations in Elucation, East Lansing: Social Science Research Bureau, Michigan State Ikliverdty, 1967, p. 26. 2On May 8, 1967, the Mine ruled in the Sggaw (buntz Ibad Oonmissicn Case that supervisors are employees under the Labor Mediation Act and qualify as a legal negotiating unit. he Board noted that Michigan Law has no specific exclusion for supervisors; "Public Enployees” includes all ’ public employees without qualification of stattls. 199 In summary, therefore, it appears that the major question under the Michigan statutes is not whether supervisory tu'sits are covered under the legislation (although it must be emphasized that this is only the apparent trend which has developed from the Sflaw Road Comnission Case) but rather, whether the supervisory units may be affiliated-either directly or indirectly—with parent organizations, departments, or sec- tions that are also the organizations representing the teachers. The fore- most organizations in question are the Michigan Federation of Teachers and the Mchigan Education Association. Although the EFT calls itself exclusively a teachers' organization (and has among other actions denied affiliation requests from the Detroit administrators' group), this attitude has not been historically pervasive in Michigan; furthermore, it is not the policy of the parent American Federation of Teachers, AFL-CIO. The constitution of the AFT (as of January 1, 1966), allowed membership to 111ch school principals, assist- ants to principals, heads of departments, or other supervisory officers except superintendents L-article III, section 2:] . Further, at least five i AFT locals are primarily for supervisors or administrators. hese are: AFL local NoI Name and location 1327 E. St. Iouis Principals Federation; Illinois 890 Hammond Federation of Principals and Supervisors; Indiana 101:2 Council Bluffs Federation of Principals and Super- flwmgbm 1240 lflnnesota (State) Department of Elucation; St. Paul, Minnesota 1350 St. Louis County Principals and Supervisors Federation; Missouri]- ' 1mchi an Education Journal Vol. #3, Number 9, P. 2. (undated) 200 Ibwever, the major question is not with the Federation (in Michigan at least) but with the Eiucation Association. Constitutionally, organi- sationally,1 administratively, and philosophically, administrators, principals, and superintendents not only have been affiliated with the MBA (and the national mm) but have, on many issues, assumed a high de- gree of control over the policies and actions of these organizations. ally after the enactment of PA 379 did the MEA reappraise its position regarding school administrators. In a 1966 policy statement on the role of school executives, Dr. Dale Kennedy, MEA Executive Secretary, set the stage and direction of the MEA's new approach to reformlate the organization's structure to serve effectively both the teacher and the administrator. file assumption that adfinistrators and supervisors "have no place in mach groups L teachers' organizations _/ " is a failure to differentiate between a negotiating team of the representative group and the education association. ‘Dae representative group must negotiate for all personnel , whether they are members of the association or not. It mst be pointed out that administrative and super- ; visory personnel are certified as teachers for purposes of § tenure. filerefore, being properly certificated and holding a bachelor' s degree with required professional preparation, : they are eligible to become and remain members in the m E (MEA Standing miles II, A). We can and mast retain the professional status we have established over the past many years. The MBA Board of Diroctors has adopted the following position: "...that all local units request to represent and bargain for all certif- icated personnel in the school system within the present law. " llhe Michigan Association of School Administrators, the Michigan Atabulation of Secondary School Principals, and the Michigan Association 01' Elementary School Principals were or continue to be organizational dOPu'tments or units of the MIA. 8 213. Dale Kennedy, ”The Role of School Executives (Under Public Acts 2 2 and 379),” £522ng Education Journal, January, 1966, pp. 18-19. 201 l The steps that were taken to implement this statement soon followed. On January 14-15, 1966, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the MEA constitution and standing rules to permit administrators and supervisory personnel to organize MEA administrative districts (this amend- ment was later approved by the 1966 representative assembly). The amend- ment would: Provide such administrative districts with all the bene- fits accruing to other MEA districts including: subsidy to the district based on membership, delegates to the Repre- sentative Assenlfly, delegates to the MEA region councils, participation in leadership training activities, etc.; Allow the formation of administrative chapters and admin- istrative districts to be composed of adndnistrative and supervisory personnel in single school district or districts; Provide that, where no adnunistrative district exists, administrative and supervisory personnel shall be members in good standing of their respective departments in order to be members of the state association...2 Although not specifically stated, one of the purposes of the amend— ments clearly was to. provide an organizational vehicle for the purpose of collective bargaining by MEA-serviced supervisory units. However, the proposal of these amendments was also obviously timed and announced in an attempt to influence the deliberations of the Michigan Association of School Administrators, an affiliate of the MEA, composed primarily of school superintendents, whose manbers had recently denounced the bargaining position that the MEA had assumed on behalf of the teach- ers. Their position was simply that the parent organization, by serving as the exclusive bargaining agent of the teachers, could not at the same 101'. ‘Ihe legal position of the man developed in the Grand Ragds Case, Appendix Q. ZMchigan Ehlcation Journal, Vol. #3, No. 14, p. 4. (undated) . -.-- -a -— .a 202 time best serve their interests and in fact, their dues and contributions could be and were being used against their interests at the bargaining table. Despite the MEA's attempts to redesign the internal organizational relationships (the proposed constitutional amendments), the NASA was unimp- pressed and, on January 19, 1967, voted to disaffiliate as a department of the MEA by a vote of 392 to 106. 1 In a February, 1967, editorial, the MEA announced the disaffiliation Inchigan Ehlcation Journal, vol. 44, No. 21, (February 1, 1967); p. 2. Events now extending backward for more than a year undoubtedly have left an unknown number of superintendents feeling that they were, in fact, already "going it alone.” The public law (Pi-379) giving teachers the right, as public employees, to organize and to negotiate concerning salary, hours, and "conditions of employment” instanteously defined a new legal re- lationship between teachers and their employers. Ihe change set into motion by this new legal relationship was revolutionary. In most cases, only a beginning has bean made in the personal adjustments which the change ulti- mately will require of all the individuals involved-both teachers and school achdldstrators. Consequently, recent days have been difficult for superintendents (as they have been for classroom teachers). First, in some districts the super- intendent found the door closed (for the first time in history) to his mem- bership in the local education association. ‘Ihe door-closing was related to interpretation of law, which excludes "supervisors" from membership in the employees' bargaining unit. Superintendents did continue to see their teachers, however, but from across the negotiating table in what resembled to some an adversary relationship—a threat to their authority as superin- tendent. 'Ihey found themselves alone somewhere between the professional staff of their school and their school board, of which they are the execu- tive Officer e lhe chief school administrators have now acted to adjust their profes- sional organization relationship. Apparently many of them see relations on the state level paralleling those in their local districts-«going it alone and defending as best they can an embattled position. They have answered the question concerning their position within the profession. Or have they? What leader is not aware that to achieve objectives he must "bring along his staff" 7 Some superintendents have already decided for themselves what the only realistic answer can be. It is that they cannot "go it alone" in their districts and achieve their goals. Ihey mst solicit and accept the consultation, ideas, and occasionally the decisions of their profes- sional staff. Some superintendents already see the new public employees' law as offering new opportunities to exercise their leadership role. ’Ihey do not confllse that leadership role with authority that commands and often gets nothing more than servile obedience. Some 106 superintendents voted to remain with their state education association during this "traumatic" transitory period in mchigan education. As more days pass, perhaps tempers will cool, minds will change, and new effective relationships will emerge. 203 and offered some reasons for the action. Mare importantly, however, they politely took the superintendents to task for not recognizing the legiti- macy and virtues of acquiescing to the teachers' demands for joint de- cision making. Thus, the MEA stated as its principal concern the effec- tive representation of the rank and file member while, at the same time, it attempted to incorporate administrative units within this same concern. Following the acceptance by the General Assembly of the revised or- ganizational relationship of administrative units with the State MEA, the state organization issued a set of guidelines for the formation of admin- istrative districts and chapters that included steps for organizing and bargaining procedures. Ihe guidelines recommended that: All certified administrative and supervisory personnel, who are members not included in a teacher negotiations unit, may organize to seek recognition and designation as the sole representative of these personnel for the purpose of nego- tiating with the Board of Education on salaries, hours, and other tems and conditions of employment.1 In February, 1967, the first two MEA administrative chapters were announced (Garden City Administrators Association and the Mt. Morris 5 Consolidated School District Administrators) as follows : ‘Ihis represents a continuation of the "umbrella" profes- sional organization concept under Public Act 379. ‘Jlle MEA Representative Assembly has made it possible for administrators to stay "in the family" through this appzoach.2 . ----.. u— .- Within the next two months, ten additional chapters had been recog- nized by the MBA and four others were about to seek recognition.3 lmchigan Education Journal News, Vol. M, No. 8 (October 14, 1966), p. 2. 2Micmgan Education Journal News, Vol. ’44, No. 2‘! (February 24, 1967), p. 2. 3m an I'Hucation Journal News Vol. Ml», No. 32 (April 21, 1967), p. 1; and lbid., Vol. 51:, No. 37 (May 26, 1967), p. 2. 201+ heanwhile, the two organizations of principals, the Michigan Association of Secondary School Principals (MASSP) and the Michigan Association of Elementary School Principals (MAESP), both affiliates of the MEA, had not remained silent or inactive. As early as December, 1965, the MASSP passed a resolution that called professional negotia- tions a ”logical step forward in building the stature of the teaching profession" and recognized the need for "formalizing and structuring bargaining procedures in all schools."1 More importantly, however, the resolution further urged "all school districts to take steps to provide bargaining agents representing administrative and supervisory groups..."2 Approximately one year later, on December 1, 1966, at the MASSP Annual Business Meeting a series of constitutional amendments and resolu- tions were proposed both to support the concept of organization and bar- gaining by administrative and supervisory units and either to withdraw from the MEA or to require major changes in the MEA organizational struc- ture as it pertains to the MASS? and MAESP. After lengthy discussion the MASSP voted to remain affiliated with the MBA provided that the MASSP "constitute a statewide administrative district of the MEA. " (A companion motion to disaffiliate was defeated. ) Additionally, strong resolutions were passed supporting negotiating groups for principals and the grouping of a wide range of administrative personnel for the purpose of negotiating with the boards of education.3 haggg Education Journal, Vol. #3, No. 9. p. 5. (undated) 2% 3'mnuten MASSP Annual. Business Meeting, December 1, 1966. (mimeographed, 205 On March 8-l0, I967, the Michigan Association of Elementary School Principals (MAESP) adopted a posltlon similar to the MASSP's by defeating a motion "to sever MEA afflllatlon” and voting to support professional negotiations for administratlve units.I (See ”special note” below)* These actions by the two MEA affiliated principal organizations were quickly followed by MEA recognition of the MASSP as an administrative district (as well as a department) and two regions of the MAESP as one administrative district.2 The administrative organization and the legal arguments (see Appen- dix Q--Grand Rapids Case) were now available to meet the inevitable and predlctable challenge by boards of education across the state. In March, a newly-recognized MEA administrative chapter In Hillsdale had Its peti- tion for recognition denied by the HilIsdaIe Community School District. The three contentions of the school district were that: (I) principals do not have the right to negotiate under PA-379; (2) the unit was Inap- prOprIate; and (3) the MEA is not a proper representative to negotiate 3 for principals and supervisors. It was alleged throughout the MLMB hearings conducted from March 23-June 6, I967, that the Hillsdale Board had been solicitatlng funds from other boards throughout the state to z. assist in meeting their legal fees in this precedent-setting case. lMichigan Education Journal News, Vol. Ah, No. 27 (March l7, I967), p.‘l. 'ZMichigan Education Journal News, Vol. #h, No. 32 (April 2], 1967). p. 2. 3Michlgan Education Journal News, Vol. Ah, No. 30 (April 7, 1967), p. 2. llMichigan Education Journal News, Vol. At, No. 34 (May 5, I967), p. ‘e* Special Note: At the most recent conventions of the MAESP and the MASSP, (late I967 and early I968) both organizations voted to dlsafflliate from the MEA. 206 Of obvious assistance to the MEA's position was the lvflMB's ruling on May 8, 1967 (in the middle of the Ifillsdale heating), on the sgnaw County fbad Conmdssion case that supervisors are employees under the Labor Mediation Act and may qualify as a legal negotiating unit.1 In January, 1968, the 1MB had yet to issue a decision in the Hillsdale case.2 However, all supervisory unit recognitions have not been contested, nor are they exclusively tied to the organizational structure of the MEA. A case in point is ..the Detroit Organization of School Administrators and Supervisors. " ‘ 8 Organization of School Administrators and Supervisors3 me impetus for administrators and supervisors in the Detroit school system to seek the strength and protection they could gain rnon collective bargaining occurred in early 1964. The Junior High School Principals Association took the lead in protesting a substitute directive in October, 1964. 'Ihe directive required administrative personnel to substitute for about teachers anywhere in the system. The protests came from all members of the group. In the hearing that resulted from the protests, some modifications were made in the rule. But the most im- portant notion to emerge from this incident was a realization by admin- istrators that they were faced with common problems and that the best way 13w Count; Road Commission, 22. at, 2M Parker, Chief Mediation Officer, personal correspondence, January 29, 1968. 3Background information supplied by Mr. Soleman Cash, Assistant Principal, Detroit Public Schools. 207 to resolve these problems was to band together. Ihe junior high and senior high school principals decided to meet together at Cooley High School in November, 1964. At the Cooley meeting, the School Adminis- trators Councdl (SAC) was formulated. Ihe formation of such an organization came after years of failure to achieve this goal. For many years officers of the different organiza- tions on the three levels of administration had tried to establish joint meetings, but their efforts were consistently unsuccessful. But after the October, 1964, general principals' meeting, there was a widespread demand to create a united organization. During the two years of SAC's existence, the three levels have apparently learned to work comfortale‘ and harmoniously with each other. Ibis confidence in the integrity of other administrators with different responsibilities but similar inter- sets is one of the basic tenets on which the new OSAS was formed. At about the same time that SAC was being formed, a plan was de- veloped for forming an administrators' organization that would include department heads and supervisors as well as principals and assistant principals. It was believed that if an adndnistrators' group was to be an effective bargaining agent it should include as many middle management personnel as it could accommodate. In the plans it was envisioned that there would be a bargaining unit of more than 1,100 administrators and supervisors. From these plans the Detroit Federation of Administrators and Supervisors (DFAS) was born. hiring the year 1965, both DFAS and SAC officers met periodically with Dr. Brownell, Superintendent of Detroit Public Schools, to discuss the problems that principals were facing with the new teacher collective agreement and to examine other administrative concerns. Some precedents 208 were set in these meetings; e.g., the administrators were asked for reactions to the 1965-66 teacher contract. Heretofore, there had been no involvement by middle-level administrators in such discussions. In December, 1965, officers of the School Administrators' Council. appeared before the Personnel Committee of the Detroit Board of Education and asked that their organization be made the sole bargaining agent for principals and assistant principals. In a separate move, DFAS officers submitted a petition before the Personnel Committee requesting that their organization be given exclusive bargaining rights for their more comprehensive group. The Detroit Board of Education denied both requests. Both groups filed petitions with the State Labor Mediation Board in the spring of 1966, and each requested that it be designated as the ex- clusive bargaining agent. In April, representatives of both groups met with Elbert Blackwell of the State Labor Mediation Board. After a series of discussions, Mr. Blackwdl asked representatives of the two organiza- tions whether they could work out their differences and form a single organization. A caucus of the two organizations was held, but the dif- ferences between the two groups remained unresolved. The following month, the president of SAC and the president of DFAS not together and worked out a joint written plea to the members of both groups. This plea strongly advocated a merger of the two organizations and made the following points: (1) Everyone would lose if the two organi- zations continued to oppose each other, and (2) by acting as a unified group, one organization, stronger than either of the other tm, would be formede It was further proposed that the merged organization have three basic mlitS-—princd.pals and assistant principals, department heads, and 209 central staff administrators and supervisors. Ranks of field executive and higher were considered top management and were consequently not to be eligible for membership. SAC members rejected the joint plea. ‘lheir petition for sole recognition was still pending before the State Labor Mediation Board, and they felt that any move toward merger at this time would jeopardize any chances their petition had. However, in July, the attorney retained by SAC engaged in conferences with Mr" Aubrey McChltcheon, Labor Relations Representative for the Detroit Board and the officers of DFAS. Mr. Mc- Gutcheon promised to recommend voluntary recognition by the Board of Edu- cation if both organizations agreed to merge. On September 6, officers of SAC proposed to the officers of DFAS that a caucus of officers of the two organizations be held on September 15. Attomeys representing both groups were present at the caucus meeting, as were a small committee of officers. General suggestions for a merger were scaperatively made. For all practical purposes, the new, merged group was organized. A second caucus meeting was held later in September. ’lhen, on October 5, a meeting of the executive boards of SAC and DFAS was held. A slate of officers was named to serve until a constitution could be drawn up and an election held. Ihe Detroit Board granted voluntary recog- nition to the newly-merged organization in the late fall of 1966. A con- stitution for the OSAS was adopted in March, 1967, and on March 10, 1967, collective negotiations began with the Board of Education upon the pre- sentation of a formal set of contract demands by the OSAS Negotiating Committee. Negotiations continued through 1967 into early 1968, when the first contract between the OSAS and the Detroit Board of Education was - -.-. Os 9. .- 2l0 signed and ratified. "COnClUsion It is obvious that organizing for collective bargaining purposes by principals, administrators, and supervisors in Michigan education is in an embryonic stage in early I968. The legal questions have not been entirely resolved, nor have the organizational and philosophical relation- ships and positions been fully explored. However, it is abundantly clear that this middle management group is vitally interested in entering into a bargaining relationship with their respective boards of education (as some have already done). For those who consider collective bargaining an extremely effective institution for the resolution of conflict and the positive benefits derived from shared decision making, this deveIOp- ment can be viewed only with extreme optimism. They would hope that the Michigan legislature is equally impressed and does not make the same errors in judgment that let Congress to remove the protections of the Wagner Act from supervisory units. From the early resistance shown by boards of education (e.g., Hillsdale), there is serious doubt that the school administrative units can survive (much less expand) without legis- lative protection, any more than the foremens' unions could survive once Magner Act protection was removed. - -.-- .0 .0. -5 CHAPTER I A sums 3mm or THE STRUCTURE, CHARACTER- IS'I'ICS, AND DETERMINATION or MICHIGAN EDUCATION ammmc UNITS July 1965 - June 1967 The scope of this chapter is chiefly quantitative. It examines various facets of public education units, their method of determination, and their characteristics. As such, the main variables to be discussed are: (1) type of bargaining unit, (2) method of determination, and (3) affiliates, 1967. mus-as. The methods and data sources discussed in this chapter are the questionnaire survey and the data analysis of material in the MIME files. Ihe questionnaire was used to obtain broad-based statistics regarding the general structure and characteristics of bargaining units within mchigan school districts. line data. from the MIME files represent the univorse of cases that can be thought of as ”non-voluntary recognition" cases. Insofar as the survey statistics are representative of Michigan school districts in gmeral, bargaining unit structure and characteristics may be inferred for all school districts. Further, the survey statistics identify characteristics occurring before cases were sent to the MIME- 21.1 - -l-- .0 -- .- 212 that is, since infometicn such as bargaining unit affiliate, type of bargaining unit, etc" is not available from the MLMB files in those school districts not asking for no assistance in the detendnation of the appropriate unit or where recognition woe not challmged, the ques- tionnaire was used as the source for this data. no mestionndre he questionnaire was sent to a list of 57 5 Michigan school districts that were considered most likely to have a collective bargaining relation- ship. ‘Ihese represent the larger districts. are proportion of school districts not covered by the questionnaire who m have engaged in col- lective bargdning and resolved questions of unit determination is neg- ligible. flares-hundred and five school districts responded to the ques- tionnaire for a 53 per cent return. Within these 305 districts were 5’49 bargaining units, an avorage of 1.45 units for each reporting district. file format of the questionnaire (see Appendix B) was developed in order to accomdate two opposing needs: keeping the questionnaire reas- sonably short for a higher response rate, and cbtdning the mmerous and detdled information required for this survey (Inst choices and categories were constructed so that the respondent merely checked the appropriate response). It was felt that, since the respondents were W of school districts, proper and accurate compliance in accurately con- ploflng this fairly detailed questionnaire could be achieved by people who in most cases had obtained at least a master's degree. his assumption mod to be not entirely correct. the "grid" format of the questionnaire 1m itself to easier quantification of the data. lbwover, flexibility 1” l‘GIZ'<>:I"l’-:i.ng data was somewhat hampered. 'Ilo overcome this problu of 213 flexibility, the ”other" category (as in the bargaining unit type) was used. Where responses could not be fit into any pro-existing category, they were dropped from the sample. Where intent was clear or where alteration would not distort the study, the responses were evaluated to fit into the defined categories. Remnsg Error fire following represent the most frequent problems that were en- countered with response error and coding in the questiomaire: (1) Some superintendents evidently didn't understand the directions on the bottom of the questionnaire. For instance, mtually exclusive bargaining unit types were reported for the same school district. (filese responses were less than five per cent of the total.) Sometimes, where evidence of in- tent was clear, unclear responses could be altered. For instance, where bargaining types 01 and 02 were reported, the 02 category was selected as the proper category since category 02 is more inclusive. (2) Dudssions in one or more of the informational categories con- stituted the most serious and sure frequent type of response error. 'Ihe most frequent emissions were: failure to specify the 22-212 of the bargain- ing unit affiliate (some merely checked the appropriate cell), and failure to specify the method of bargaining unit determination. In total, these response errors constituted approximately ten per cent of the total re- spouses. ( 3) Under the column asking for information concerning affiliates, the following two problems occurred: (A) Some respondents (three per cent) put "melon down for an affiliate instead of its national member union (most probably the operating engineers (IUOE) ). ibis "AH—CID" 214 response was counted as a category since there was sufficient response to make even this general category usable for purposes of analysis. (B) It was found that some secretaries affiliated with the Michigan Associa- tion of Educational Secretaries (MES) were listed as belonging to the MEA, the parent organization. 'Ihese were recorded exactly as the responses indicated. (4) The final major type of response error concerned specifying "voluntary recognition" in the same year as "consent election” or other types of WEB-involved representative disputes. Since it is impossible to have both types representation determination in the same year, the responses were given a value of ”O" for computational purposes. This procedure insured that such a dubious response would not be accorded the same weight as the non-dubious responses, but it still left such dubious responses in the sample. A later verification from MIME files showed that this was the most prudent method of disposition. Random Sample The question of the randomess of the sample may be one of the weaknesses of the questionnaire survey. However, a presumption of random- ness can be made on two bases, the large number of responses obtained, and the relative conformity of the response pattern to the geographical (actual) pattern of distribution in the State. Every one of the eighteen educational regions of the state was represented in the sample with reasonably equal. mags MIME Files The MIME files were examined to obtain the universe of contested representation cases. Data regarding the time the case came to the 215 MIMB (Table 21), length of time for disposal (Table 22), parties involved in the contention, type of bargaining unit, and type of case disposal (Table 23), was collected from the MIMB's card files. The most common problem with the MIME case file material was quantifying and coding of the various types of bargaining units. Because the 141MB wording in bargaining unit determination cases is so precise, over 60 different types of bargaining units might have been isolated. For purposes of simplicity, these various types were broken down into seventeen basic types plus one ”other" category. (See Table 26) A further problem was the definition of the type of case disposal given to each of these cases. For some, the files merely stated "closed,” which can mean any number of things. Fortunately, these cases were a small minority of the total. The third problem involved the identification of affiliates. Often, the identity of a locally-affiliated group would be hard to determine, especially when local groups call themselves " Eiucaticn Association". Unless there was a clear statement that such a local (with the nme "association") had pg ties to the state and national affiliates, they were recorded as belonging to the state and national organizations. Analysis, Results and Interpretation These data were all appropriately coded, and IBM type punch cards were used for the analysis. in IBM 3600 computer performed the contingency table print outs of frequency and percent data of the non-contiguous vari- ables included in the survey questionnaire responses. Tables were con- structed to present one variable as the independent variable (variable down) against the dependent variable (variable across); e.g., bargaining 216 :38 coco-bumsoeh .. $9 $23 588009.33. .. me? n 6.80m nonsense: song 93 he. oobfloeon new ones 23 meg: mfiuhoo “35.82 a . madam m5: u season ..oos m.cs a.mm F.w: .auulhmmluuu m.em on 0.00, nos . 0.00, cm, fleece sense 0 -- 0.0 o a.o a seesaw soz o .i mé w m. 3 pm nongoon .. kangaroz o nu woe N... Q3 5 tongue .. nognmcm o -- «.ma ms F.w as- nausea - ease o.ms c e.ma m, o --- ease - as: m.om em m.ms as o --- Hence - seem: :.om e: ©.mm on o :3. Eanoh I hump—8h. a aw u. a n \mwmwmmmmmnulunnuln. seem, _ emm_ : ems some: ha 33 undo cefipflmomohmem .m .2 ..H .2 E 0.3.3. 217 tango snowshaegmw .. menace Headgear u momp m $9 595% a «coupon 0.8. we we .5. we 22.: ... a ea...“ 4.0 a -- --- F 0a 2.0 F .. --- P me E m -- --- M Na N.0 N .. --- N an :.0 a -- --- a or _.s m u- a N m N.0 N -- 0 N 0 F.N e u- a m a m.m P. I- m 0 e 0.a NN -- m as m fiNP em -- a aN e 0.0N mm N m_ an m 0.0N mm ms aN ma N a.mN as :N 0N m_ F ma 2 m m N Essa . 5% need 0 a Near mmmw - moms sage semen one, moms La Hence 830 .3 cm mango: no an momma cospggmoacom Mo apnoea define: mm 0.3.3. 218 $.30 0:3. .. Enema. 1 $3 “has nope—coon .. 5.26 a moms o. .mofinomepmo chomp mo :owpfifimoo new plan. com a 6an BE «coupon N02 N09 P.00FN0JNM6F m6, 0.0034 mam wmm name 50.04 0.04 ~3me «)2 N; N02 3 m 4.0 4.2 N.N a 4.0 4.9 m0 a 4.0 4.2 no _ swede: $3 0.0 0.00, m.m 0s 0 0 0 0 4.0 0.2 a0 . N.m 0.0m we a senseea “sheaves 0.2 0.00;.9 em 0; 92 n2 m E mém 328 m4 a.mm 0.0:: $22..) m.m 0.00. m.m ma 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 m.m 0.00s 0.: m. 89 E F.8F E m 0 0 0 0 4.0 4.3 no a ~20 ~28 m... N ness 3) m.m 0.00am.m ms tN 0.04 0.9 o E 0.0N 0.m m fiN 0.04 4.4 0 smegma 0.: has 0.: cm 0; t2 no, m N.m 0.mN ad a 06 0.4m m.NF: earners: 23M mam 0.00.0.mm SFNé 4.: 0.8 mN m.mN 9mm 0.38 4.mN E4 m.Nm Na 838E enemas 38.. as $3 a as as new» Hmma 25 as a gang in u was a .39 as e a reams a W a ems u a .05 censors gamete a once a l 8% - ems: 1 . J. womenmcmp nuance no 5330de mega .. :ogagooom 5:327:02 mm 0.3.69 219 unit affiliates (down) by bargaining unit type (across). (See Table 27) All analyses of the MIME case file data were performed on the IBM card sorter because the size and number of variables in the data did not war- rant computer analysis. Voluntfl vs, Contested Recogn_ition of Bargaining Units he survey data, supported by the data from the Michigan Labor Medi- ation Board files (Table 24), indicate that, in the two-year period from July, 1965 to June, 1967, approximately three-quarters (73.8%) of all the bargaining unit determinations in mchigan education were worked out and achieved by voluntary agreement betwaen the parties involved. Further, of the remaining one-quarter of the contested cases (26.2%), three out of five (59.0%) were resolved through the MIME and the parties voluntarily agreed to a consent election. herefore, about 90 per cent of the unit determinations involved a considerable degree of voluntarism. In broad perspective, the voluntary nature of these unit determination proceedings must be considered the most outstanding characteristic of the Michigan education experience, not only in the organizing stage of the collective bargaining process but in the negotiations as well. In fact, further soldies which are beyond the scope of this thesis, will hypothesize that this emphasis on voluntarism is the key variable influencing the overt conflicts (strikes) in Michigan education and that attempts to eliminate the strike cannot succeed unless the vcluntaristic nature of the decision-making process is drastically curtailed—a very dangerous and potentially costly policy unless the benefits of volun- tarisfic methods are critically analyzed and found deficient. Unfortunate- ly, motions are too often weighed on the same scales as are facts. . .moHnmp omen». 5.” 20385030 confine—no.3: on» me 9:350 ESSEN— ofi 3 can Enhanced m.“ mg .3 o:o mm mediums :H ocoflnoo magma” ”8.: o5 R365 23. Q... oomommo no enema manage anon. on». oonegmgo on code peas 33:0 demo hegemgoaneHgo ma £0.23. «92. Ho enema.“ :onfigooo: hump:ng o5 6.8.3.85. .3933 demo paoogdflcfi 25 E95 cargo one: home woman open—soon once one ooaoowmcoo on one: nod omoHo on one smegma o3 omen» oofim upon» mw one: 533395" can. a .mofih a one 2.350.383 hmshom «ransom L 220 mo.mm #0.. A \ Amado meals :oHpooHo p.523 .9. F 0.09 mrN R h first mean confirmooom goofioséoz Nm {Hm mm W Aesop naming :oapooao ¢:em:oo 2m Now 43.. Amoco anatomy coasaoomm humpgflohwéoz Fm 92. mo: Amoco hernomv oo>eEo< :owpfigooom §:=Ho> .< 00.. gm Acorns hon/.33 395m Hence .F i) m K see“: 83a chaosuooz Hosea bums—5m .. :onpo:§on 3:5 madamnem 4m 0.33. ..‘ II..1.O,94 slu’.olx{ ,qt... Iri 221 (the Oommsition of Bargaining Units Tables 25 md 26 give a clear indication that both the voluntarily recognized units and those units that were contested were heavily con- entrated (as expected) among the teacher, secretary/ clerical, and main- tenance personnel. Eccept for the janitor/maintenance personnel (type 09 -Table 25), the percentages of other defined unit types achieving volun- tary recognition do not significantly vary. Further, Table 26 clearly indicates that over 60 per cent of the teachers, secretaries/ clerks, and non-teaching employee groups (types 01, 02, and 03) all established their contested units in 1965 and that the total per cent of contested unit cases was very close between the teaching personnel and the non-teaching person- nel (types 01 and 03 ). me most significant departure from these trends was in type OL-Janitors and Maintenance Personnel except Supervisors where the per cent of total contested cases increased from 2.9 per cent in 1965 to 19.8 per cent in 1966 and 32.6 per cent in 1967, and the ma- :Jority of contested units (51.3 per cent) were determined in 1966 rather than in 1965 as in the 01, 02, and 03 types. Percentage changes for the other units cannot be considered significant because of the small number of cases represented in the data. However, this small number of cases certainly reflects the Mediation Board's position of not allowing (in contested cases) larger units to be fractured. There is some indication that the voluntarily recognized units (Table 25) have been somewhat dif- forently conceived and fractured than have the units that were established Imdor 2mm contested procedures, although the data give ndxed evidence on this point. azm oHnea mom omHev 222 ill-II I .uemmopocH mm: sz one son: co>m Amm oHnmav m GOHpHcmooou humpcsHob mHsp no muqmpmHmcoo map may muHmGGOHpmoso hvbhpm .mwl _ “z“ m Hpebhouno UoHMHpH 3.5a ea ,.eoe me em.aa ea mmw me e.ooa me «5 am The H To 0.: m.m m.mm 4N m.m mm cho Hoqzomnom mHnepono no as two on i: am flee Hoeeeeeem occmcequezTnopchh o3 Fm Nd: ma hm aw Ego e358 mom Na NA 0. 5 t 0.: a Hoodooeom I! HdfiOflmwmmoenmufioz H: We a. : e2.» 3 9: we HHeo Hoeooeeem HdoflhwfloNHmEPOMOQm o o o o ~.o H Hoccomnom anomH>homsm a Hod -aomnom Hm:0Hmmemonm m.o 0.9 o.ooF : m.o : Heqcomnom HmwwmoHu \HcHnmpohoom use He: .aomnom He:0Hmmomonm m.> :.m m.:~ mm N.m Fm Annexemop «mGMHndn -cHH emeoEoHeee uhumv Hocsomnom \HNGOHmmomonm HH< QNN SN 95 a: ném mi .23 efigepfi mhwnowmaleGCom Ihmm UmHMHPHmU HQ 3: mg 2. 4.: 3 ads Hoeeoeeom xk \HI mcHnowoa vonHpAmo a J m .w -fiemsom is. I: odes ens hebnsm :H monks m uanHo> wchHdo .quchwnmm man H2782 a fleece eefidoommlem eoHeHemoeom has 25 35 9: Hopes eeeeo u wfifiemeem He 25. 3:: 93:33 He» seem «stem 5 -eeeesHos H2 do -ooHos mfifioo -5...QO 35 ca do Hopes cameo e25 HH< do 25. flea Jose fies mfi can. flee mfi mfifiemeem e2» .m .338 one on -fiemeem one .u x J IOI I I I I co>oHno< mGOHpH 00cm mm candy .EHCO mflafi I gnaw I N; omF thco nonsmoenuthw u moHHm mzaz .223 ‘ pom ncomnod «Hoccomnmm mHampemoo numb . upodsm pamuko Hoccomnom lawman pmooxo Heccomhom flee $3 Hoodoo fine 89 fig $2 25 fig: mfifiomeem pomp\o a mom—xx u pch mcHsHumndm yo mama op mcHunooo¢ condo uoHecmm mgn: no nunsnz 0N manna 221i 9_rganizational Affiliates The organizational affiliates with the most outstanding success in achieving recognition (both voluntary and contested) have been the MEA and local (independent) organizations. Together, these two groups account for over 80 per cent of the total bargaining units in the state (MEA - 63.84 per cent; local - 16.29 per cent). (See Table 27) Further, these two groups have achieved exclusive representation for the majority of seven of the eleven bargaining unit types identified. mese types are: OluCertified teaching personnel only, 02mm. certified personnel (teachers, librarians, etc. ), 03--All professional personnel (psychol- ogists, nurses, teachers, and librarians), Ohm-Professional personnel and Secretary/ clerical personnel, 06—Secretary/ clerical personnel only, 08-- Bus drivers only, and lO-u-Cafeteria personnel only. The MEA and the in- dependent organizations also have had substantial success in representing units of: mag; non-Professional Personnel, 09....Janitor/ maintenance personnel only, and lanther (usually bus drivers or janitors or combina- tion 06-10). The remaining 20 per cent of the units are widely scattered among the state, county, and mmidpal employees L-AFSGMEj (the next highest with a per cent of 7.11! of all units), the MFI', the operating engineers [mos] unidentified affiliates of the AFL-CIO, the mas, and others (none of the proceeding category). We must recognize, however, that for the MT the 2.146 per cent of total units and low per cent even among teacher units is not a true reflection of the EH" 3 power, because the MFT is the exclusive representative of the Detroit teacher unit—the largest and mat visible in the state. o o o o dorm mod 0 o. 3 . dorm BE: 1 HH.“w M .9 S o o o o P P o o a d _. o o 3.5 .33 5 339an .mll E 1%.1o1 maids“? --Hflm11mmum11 www.11wwum------,..m1--.-Mwue._ ._ do... -- - -- molar: 1 autumn--. was: HHm me to ww.m 8% a; 8.m1 486m draw 0 Sam. 3.. «one 5.3 ~oflm zoom 5.5H3 . REED H .Ho M .o mmé mwé mo; mmé fie: RA 0 mo; 40.3 SW4 «9% ocean: a HHd .Ho 6. I owe a a m a a 2 e m Jellldla "11de in: o . fleas .38 GH nHoEmHQ .ml. a No To .513 Hmno NHao Hon Ho: Ho: flops NH1no 1 .830 Henson Hon mucloo unomnom tho Hon usomnom £8QO .93 enHH Henson no 93H. .Hom wH usomnom e5 H.233 3:8qu how HonnoHo unseen. anyone them wnH Icon. .8 when cess though HeoHaoHorEompm Ihpoom om 28H :83 Ho: unseen. , depoe $3.?th -8958: £82 HHd. \mpoom use Ho: 98 Ho: .23an nqonhom ...?Hoo conga: e m3 5H >8»ng ucomnom ncomumm momnsz noHqu 53¢qume ...—”263 Hedon Hmcon «hues ....Hoo H .883 $395 umomohm House umnom Hm ucoHnmom e _ e m e _ M area 1 5 P o o o q o o 5 1 some 05:. u 09 E. u m ..z msoHnsHocH no .8 o HHS.» 55% Hmm I mflOHflwNflfiduL—HO 0M0WHW.-OMMMHMMMW:O¢S. gm . -....GD 0. £09 ”GHUDOGH . . 85304. GOvau. hm 0.5.3. “OQOeH 2... . p.25 H..HHaHgmflHsm Mo 9‘ eHcp .meem :H mPOprmHQ% .m mopH mm.w— mp.~ m—.m o:.m mm.o om.m mm.o 1 o w meeeem ea , mHHCD HHm moxfl .U ec.om O0.0> me.©m mo.—m fl , l W mm.mm , o o . o me.o Amman some :ansz mHHcD HHm mo w .o me :_.N w~.m_ JP Nw.o oo.m ,ael» ,4 ii, 7,7,, wo.mr HF 0:.m % QF.©N a mw.o oo.m m:.m a NF.H mm.©m ww.mm em mm.~ e _ weeds _ Heeeq HHe co m .p o w odes . pHo: .meem :H wpoanmHn% .m ,, Aeeoeeefieefi H83 o M finesse oH . oped: HHe do m .e 0 Homes M some chesz when: HHe.mm m .e mr.m wm.:m m—.m me.m_ M mpch HHw Mo .n m _ eHes .meem CH m OHM mH ..m _ . e . e .om i vbmhafi IIIlurnunuuuluu|uuualilnnl mm.o mw.o mm.o Heston eH i epHo: HHe no a .e om.m Pm.w mm.w _ _ _ A _ _ _ Hence I'll mo No 1Imo . no Aene— :o .11 mo 4 ooze - Hemp HHeH - szzumw. mP.H flock» some eHeeHsv who Aao>onw mo one: nonpo cHep emeem mm.o o hMbnom :H U mpHcD HHm mo1R .6 ,ih.’ ,_ 4 wm.m o Aodhp some :ansz whens HHo co m .o ”,e‘i_ullfiL new, oo.ooH1 o o eeHep Mme: HHe no a .c ease eHea .mnem :H mHOHAHwHQ% .m mean mo.m 4m._ 4 L 0 Museum :H mpHcD HHm M0 R .n 00.0m 1 o Ammhp some :anHsv eeHee HHe to m .e oo.om eeHes NP 0Ho-gma HHe no a .p omHH eHde .weem :H eeeHeeeHnm .e ooeHHHaea eosteoeeeem oHoLHmH mtfinH meHep HHe do u .e | Hmpoy OF mo No _ :o m i as HeoeeHe coo NM w flees _ o no Ce? 8a. - men: 32. - mo as; mo Ho mconoHqu no Sam Numhp some eHeeHsv epHes HHe com .e e go He has \\ .1 OO 2 9. .cwMHAOHz mo cemem one cH eoHAech Hoonom emoMAMH one . mHoonom OHHnsm eHoneoa one :H mnenomoe one new enema mchHmmnmn omeoHoxe one mH 9&2 one edge vonmneusmn on eons eH ease ooch emuHemonHs emnzosom on hug am: one new moA:MHm omens ; R one eno>oaom one :H noeoonon one: m:0Hem>nonpo For omega .RF eaone :HneHB hunk eon on nonstH .csou no a: moHnwb sz oHnemp one no moHpee mchoooosn :H eegsmsom hem» HHHR massage eloemHu omega 2 .mHthwcw oHpee hvaomcHecoo .odae eeeo mdeoHemeep am no oeeHHHeee cede meHoHemeep A, eeeeeo aweeeooe oe ousHHdm meceenoewou ..o.H «meme one cH mnonmHEo scam wnHeHsnon msoHeebuomno equmouqs Foe can: chose ecoHeHuem cH : eoeoz em oHeee .measHoo mo :OHesHomon oeoHeEoo mo xoeH new oHnHmcoenoh mH mohstm mo wchcsom : 00.009 05 .0 mp.m pm.oe mm.o 0:.0H mm.om 1me.me odes pee: hem m Heeo on we.m cm _e o: o O J u: pm— 2m eeae sees .HGWOHeHmH .mo, mm.o >©.o o o mm.o o NN.O 0 seem he when: HHe no a .e . oo.m 4H.m o oo.mm o me.o 0 “came some 2335 weeds HHe eo m .e No.0H oo.om No.09 eo.oe meflcb ammzwzv= HHw H H F me e wmj 1mmae pee: .meem QH meoHAemHQm .m eeeeeeeoeH poo oeeHHHaee e see“ om.m mm .0 No.0 mu.— om.e om.e wansm :H opens HHe co m .e 1 mm .m oo.m~ mo.me oo.mm om.m— Heeee some eHeesz mech HHm mo M .o 3m.ew N~.Om mm.om FF Ow m0 flatmg mm.om No O mwme case : nuHmwnnl mom. eHsH . $32-2 eeoH meHe= apogee: HHm me u .n .eeeo tees” 229 Chiming now to Table 28, we can see that the MEA and the local organizations are considerably ahead of all of the other organization affiliates in their ability to achieve voluntary recognition. Of 5-1.4. voluntarily recognized units, 87.? per cent are either MBA or local, and each achieved over 80 per cent of its units by the voluntary process. Interestingly enough, the AFSCME and the Unidentified AFLCIO Affiliates have also enjoyed considerable success in achieving voluntary recognition (55.9 and 66.7 per cent, respectively). However, these organizations represented only 7.7 per cent of the total of all voluntarily recognized units. The organization having the lowest per cent of all voluntarily recognized units, (0.6) as well as the lowest per cent of units gained by voluntary recognition (18.2) was the MFI‘. The implications here appear obvious. The MEA and the local or- ganizations were considered ”safe" by many school boards and voluntary recognition was quickly and easily granted. It wasn't until later that these ”paper tigers" showed that they really had "claws". Alternatively, the HF]? was considered a serious challenge to the boards of education and subsequently voluntary recognition was denied. However, a somewhat different picture appears in the data of the contested representation cases (Table 29 )0 Although the MEA continued ahead of the m, the difference is now considerably narrowed; i.e., MEA "wins"--55.3 per cent; MFI‘ "wins”--45. 3 per cent. Further, the suc- cess of the local independent organizations in contested cases is the lowest of any of the employee organizations, 38.9 per cent. A higher degree of success is also evidenced for both the teamsters (IBT) and the AFSCME. It also appears that the 1231‘, the mine workers (UMW) and the 230 .nm oHnee one mm loee .oeoz com can—838:0 gm u moon": mam sz Hoe mm mquegnob none—”Mon. m.oe ea 0.00, ma en.oe he mam ma m.md «9 em: as e; a... m.mm m m; w AoeeHHHmHe. 1:1 eoHcHeeoeHeey omoeno o.m o.m o.hm d e.m om HoeeHHHeee uoHMHeno oHGB amneo u o o o 0 m5 F as _ m; m.m e60 w 02w NF AoesHHHmed. noHMHecoUHnS oHouHBH _ o o o «:0 P HODH _ e.m_ m.om he N.oa he cheese ooeH no 03 A :.m mamm ea e.a an mzume<_ m6 m.w_. mi. Tm .... E” m :6 m. mm Mam Acmw mlmm Hm: ASH; coz ow ms k , HmHnmecng eEon. N Lhoards“ cH m coHe :oHe E. mean oemHHHmHe. , “hogan :H meHaz mqus noNHcmOcou uHsmoooa ensHo> uHawoooa SecHerp I... oHdEwm QH nonnooom GOHemNchm. needs eeeHHHeeH HHe co cone sHHeeeceHoe HHH no mcheem .oeeHHHeee meHeHem .oeeHHHeee oeeHHHeeH eHee , -Hecce here .u oeeHHHcee nee» em hens .neenp me n mere .neHee no a Hence oneno m -e- .m- -n- . -m- -N- -7 HHe co Heeoe u=m&c embodied enoHeHnmooom §§Ho> .Ho ecoohom new .8852 n oemHHHmHe. :oHesNHfiwmhd mm oHnwn. 1| 3 2 obHeHmoQ one .mdm ween mHne mo heHnowefi one pom ecpooom nomeEmHn no anemoneHz ammo .ann knob on oe nonHanm mH esp c30nxcs mH QOHemosv :OHemescmonmea one we GOHeSHomoH .mmooopd 2H HHHem once 0 .GOHewanmwao HmbHa a mo coaches one :H enomm wchwaan th90 oczwjhaoscmh u meme o>Hw5Hoxo cm mo GOHeeCMHmon one mcHemoeaoo mH :OHemospm mo venom one when: momma omone oe uneven GOHemcMHmop mng n .szo nongoooQJmHsm n meme m moHHeH msz «coupon eoeeed Hmeoe nonwoammm 8.22.5 mm m a 0m 0m ".33ng e02 $er Umbumommm 33-0? am 2. on unecomonmom . 0.0% N 0.00. n 0.02 a 0.3 a “R P 0. a 0 0 0 .380 mummi 0 00.00, . . .Mko m The D 0 0 T? 0 0 0 M83 0.00, 0.08 m 0 0 0 0 .02 m fimm a Tmm e E dém $00.02 ea 0 0 NE N 58 m HG m hum: 1m H NB; 0 0.00s 9 0 0 0 0 . m :0 a an? m Bea fimm e 0.00s 9 0 0 0 0 .8 m1 0.0N [M 0.0m Lme mwlfi hm w F.00a a: 0.00 e 09 a 0.0m m 9% m dam 1 .208. mime mm 0.00, mmmém a m we 12 New ma mam m8 m5: Mm Bowed .m m 0.00. . m tma m .00 o .2 a 0.8 E LBW. 0.00s .3 .mm M 06. Mrmfim 3 .mm m 0.8 a. E to we 0.00. m? e. N a. a m .9 0 him m1 N mien mp penance Heohem RCHS *. u Hweo % RnH % m Hweoafi mam: % & Hweoa :Hzr. % u He 0 % coHewuchmao . h . . . Eon. ch20 new? i 8? %§ .esowd. mchmehmm omesHounm one on oe noamHoon we: soHeequwmao :oan :H momma mo essence new nonspz.n:o enosebHoan cOHeequemeo I momma GOHewenomondom.noemoenoo mm oprB 232 IUOE were much more selective in their contested cases (especially after 1965) than was the AFSGME. Finally, it is obvious that the school boards wasted a. considerable want of time, energy, and probably money in contesting 198 cases of which they ”Iron" only 12 or 6.1 per cent. There could be no clearer evidence that the school employees were ready and willing to organize for collective bargaining WSOSe (INCLUSIONS here is no doubt that the efforts to organize for the purpose of collective bargaining in Michigan education has been highly successful from the general point of view of the employee organizations, although, obviously, some employee groups are more satisfied than others. this success was achieved by a combination of design, strategy and accident with the final results not totally as expected by any of the organizations involved. 1b achieve the legal protection required for effective organization, a combination of political, organizational, resource and leadership fac- tors were required. In this process the Michigan Labor Movement exercised a decisive role, both as an institutional force and in supplying the lead- ership to the Public Esploynsnt legislative Committee. Further, sympa- thetic labor relations experts, principally the Mediation Board members and key staff officers were indispensible. However, both of these forces had actively supported legislative change in the past and had been unsuc- cessful. It was not until the political composition of the legislature was changed to give a Democratic majority that success was possible. Hanover, with the change in legislative control one a change in leader- ship as well. It is doubtful that Democratic control itself would have boa: sufficient to effectuate the PEIB purposes if Senator Levin had not exercised strong leadership within both the Senate and House. 233 234 Basically, this phase of the organizing process (achieving the protective legislation) was a labor novucnt effort. me Education Association was active but ineffective. Its contribution was as a vocal critic (a challmge in kind, not in principle) but not as a rallying point for others who opposed the PELC amendments. However, after the legslation was passed, an mtircly diffeer pattern merged. be earlier MEL challnge to the particulars of the legislation quickly dissolved, and that organization quickly foamed its Idacrs attaition upon the desirable features of the new laws. his was possible only because it had not directly opposed the PELC usndncnts, but had merely suggested that its proposals were better. If the sand—- nuts supported by the MEA had been «tasted, the organisation mld probably not have lost the m-bership of the superintendents and would have been in a stronger position in the Ibtroit suburbs. However, it was prepared to begin intensive organizing and bargairdng efforts re— gardless of which proposals were ultimately supported, as evidenced by its early efforts in preparing its local groups for organizing and bar- gaining activities. his preparation was based upon the assumption that new legislation would be forthcoming that in one way or another would require trained local leadership to quickly organise for bargaining purposes. The MEL would certainly have preferred the piocedures of its own legislativo proposals but was still able to effectively respond to its advantage what it became clear that these objectives were not to be realised. lbs review of the evolving and chandng policy and position state-fits, as well as m activities abundantly support this point. he organization structure of the Elm an important part of the ma ability to adapt to changing dmstanoes. Bccsuu its Board of I} — 235 Directors could promote policy change in the interim period betwun representative assemblies, the reaction by the Board was quick and decisive. Further, the concept of representative danccracy rather than that tied artirely to general nenbership matings provided the Board of Directors and the hecutive Secretary with broad authorita- tive power to act. By the tine the representative assembly net after the intendfied organising practices of the MEA had been implanted, it was too late to reverse revised practices even if the delegates had desired to do so. Since the Board's policy changes were implemented by headquarter' s staff personnel, the local organisations had been fully indoctrinated with the necessity and desirability of the policy changes and strong resistance by delegates at the representative assembly never developed. Cbnversely, the MIT did not have the lunry of flexibility. fled to the AFL-CIO organisationally, politically and philosophically, its appeals to the teachers were not subject to modification as were the KEA's. Microby the MEA could initiate a Idlitant response when required or alternatively assune a "reasoned" professional posture if the cir- cumstances warranted, the MFI" s organising appeal was rigid. Its legis- lative and philosophical support was within organized labor, am! it had specifically rejected professionalism in order to gain this support. Although the m was successful in Detroit, it met be renumbered that this success was achieved before the legislative mendnats were inplenented and before the war had displayed its later nilitancy. in obvious consideration that the m faced at the ties of the first Detroit electienwaswhetherto oppose the mm the aggressive andnilitent Isnnerthatlaterbecane anacoeptahleandastandardelternativebutby 236 doing so to face the potntiel loss of other upstate districts by W revealing this possible policy shift. it this Junotnre, without fin: evidence that its on legislative proposals would not be enacted, the risk was too great. Further, the historical evolution of the DEA and DFT organisations and leadership indicates that Detroit wuld have been a rather poor risk for the MEA at the tine. the contrast with the Grand Rapids organisation is startlingly clear. ‘Ihe GREA was well-organised and financially secure. Historically, it had represented the najority of teachers in Grand Rapids ova though the evidmce of employer dcdnation was substantiated. Further, and met importantly, when the issue of enployer donination was raised, the local organization was not left to its own defense but received the sup- port-albeit the gn‘troli of its defuse-whom the state organisation. This defense coincided with and supported the changed stance and policy of the MEA to, above all, effectively represent and bargain for the class- roonteacher throughout the stateu W his message and evidence of support was not lost by other local teacher groups, nor was the state organisation's assistance denied elsewhere. Alternatively, the HF]? allowed the GRIT to depart from statewide federation objectives and offered little or no support to the local. likewise, this response was not forgotten elsewhere. Further, the EA successfully capitalized on its national profes- sional image to convince many boards and administrators throughout the state that it was a ”safe” organization. the preponderance of first year voluntary recognitions that were achieved testifies that the strategy was effective. It was not until later, whm the nature of the position change of the HEAbecane evith through strike actions andhardbargaining, 237 that the employer representatives recognised the impact of their early, uncontested recomitions. It was then obviously too late. In summary, the MEAwas willing, prepared and organised to engage in a statewide organising campaign according to a strategy and plan ad.- ninistered and controlled by the state headquarters staff. he MIT's plan was vague, it lacked effective control and influence over its locals, and was inflexible in its approach. By unqualified support and earlier training and indoctrination efforts, the MEA was able to convince the vast majority of teachers in the state that it could best service their inter- ests. The MEA offensive was almost impossible for the NET to counter. the MEA had the resources, the trained personnel, the image, the support of the administrators as well as local organisations in virbrally every school district in the state. Ewever, as inappropriate as the We re- sponse was, it did provide the MEA activists a tangible opponent (a rival in fact or imagination) which could be portrayed, where necessary, as the visible justification for dlitancy and change in policy and approach. here is no reason to believe that the orientation of the local teacher leadership played a significant role in detemining which or- ganisation was to represent the Michigan teachers. Insofar as the teacher organisation activist profile represents a reasonable cross section of teacher leaders throughout the state, there appears to be no significant variation between m and MEA local leaders. Most activists probably would have supported and led either group, and it was only by the accident of their district of enploynnt that caused them to lead either organiza- tion. Of mch greater significance is the Mt; of their profiles which indicates that the iwportant variables are not the orientations and 238 backgrounds of the local leadership, (or necessarily how dedicated or hard-working they may be) but rather it is the organization, strategy, inage and resources of the state level organization and its ability to mobilise these resource leaders that is important. An obvious departure from this analysis is Detroit, whose leadership, image and resources are substantially stronger than the total state organisation. The DH did not and does not need the NHL-other locals in the state did. lhe lack of flexibility and inept and non-political response is the central characteristic of the employer organisations and certainly a najor cause of their early failures. lme Municipal league remains today prinarily with a reactionary posture, while the School Board Association has belatedly assumed a definitive ”hard bargaining" stance, which at least represmts an organisational response to the demands of the new uvironnart (even if some of us object to the context of this fern of activisn ). The school administrations renain passive and ineffectual. Itis clear, inallthreepartscfthestudy, thatthepubliocp ployers in Michigan by their failures to respond politically, adminis- tratively or philosophically to changing enployncrt relationships, have learned little fron earlier similar experiences by their counterparts in private industry thirty years ago. It is unfortunate that the positive features of shared enployer-enployee decision-making will apparently have to be learned once again in the public sector, evm though ample positive experience is svailable elsewhere. Finally, the Michigan experience tends to discount much of the hypothesizing that white-collar professionals do not need ”unions”, will not organise, and will not support silitancy. Further, it re-enphasises the earlier evidence in the private sector that supervisors will support 239 organizational units formulated to bargain on their behalf if the required protective legislation is effectuated. The.Detroit and Hillsdale prin- cipal and supervisory units appear certain to be only a beginning. In summary, this extremely effective organizational campaign in Michigan education was conducted in an environment which was created through the efficient political and organizational work of AFL-CIO affil- lated organizations and individuals but whose major benefactor beCame the Michigan Education AsSoclation. The MEA's dramatic, flexible and ef- fective response to changing circumstances should serve as a warning to the hierarchy of the American Labor Movement and a model for their own future organizational reSponses in the white-collar professional field. However, it may be much too late. Obviously, the methodological approach utilized throughout this study i.e. in large part historical-institutional, is neither the full nor the final answer to the identification of the reasons why Michigan teachers (and others in education) chose to organize in the manner described. Moreover, further analysis of the dynamics of the organizing efforts is left to sociologists, psychologists and other social scientists to initiate the neces- sary studies to explore additional questions, and to subsequently challenge, modify or reject the stated and inferred conclusions. Certainly, the con- cept of professionalization as detailed by Vollmer, Mills and other soci- ologists may add an additional dimension to the study and deserves a fuller exploration as a possible intervening variable contributing the success (if not the tactics) of the MEA. Also, although the fg£m_of the employee-management confrontation in Michigan education appears to closely resemble that which has devel0ped in the private sector of the economy, a detailed comparative analysis of the 240 constraints, values, and idealogies effecting and entering into the two systems would help further identify whether this emerged Similar form was accidental or is perhaps common to many different employment rel- ationships and systems. Finally, it is incumbent upon researchers in other regions and states to initiate comparative studies of teacher organizing developments carried on under entirely different logislation, leadership, and institutional pat- terns to determine if common characteristics and key determining variables can be identified. JAOA ORGANIZATIONAL RELATIONSHIPS OF KEY ORGANIZATIONS IN STUDY (SIMPLIFIED) [GOVERNOR OF MICHiOANfi] [State Board of Education 1 [State Dept. of LaboF1 - T - c I L [State Dept. of Education} [‘ Mediation Poard ‘ Mich. Labor . MLMB or LMR [MICHIGAN S’fATE LEGISLATURE] IT I‘] l I I t [SEnateLabor [House COmmittee I House Committee] Committee on Labor on Education NATTONAL SCHOOL BOARD ASSOCIATION NSBA I I __ ._ I |II I III 1 [Michigan School Board Association MSBA I j I _ l '—T I I If ' I I I I l | I 1E , Grand Detroit Board Rapids of Education 1 Board DBE of Education GRBE QAOB owm>z_N>a_oz>r xmr>4.ozm:_vm om Xm< owo>z_N>A_ozm _z mdco< Am_3vr_m.mov zanymmm: macnmnmo: >mmonmmnmo: - _ . _ _ _ zm> ‘ umomwa 0* cmwmnnowm urommm_mnmmmon._ fiwoqamw oovnu >mmm_mmnmm _ _ I H .4d—I- m.m=A omnqomfl . . _ . _ - . , , III nm> om> zmnj. >mmon. . . ,zmorw >wmoo. :mnz. >mmon. 0* moroo_ om monoaamw< cm m_mao:nmw< >aamammdwmnowm mnzoo. 11.:nmomam moroo. wwmzomom.m z>m> z>mmw z>mmv II QAOC onn>z.~>4_oz>r zmr>4_ozm:—1m on xm< ozn>z_N>4_ozm _z m4¢c< mcwr_n mzvroa_am_u Awmsmmn came: mamnm. n0c3n< m zczmnmom_ mao_ommnzmv wROnrmqwCOQ om m.mnn1mnm_ {wamqm A_wmzv E _ m_wmmfim:HO1m zmnr. vo_mnm m >mmonmmawo: >mrnn_o mrmwflfimm >mmon. m.am. qwmaow nocsnm. downrowm Aznav mm1<.nm wmmwmcwman mao_oect to the issues involved under section 9a of this act, or (h) while mediation or an election is pending under section 9c of this act, or (5) while any of the procedures Specified in sections 13a to 13e, inclusive, are pending or proceeding with respect to the issues involved. Any employer or labor organization which commits such unlawful act, shall upon conviction thereof, be punished by a fine of not more than $1,000.00 for each such violation, and for this purpose each day during which such unlawful act occurs or continues shall be deemed to constitute a separate offense. (b). It shall be unlawful fOr any individual to insti- gate a lockout or strike which is unlawful under this section. Any'individual who commits such unlawful act, shall, upon conviction thereof, be guilty of a misdemeanor and.punishable as such. (c). The board, the attorney general, or any prosecuting attorney, on behalf of the people, or any individual or per- son, nmw'pursue any apprOpriate legal or equitable remedy or other'relief in any circuit court having jurisdiction with :respect to any act or conduct in violation of any of the pro- ‘visions of this act. The existence of a criminal penalty 276 (Appendix I Cont .) H.29Sh 1 2 3 L1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1h 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2h with reSpect to any such act or conduct shall not be deemed to preclude appropriate equitable relief. Sec. 23. Rulings or orders promulgated by the board shall be reviewable only by the supreme court and on petition for writ of certiorari or such other process as may be ap- propriate, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION. (A) VIOLATIONS OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ACT, EXCEPT SECTIONS 9F, 15 AND 17, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICE AND, IN ADDITION TO SUCH REWEDIE AND RELIEF AS MAY OTHERWISE BE PROVIDED BY LAW OR BY THIS ACT, SHALL BE RE'IEIE BY THE BOARD IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION. (B) WHENEVER IT IS CHARGED THAT ANY PERSON HAS ENGAGED IN G1 IS ENGAGING IN ANY SUCH UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICE, THE BOARD, OR ANY AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE BOARD FOR SUCH PURPOSES, MAY ISSUE AND CAUSE TO BE SERVED UPON THE PERSON A COMPLAINT STATING THE CHARGE IN THAT RESPECT, AND CONTAINING A NOTICE OF HEARING BEFORE THE BOARD OR A MEMBER THEREOF, OR BEFORE A DESIGNATED AGENT, AT A PLACE THEREIN FIXED, NOT LES THAN 5 DAYS AFTER THE SERVING OF THE MAPLAINT. NO C(EIPLAINT SHALL ISSUE BASED UPON ANY UNFAIR LAHJR PRACTICE OCCURRING MORE THAN 6 MONTHS PRIOR TO THE FILING OF THE CHARGE WITH THE BDARD AND THE SERVICE OF A COPY THEREOF UPON THE PERSON AGAINST WHCIJI THE CHARGE IS MADE, UNLESS THE PERSON AGGRIEVED ‘I'EHBEBY WAS PREVENTED FROM FILING THE CHARGE BY REASON OF 277 (Appendix I Cont.) 11.29511 0 \O 03‘} OUT-E'UJ N -—| 12 13 1b. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2h SERVICE IN THE ARMED FORCE, IN WHICH EVENT THE 6 MONTH PERIOD SHALL BE COMPUTED FROM THE DAY OF HIS DISCHARGE. ANY COMPLAINT MAI BE AMENDED BY THE MEMBER OR AGENT CONDUCTING THE HEARING OR THE BOARD, AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN ORDER BASED THPREON. THE PERSON UPON WHOM THE COMPLAINT IS SERVED MAY FILE AN ANSWER TO THE ORIGINAL OR AMENDED COMPLAINT AND TO APPEAR IN PERSON OR OTHERWISE AND GIVE TETIMONY AT THE PLACE AND TIME FIXED IN THE COMPLAINT. IN THE DISCRETION OF THE MEMBER OR AGEVT CONDUCTING THE HEARING OR THE BOARD, ANY OTHER PERSON MAY BE ALLOWED TO INTERVENE IN THE PROCEEDING AND TO PRESENT TETIMONY. ANY PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF ACT NO. 197 OF THE PUBLIC ACTS OF 1952, AS AMENDED, BEING SECTION 211.105 OF THE CITGILED LAWS OF 191.18. (0) THE TETIMONY TAKEN BY THE MEMBER, AGENT OR THE BOARD SHALL BE REDUCED To WRITING AND FILED WITH THE BOARD. THFREAFTER THE BOARD UPON NOTICE MAY TAKE FURTHER TETIMONY OR HEAR ARGUMENT. IF UPON THE PRIPONDERANCE OF THE TETIMON! TAKEN THE BOARD IS OF THE OPINION THAT ANY PERSON NAMED IN THE COMPLAINT HAS ENGAGED IN OR IS ENGAGING IN THE UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICE, THEN IT SHALL STATE ITS FINDINGS OF FACT AND SHALL ISSUE AND CAUSE To BE SERVED ON THE PERSCN AN ORDEI RE- QUIRING Hm TO CEASE AND DEIST FROM THE UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICE, AND TO TAKE SUCH AFTIIMATIVE ACTION INCLUDING REINSTATEMENT 278 (Appendix I .Cont.) 11.29511 ‘ \O 03% 0‘1er 10 11 12 13 1h 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 OF EVIPIDYEES WITH OR WITHOUT BACK PAY, AS WILL EFFECTUATE THE POLICIES OF THIS ACT. THE ORDER MAY FURTHER REQUIRE THE PERSON TO MAKE REPORTS FROM TIME TO TIME SHOWING THE EX- TENTTOWICHHEHASCOMPLIEDWITHTHEORDER. IFUPONTHE PREPONDFRANCE OF THE TESTIMONY TAKEN THE mARD IS NOT OF THE OPINION THAT THE PERSON NAMED IN THE COMPLAINT HAS ENGAGED IN OR IS ENGAGING IN THE UNFAIR LAHJR PRACTICE, THEN THE W SHALL STATE ITS FINDINGS OF FACT AND SHALL ISSUE AN ORDER DISIflSSING THE C(EIPLAINT. NO ORDER OF THE HIARD SHALL REQUIRE THE REINSTATE‘IENT OF ANY INDIVIDUAL AS AN H’IPIDYEE WHO HAS BEEN SUSPENDED OR DISCHARGED, OR THE PAYMENT TO HIM OF ANY BACK PAY, IF THE INDIVIDUAL WAS SUSPENDED OR DISCHARGE!) Fm CAUSE. IF THE EVIDENCE IS PRESENTED BEFORE A MEMBER OF THE BOARD, 6% BEFORE EXAMINERS THEREOF, THE MEABR, OR EXA- MINERS SHALL ISSUE AND CAUSE TO BE SERVED ON THE PARTIES TO THE PROCEEDING A PROPOSED REPORT, TOGETHER WITH A RECDW’IENDED ORDER, WHICH SHALL BE FILED WITH THE HEARD, AND IF NO EX- CEPTIONS ARE FILED WITHIN 20 DAYS AFTER SERVICE THEIEDF UPON THE PARTIES, OR WITHIN SUCH FURTHER PERIOD AS THE BOARD MAY AUTHORIZE, THE RECQ’IMI'NDED ORDER SHALL BECCME THE ORDER OF THE M AND BECOME EFFECTIVE AS PRESCRIBED IN THE (BDER. (D) UNTILTHERECORDINA CASEHASBEENFILEDINA COURT, THE RJARD AT ANY TIME, UPON REBONABLE NOTICE AND IN SUCH MANNER AS IT DEBTS PROPm, MAY MODIFY OR SET ASIDE, IN 279 (Appendix I Cont.) H.29Sh 1 0‘»er \1 1O 11 12 13 1h 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2h WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY FINDING 0R ORDER HADE OR ISSUED BY IT. (E) THE BOARD HAY PETITION ANY CIRCUIT COURT HAVING JURISDICTION EITHER OVER THE PLACE WHERE THE UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICE OCCURRED OR OVER THE PLACE WHERE THE PERSON UPON WHOM THE COMPLAINT IS SERVED RESIDES OR TRANSACTS BUSINESS, FOR THE MOI-{CEMENT OF THE ORDER AND FOR APPROPRIATE TMORARY REEIEF OR RESTRAINING ORDER, AND SHALL FILE IN THE COURT THE RECORD IN THE PROCEEDINGS. UPON THE FILING OF THE PETITION, THE COURT SHALL CAUSE NOTICE THEREOF TO BE SERVED UPON THE PERSON, AND THEREUPON SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION OF THE PRO- CEEDING AND SHALL GRANT SUCH TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT RELIEF OR RESTRAINING ORDER AS IT DEEMS JUST AND PROPER, ENFORCING, MODIFYING, ENFORCING AS SO MODIFIED, OR SETTING ASIDE IN WHOLE OR IN PART THE ORDER OF THE BOARD. NO OBJECTION THAT HAS NOT BEEN URGED BEFORE THE BOARD, ITS MEMBER OR AGENT, SHALL BE CONSIDERED BY THE COURT, UNLESS THE FAILURE OR NEGLECT TO URGE THE OBJECTION IS EXCUSED BECAUSE OF EXTRAORDINARY CIR- CUMSTANCES. THE FINDINGS OF THE BOARD WITH RESPECT TO QUES- TIONS OF FACT IF SUPPORTED BY COMPETENT, MATERIAL AND SUB- STANTIAL EVIDENCE ON THE RECORD CONSIDERED AS A WHOLE SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE. IF EITHER PARTY APPLIES TO THE COURT FOR LEAVE TO PRESENT ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE AND SHOWS TO THE SATIS- FACTION OF THE COURT THAT THE ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE IS MATERIAL AND THAT THERE WERE REASONABLE GROUNDS FOR THE FAILURE TO PRE- 280 (Appendix I Cont.) H.29Sh 1 O‘UI-C'w N 11 12 13 1h 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2h SENT IT IN THE HEARING BEFORE THE BOARD, ITS MEMBER OR AGENT, THE COURT MAY ORDER THE ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE TO BE TAKEN BE- FORE THE BOARD, ITS MEMBER OR AGENT, AND TO BE MADE A PART OF THE RECORD. THE BOARD MAY MODIFY ITS FINDINGS AS TO THE FACTS, OR MAKE NEW FINDINGS, BY REASON OF ADDITIONAL EVIDENCE so TAKEN AND FILED, AND IT SHALL FILE THE MODIFYING CR NEW FINDINGS, WHICH FINDINGS WITH RESPECT TO QUESTIONS OR FACT IF SUPPORTED BY Gm-IPEI‘ENT, MATERIAL AND SUBSTANTIAL EVIDENCE ON THE RECORD CONSIDERED AS A WHOLE SHALL BE CON- GLUSIVE, AND SHALL FILE ITS RECOIT-IENDATIONS, IF ANY, FOR THE MODIFICATION OR SETTING ASIDE OF ITS ORIGINAL ORDER. UPON THE FILING OF. THE RECORD WITH IT THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURT SHALL BE EXCLUSIVE AND ITS JUDGMENTAND DEGREE SHALL BE FINAL, EXCEPT THAT THE SAME SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE COURT OF APPEAIS AND THE SUPREIE COURT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL COURT RULES . (F) ANY PERSON AGGRIEVED BY A FINAL ORDER OF THE BOARD GRANTING OR DENYING IN WHOLE OR IN PART THE RELIEF SOUGHT MAY OBTAIN A REVIEW OF SUCH ORDER IN ANY CIRCUIT COURT IN THE CIRCUIT WHERE THE UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICE IN QUESTION WAS ALLEGED TO HAVE OCCURRED OR WHERE THE PERSON UPON NEW THE COMPLAINT MAS SERVED RESIDES OR TRANSACTS BUSINESS, BY FILING IN THE COURT A COMPLAINT PRAYING THAT THE ORDER OF THE BOARD BE MODIFIED OR SET ASIDE, WITH COPY OF THE COMPLAINT FILED 281 (Appendix I Cont.) 11.29511. 1 O \0 CD4 O‘Ul WU.) N ...b 12 13 1h 15 16 17 18 19 2O 21 22 23 2h ON THE BOARD, AND THEREUPON THE AGGRIEVED PARTY SHALL FILE IN THE COURT THE RECORD IN THE PROCEEDING, CERTIFIED BY THE BOARD. UPON THE FILING OF THE COMPLAINT, THE COURT SHALL PROCEED IN THE SAME MANNER AS IN THE CASE OF AN APPLICATION BY THE BOARD UNDER SUBSECTION (E), AND SHALL GRANT TO THE BOARD SUCH TEM- PORARY FELIEF OR RESTRAINmG ORDER AS IT DEEMS JUST AND PROPER, ENFORGING, MODIFYING, EVFORCING AS SO MODIFIED, 0R SETTING ASIDE IN WHOLE OR IN PART THE ORDER OF THE BOARD. THE FINDINGS OF THE BOARD WITH RESPECT TO QUESTIONS OF FACT IF SUPPORTED BY CEEPETEIT, MATERIAL AND SUBSTANTIAL EVIDENCE ON THE RECORD CONSIDERED AS A WHOLE SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE. (C) THE CONNEVCEAENT OF PROCEEDINGS UNDER SUBSECTIONS (E) OR (F) SHALL NOT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ORDERED BY THE COURT, OPERATE AS A STAY OF THE BOARD'S ORDER. (H) CGIPLAINTS FILED UNDER THIS ACT SHALL BE HEARD EX- PEDITIOUSLY BY THE COURT. (I) THE BOARD SHALL HAVE POWER, UPON ISSUANCE OF A COMPLAINT AS PROVIDED IN SUBSECTION (B) CHARGING THAT ANY PERSON HAS ENGAGED IN OR IS ENGAGING IN AN UNFAIR LABOR PRAC- TICE, T0 PETITION ANY CIRCUIT COURT WITHIN ANY CIRCUIT WHERE THE UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICE IN QUESTION IS ALLEGED TO HAVE OCCURRED OR WHERE SUCH PERSON RESIDES OR TRANSACTS BUSINESS, FOR APPROPRIATE TEMPORARY RELIEF OR RESTRAINING ORDER, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL COURT RULES, AND THE COURT SHALL ~~w .«W—fir—r 282 (Appendix I Cont.) H.29Sh 1 O‘sUII-T‘w s1 11 12 13 111 15 16 17 18 19 2O 21 22 23 21; HAVE JURISDICTION T0 GRANT To THE BOARD SUCH TEMPORARY RE- LIFF OR RESTRAINING ORDER AS IT DEELS JUST AND PROPER. (J) FOR THE PURPOSE OF ALL HEARINGS AND DIVESTIGATIONS, WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE BOARD, ARE NECESSARY AND PROPER FOR THE EXERCISE OF THE POWERS VESTED IN IT UNDER THIS SEC- TION, THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11 SHALL BE APPLICABLE, EX- CEPT THAT SUBPOENAS MAY ISSUE AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 11 WITHOUT REGARD TO WHETHER MEDIATION SHALL HAVE BEEN UNDER- TAKEN. (K) THE LABOR RELATst AND MEDIATION FUNCTIONS OF THIS ACT SHALL BE SEPARATELY AIDIINISTERBD BY THE BOARD. SEC. 26. REPRESENTATIVES DmIGNATED OR SELECTED FOR THE PURPOSES OF COLLECTIVE BARGAINING BY THE MAJORITY OF THE E-IPLOYEES IN A UNIT APPROPRIATE FOR SUCH PURPOSES, OR BY THE MAJORITY OF THE EMPLOYEE VOTING IN AN ELECTION CONDUCTED PURSUANT To THIS ACT, SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE REPRESEVTATLVES OF ALL THE EIPLCYEES IN SUCH UNIT FOR THE PURPOSES OF COLLEC- TIVE BARGAINING IN RESPECT To RATES OF PAY, WAGES, HOURS OF ERRLONIEVT OR OTHER CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT, AND SHALL BE so RECOGNIZED BY THE EMPLOYER; BUT ANY INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEE AT ANY TINE MAY PRESENT GRIEVANCES To HIS EMPLOYER AND HAVE THE GRLEVANCEE ADJUSTED, WITHOUT LNTERVEVTICN OF THE BAR- GADIING REPRESEVTATIVE, IF THE ADJUSTMENT IS NOT INCONSISTEVT WITH THE TERMS OF A COILECTIV'E BARGADVING CONTRACT OR AGREE- 283 (Appendix I Cont.) E2994 1 \O (bx) O‘sUlrb) 10 11 12 13 1h 15 16 17 18 19 2O 21 MENT THEN IN EFFECT, IF THE BARGAINING REPRESENTATIVE HAS ‘11 GIVEV OPPORTUNITY To BE PRESENT AT SUCH ADJUSTMENT . SEC. 27. WHENEVER A QUESTION ARISE BETWEEN AN EMPLOYER AND ITS EMPLOYEE OR A LABOR ORGANIZATION AS To WHETHER THE LABOR ORGANIZATION REPREENTS SUCH EMPLOYEE, A PETITION MAY BE FILED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH RULE AND REGULATIONS AS MAY BE PRECRIBED BY THE BOARD: (A) BY AN EMPLOYEE OR GROUP OF EMPLOYEE, OR AN INDle DUL OR LABOR ORGANIZATION ACTING IN THEIR BEHALF, ALLEGING THAT 30% OR MORE OF THE EMPLOYEES WITHIN A UNIT CLAIMED TO BE APPROPRIATE FOR SUCH PURPOSE WISH To BE REPREENTED FOR COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AND THAT THEIR EMPLOYER DECLINE To RECOGNIZE THEIR REPRESENTATIVE AS THE REPREENTATIVE DEFINED IN SECTION 26, OR ASSET THAT THE INDIVIDUAL OR LABOR ORGANIZA- TION, WHICH HAS BEEN CERTIFIED OR IS BEING CURRETLY RECOG- NIZED BY THEIR EIPIOYER AS THE BARGAINING REPREENTATIVE, IS NO LONGER A REPREENTATIVE AS DEFINED IN SECTION 26 ; OR (B) BY AN EMPLOYER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE ALLEGING THAT 1 OR MORE INDIVIDUALS OR LABOR ORGANIZATIONS HAVE PREENTED TO HIM A CLAIM To BE RECOGNIZED AS THE REPREENTATIVE DEFINE IN SECTION 26. 284 (Appendix I Cont.) H.29511 1 03 \J GUI-E‘bu 1O 11 THE BOARD SHALL INVESTIGATE THE PETITION AND, IF IT HAS REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT A QUESTION OF REPRESEN- TATION EICLSTS, SHALL PROVIDE AN APPROPRIATE HEARING AFTER DUE NOTICE. IF THE HEARD FINDS UPON THE RECORD OF THE HEARING THAT A QUESTION OR REPRESENTATION EXISTS, IT SHALL DIRECT AN ELECTION BY SECRET BALLOT AND SHALL CELTIFY THE RESULTS THEREDF. NOTHIN} IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO PROHIBIT THE WAIVING OR HEARINGS BI STIPULATION FOR THE PURPOSE OF A CONSENT ELECTION IN CONFQN-LITY WITH THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE BOARD. SEC. 28. THE BOARD SHALL DECIDE IN EACH CASE, IN ORDER TO INSURE EMPLOYEES THE FULL BENEFIT OF THEIR RIGHT TO SELF- ORQMJIZATION, TO (DILECTIVE BARGAINING AND OTHERWISE TO EFFECTUATE THE POLICIE OF 'EIIS ACT, THE UNIT APPROPRIATE FOR THE PURPOS$ OF COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 93. SEC. 29. AN ELECTION SHALL NOT BE DIRECTED IN ANY BAR- GAINING UNIT OR ANY SUBDIVISION WITHIN WHICH, IN THE PRE- CEDING 12-I-IONTH PERIOD, A VALID ELECTION HAS BEEN HELD. THE BOARD SHALL DETHNADVE WHO IS ELIGIBLE TO VOTE IN THE ELEC- TION AND SHALL ESTABLISH RULES GOVERNII‘IG THE ELECTION. A REIIUN ELECTION MAY BE CONDUCTED IN THE EVENT OF CONDUCT IN- PROPHILY AFFECTING A PRIOR ELECTION. IN AN ELECTION INVOLVING MORE THAN 2 CHOICES, WHERE NONE OF THE CHOICES ON THE BALLOT 28 5 (Appendix I Cont .) H.295h ‘l CDNCBU'Lt'U) CW 12 13 1h 15 16 17 :RECEIVES A.MAJORITY VOTE, A RUNOFF ELECTION SHALL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN THE 2 CHOICES RECEIVING THE 2 LARGEST NUMBERS 0F VALID VOTES CAST IN THE ELECTION. SEC. 30. AN EMPLOYER SHALL BARGAIN COLLECTIVELY'WITH THE REPRESENTATIVES OF ITS EMPLOYEES AS DEFINED IN SECTION 26 AND IS AUTHORIZED To MAKE AND ENTER INTO COLLECTIVE BAR- GAINING AGREEIENTS WITH SUCH REPRESENTATIVES. EOE THE PUR- POSES OF THIS SECTION, TO BARGAIN COLLECTIVELY IS THE:PER- FORMANCE OF THE MUTUAL OBLIGATION OF THE ETPIOYEE AND THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE EMPLOYEES To MEET AT REASONABLE TIMES AND CONFER IN GOOD FAITH WITH RESPECT TO'WAGES, HOURS AND OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0R DEPLOYMENT, OR THE NEGOTIATION OF AN AGREEMENT, OR ANY QUESTION ARISING UNDER AN AGREEMENT, AND THE EXECUTION OF A wRITTEN CONTRACT INCORPORATING ANY AGREEMENT REACHED IF REQUESTED BY EITHER PARTY, BUT SUCH OB- LIGATION DOES NOT COMPEL EITHER PARTY TO AGREE To A PROPOSAL OR REQUIRE THE MAKING OF A CONCESSION. 286 APPENDIX J LETTER: HOWLETT TO LEVIN LABOR MEDIATION BOARD (OFFICIAL 1MB STATIONERY) June 9, 1965 OOPIED FRCIVI Hon. Sander Levin State Senate A PHOTOCOPY The Capital Lansing, Michigan HELD by the MEA Re: House Bill No. 2915 Dear Senator Ievin: This letter supplements our conversation of Monday, June 7, 1965. Some teacher grOUps in Michigan have sought to secure an amendment to the Michigan Labor Mediation Act or a new statute which would recognize the professional status of teachers, and remove from the Labor mediation Board the jurisdiction of disputes involving teachers. As the Board members previously advised you, we took no position on this legislation. The bill which passed the House of Representatives did not provide for separate jurisdiction for teachers, either ‘within the Iabor'Mediation Board or by means of separate agenqy. You suggested the possibility of amendment to Section 10 of the Labor Mediation Act to carry out this desire of the teacher groups, Specifically, your suggestion is that the last sentence of Section 10 be amended to read as follows: "In carrying out any of its work under this act, the Board may designate 1 of its meme bers or an officer of the Board to act in its behalf and.may delegate to such designee 1 or more of its duties hereunder, including,_by'way of illustration and not limitation, the mediation of specialized categories of disputes, or grievances, and for such prupose, such designed shall have all of the powers hereby conferred Upon the Board in connection with the discharge of the duty or duties so delegated." (The preposed new'material is underlined.) 287 (Appendix J Cont .) I have conferred with my colleague, Leo Walsh, Phil Weiss is on vacation in the east. I was unable to contact him today and decided that this letter should go out right away. I am certain, however, that he concurs with Leo Walsh and me for we have discussed this matter generally. Phil Weiss and I are in agreement that if Section 10 of the Mediation Act is amended by Board will establish within our staff a mediator or mediators (depending on the number required) who will be designated to handle matters pertaining to teachers. These men will receive special training for this work. If necessary, additional staff members will be sought through the civil service procedures of the state of Michigan. Sincerely yours, Robert G. Howlett Chaiman RGH/gg 288 APPENDIX K ANALYSIS OF HOUSE BILIS NOS. 2951; (SENATE BILL 619) To AMEND THE MEDIATION ACT AND 2953 (SENATE BILL 621) TO AMEND THE HUTCHDISON ACT, by MEMBERS OF LABOR MEDIATION m1 We have not prepared an analysis of House Bill No. 2923 because, after discussion with members of the Senate and the House Labor Committees last week, it appears that this bill will probably not be reported out of committee. We believe there is merit in a statute which would establish a State Labor Relations Board with powers in the intrastate commerce similar to those vested in the National Labor Relations Board in the interstate area. If an "omnibus" bill should be enacted, it should include all provisions of the National Labor Relations Act, as amended, (herein referred to as MBA), in order that the State Labor Mediation Board may seek to secure cession of jurisdiction from the National Labor Relations Board as authorized in Section 10a of NLRA. If it appears that enactment of House Bill No. 2923 is a possibility, we will make detailed comments on that bill. Perhaps one general comment should be made. We doubt the necessity of separating the labor relations and mediation functions into separate agencies. We believe that Michigan could, like Wisconsin operate with a single agency, the labor relations and 1. LAER I'IEDIATION BOARD Official Stationery. Undated. 289 (Appendix K Cont.) mediations functions to be separated into two divisions subject to the general jurisdiction of the Board. HOUSE BILL 29Sh This bill proposes to amend the Michigan Labor IMediation Act in the following respects: 1. Empowers the Labor Mediation Board to conduct representation elections in the context of a re- presentation qyestion rather than as a strike vote. 2. Treats hospitals and public utilities for repre- sentation purposes in the same manner as other employers. 3. Provides for decertification elections. h. Eliminates the criminal penalties. S. Authorizes the Board to order employers to cease and desist from unfair practices.1 SECTIONS 1 through 12 This bill does not amend these sections. Comment: ‘No suggest that the statute require that the Board be bi-partisan. It is a more effective agency with both political parties represented. The Amendment to the first sentence of Section 3 would accomplish this. Insert after "forever" the following: "not more than two of whom shall be members of the same political party." 'We also suggest that an increase in the Footnote 1 - The bill goes beyond Senate Bill No. 1111, which was introduced in the 72nd Legislature (Regular Session, 196h). 290 (Appendix K Cont.) compensation of the members of the Board, fixed by Section 5, is ‘warranted. This will be the subject of a letter to the Hon. Samuel Levin, Chairman of the Senate Labor Committee, and the Hon. James Bradley, Chairman of the House Labor Committee. SECTION 9f This section prohibits certain types of picketing. The last sentence, which refers to criminal penalties, should be deleted. ‘We prefer that the activities listed in Section 9f not be considered as unfair labor practices with enforcement vested in the Board but that they remain subject to enforcement by the Circuit Court. SECTIONS 13 and 13a Remove representation diSputes from the Governor's Special Commission procedure established by Sections 13a to 13g. The present statute treats disputes in hospitals and public utilities differently than disputes in other enterprises.2 Footnote 2 - The Board's power in public utilities disputes was almost completely eliminated in 1955 when the United States District Court for western iMichigan held that jurisdiction over utilities which affect interstate commerce is exclusively within the scope of the National.1ebor Relations Board. Grand Ra ids Cit Coach Lines, Inc. v. Howlett, 137 F. Supp. 537. The procedure for utilities is the same as for private hOSpitals; hence we refer in the text only to hospitals. 291 (Appendix K Cont.) If a dispute does not result in settlement, the Board is directed to intervene and investigate the dispute to determine whether the parties have engaged in collective bargaining as required by the statute. If the Board concludes that a hospital and its employees may not be able to settle their dispute by mediation and bargaining, and the parties refuse to arbitrate, the Board is directed to certify the dispute to the Governor. The Governor then appoints a special commission which holds hearings on the dispute and issues written findings and non-binding recommendations. The statute does not distinguish between representation ggestions and issues involving3wages,ghours and other conditions of employment. When a union claims to represent hOSpital employees and the hospital employer refuses to recognize the union, the Board has no choice but to refer the case to the Governor for appointment of a special commission. These commissions have cost the State of Michigan an average of over $1,000 each. .And each commission has, in every instance (except one which involved an unusual situation) recommended that an election be held to determine whether the employees wished to be represented by a union. Attached hereto is a list, and cost, of the special commissions appointed by the Governors during the past six years. This lengthly'procedure has not only cost the taxpayers a substantial amount of money, but has served no useful purpose; because the only recommendations which the commissions can make in representation disputes is that a secret vote be held to (ietermine whether the employees wish to be represented by a union . 292 (Appendix K Cont . ) In addition, and of perhaps greater importance, emplqyees have been delayed in their right to decide whether they wish to have a union represent them in collective bargaining with their employer, a right vested in them by Section 8. If justice delayed is justice denied, the special commission procedure (1) breaches the purpose of the law; and (2) this delay, both at hospitals and in other intrastate business, can only result in increased friction and a deterioration in the relationship between employer and employees. The poliqy of the statute enunciated in Section 1 can best be served by having the representation issue for hospital employees, as well as for those in other enterprises, be decided as quickly as administratively possible. The Special commission procedure for disputes involving conditions of employment will remain in the statute. SECTION 1 3b ‘wo suggest the per diem fee of $50.00 for members of the Governor's Special Commissions be increased to $100.00. The arbitrator's minimum fee is $100.00 and most charge an excess of that amount. The $50.00 per day per diem was established by the Legislature in 19h9, and has not been changed since. 'While members of the Governor's Special Commissions accept appointments primarily as a public service, they should receive recompense equal, or nearly equal, to amounts received by them in private employment. With the elimination of Governor's Special 293 (Appendix K Cont.) Commissions for representation disputes there will be fewer commissions appointed. SECTION 13g The language providing that violation of an injunction issued by a court in a hOSpital or public utilities diSputes shall be punished by fine or imprisonment, has been eliminated. No favor the amendment. The statute should not provide criminal penalties. Neither unfair labor practices nor violation of an injunction is a crime. The NLRA does not contain criminal penalties. The section provides that both walkouts and strikes shall be illegal before the proceedings in Section 13a to 13e have been completed or where applicable, completion of the procedure contained in Section 90. Section 90 pertains to jurisdictional disputes, and with an election under Section 9e to determine the jurisdictional issue. This raises a question as to whether a jurisdictional dispute is covered by the Governor's Special Commission procedure. The text would seem.to authorize a strike after the election under 90 even though no Governor's Commission had been appointed. If hOSpitals are to be treated for representational purposes as other employers, there would seem to be no reason for reference to the Section 90. Thus a period could be placed after "completed" and the words "or where the same is applicable, before the completion of the procedure contained in Section 9." could be stricken. 29h (Appendix K Cont.) SECTION 1h Section 1h authorizes the closed, as distinguished from the union, shOp. There may be merit in following the federal pattern. This would prohibit the closed shop, and authorize the union shop with membership in industry generally required on the basis of dues payment after 30 days, and in the contruction industry after 7 days. SECTION 15 This section was apparently placed in the statute primarily to outlaw sit-down strikes. The last sentence, which refers to criminal penalties, should be deleted. we prefer that the activities listed in Section 15 not be conSidered as unfair labor practices with enforcement vested in the board, but that they remain subject to enforcement by the Circuit Courts. SECTION 16 This section defines employer unfair labor practices which, with some variation in wording, are the unfair labor jpractices specified.in Section 8(a) of NLRA. The last sentence of the section providing that violation shall be a misdemeanor anuld be deleted. The principal difference between the Labor Mediation Act and NIRA is that violations of Section 16 are punishable as misdemeanors or through the equity powers of the 295 (Appendix K Cont.) Circuit Courts, whereas under the NLRA the National Labor Relations Board issues cease and desist orders, with enforcement vested in the Courts of Appeals under the power to punish. If the Board is to have cease and desist powers as provided in Section 23, we believe it preferabme that the unfair labor practices specified in Section 8(b) of NLRA be included and that the language be changed to conform.with the NLRA. SECTION 17 This section establishes employee unfair labor practices and antedated the unfair labor practices of Section 8. As stated in our discussion of Section 16, we believe there is merit in using thelanguage of the NIRA, The last sentence, which prbvides for criminal penalties, should be eliminated. SECTION 22 The criminal penalties are removed.from.subsections (a) and (b). The last sentence of’Section 22 (c) which refers to criminal penalties should also be deleted. SECTION 23 (A) This is a new provision which specified that violations of the Act, except sections 9f, (listed as 9F), 15, and.17 shall be deemed to be unfair labor practices which may be remedied by the Board. We have sugg$ ted under Section 16 and 17 that these sections be revised to follow the language of the NLRA 296 (Appendix K Cont.) if the Board have power to remedy unfair labor practices of 22§h_employers and unions. The subsection as written removes from the Board's jurisdiction the practices Specified in sections 9f (picketing), 1S (sit-down strikes) and 17 (unfair organizing practices). As:stated above we prefer that the practices specified in 9f and 15 223 be subject to Labor Mediation Board jurisdiction. Consequently, the reference to Section 17 should be deleted, exceptions being limited to sections 9f and 15. SECTION 23 (B) This section generally follows Section 10(b) of NRLA. Pa'e 9, line 23 the word "him” should be "such person." Page 10, line 2. The bill omits two provisions found in NRLA. One makes both employer and labor organization responsible for discrimination. The second.provides that labor relations regulations shall be applicable whether or not a labor organiza- tion affected is affiliated with national or international labor organization. The first proviso has merit and should be included. The second seems unnecessary. Page 10, line b. The word "he" should read "such person". SECTION 23(E) and (F) Decision should be made as to whether appeal should be to a Circuit Court as provided in the bill, or to the Court of Appeals, consistent with the Federal practice. Page 11, line 11. 297 (Appendisz Cont. The words "and of the question determined therein" after the word "ceeding" are omitted. The phrase is included in NLRA. The emission may not be important. Page 11, line 19: Page 12, line 8; Page 13, line 10: NLRA refers to "substantial evidence". The bill refers to "competent, material and substantial evidence." Evidently the drafter seeks to give the Circuit Courts power to determine whether the evidence submitted to the Board is competent and material, as well as substantial. 'we foresee difficulties of review if Circuit Courts have the power to determine both competency and materiality as well as the substantial nature of evidence. It seems doubtful that members of the Labor Mediation Board are less qualified, particularly in the labor relations area, to determine compentenqy and.materiality, than the circuit judges. SECTION 23 G) Page 13, line 12. The word "subsections" should be singular (subsection) as the reference is to "(e) or (f), rather than (d) and (f)." SECTION 23(I) Page 1h, following line 2. Section 10(k) and 10(1) of the NLRA are omitted. Section 10(k) and 10(1) and probably 10(m) are necessary in the event the bill is amended to include unfair labor practices as defined in NLRA. SECTION 2 3 (K) This section provides that the labor relations and 298 (Appendix K Cont.) mediation functions of the Act shall be separately administered by the Board. 'we are in accord with the principle but suggest it be a separate section rather than part of section 23. SECTION 2h This section, which provides for criminal penalties, should be deleted. SECTION 25 The proviso in this section establishes a method of mediation and fact finding which mgylbe adopted by public employers. It has never been used. we recommend that all the language after the word "public" be deleted, and that a period replace the colon. SECTION 26 This paragraph is patterned on Section 9(8) of NLRA. The section adds two phrases "or by the majority of the employees voting in an election conducted.pursuant to this Act" and "and shall be so recognized by the employer". There is also one elimination - the provision that a "group of employees" shall have the right to present grievances to an employer. we suggest that the section be revised to follow the language of the NLRA. There seems to be no purpose in the changes. 299 (Appendix K Cont.) COST OF SPECIAL COMMISSIONS FOR HOSPITALS Year Hospital Ju13;1, 1959, to June 30, 1960 August, 1959 Oakwood Hospital, Dearborn January, 1960 Grand Rapids Osteopathic Hospital, Grand Rapids March, 1960 Mount Carmel Hospital, Detroit *.*.* * *.*.* * *'*‘* * July,1,,1960, to June_30,_1961 October, 1960 Flint Osteopathic Hospital, Flint November, 1960 Port Huron General Hospital, Port Huron December, 1960 Edith Thomas Haynes Hospital and Linda L. Convalescent Home, Detroit June, 1961 Pine Rest Christian Association Hos- pital, Gran d Rapids June, 1961 Mt. Carmel Hospital, Detroit *.*1* * * *.*.*,* *'*-* July 1, 1961,,to June 30, 1962 July, 1961 Mt. Lebanon Hospital, Detroit September, 1961 Sidney Sumby Hospital, Detroit November, 1961 'Wbman's Hospital, Detroit March and April, 1962 Sparrow Hospital, Lansing * *‘r * *'*1* * *’*-*‘* July 1, 1262, to June 30, 1963 August, 1962 Mt. Carmel Hospital, Detroit November, 1962 Bloomfield Hospital and Hospital and Sanatorium.Guild January, 1963 St. Joseph Hospital, Flint February, 1963 St. Mary's Hospital, Livonia lbw, 1963 Children's Hospital, Detroit Carried Forward Amount Total $1,2A7.AB 573.u8 966.70 $2,787.66 1,311.93 936.7h 1,296.28 M 5,527.50 1,22u.65 710.35 616.59 2,591.01 5,1u2.6o 809.00 356.26 1.u71.30 1,053.17 2,§85.A3 6,375.16 $19,832.92 300 (Appendix K Cont.) Cost of Special Commissions for Hospitals IZZr Hospital Amount Brought Forward July, 1961 to May, 1965 September, 1963 woman's Hospital, Detroit 90h.73 October, 1963 Flint Osteopathic Hospital, Flint 315.12 October and November, 1963Detroit Osteopathic Hospital, Detroit 1,06h.55 October and Henry Ford (Local 79) HOSpital, 1,512.75 November, 1963 Detroit November, 1963 Grace Hospital, Detroit 1,h16.05 February, 1961:, Henry Ford (Local 299) Hospital, 1458.75 Detroit October, 196R Pontiac Osteopathic Hospital, 1,52h.85 Pontiac December, 196h Saratoga Hospital and 700.00 St. John's Hospital December, 196R Park Community Hospital 955.25 March, 1965 bebury—Grand Hospital 1,322.25 May, 1965 Grace Hospital 960.00 Total SUMMARY 1959 - 1960 S 2,787.66 1960 - 1961 5,527.50 1961 - 1962 5,1h2.60 1962 - 1963 6,375.16 1963 - 196h 5,671.95 196A - 1965 ,5,L62.35 (to be-196N) Total $30,967.22 Total $19,832.92 11 13A.30 $30,967522 I. 301 APPENDIX L- RESOLUTIONS OF THE MEA BOARD OF DIRECTORS MEA PROCEDURE FOR NEGOTIATION 9. 10. 11. Adopted by Board of Directors, March 28, 1963. tructure - each district should have a Professional Negotiation Committee Responsibility of Local Association - negotiate with the board on working conditions, contracts, salaries, and dismissals. Make every effort to settle all problems. If fail - use this procedure: The committee submits in writing to the Board a request for a.meeting. ‘Within some time limit, the parties agree on time and place. Party'requesting the meeting will submit written prOposals and provide all important information. Parties agree. Parties disagree - a mediation board should be established - one member selected by the board, one by the association, the third by these two. Mediation Board procedures - have 1h days to settle. If no agreement is reached, the board prepares written recommenda- tions and the parties vote on these. Referral to state level - to joint'MEAéMASB committee. Sanctions against local association - if it does not accept recommendations of joint committee, the MEA may: a. withdraw services to the local association b. inform local Boavd of Education that it may withdraw from.any'further negotiation with local association for the balance of the school year c. offer Placement Bureau and other services to Board to help fill any vacancies that arise from this situation Sanctions against Board of Education - if Board refuses joint recommendations or refuses to negotiate in any step: a. IMEA may notify Board that issues and facts of the case will be publicized locally and state wide b. Advise MEA members of the situation c. Notify all Placement Bureaus and request non-placement in schools II. 12. 302 (Appendix L Cont.) d. Notify Michigan Committee of North Central Association e. Netify Secretary School Accrediting Agency f. Notify MASP g. Request investigation by NEA Records of activities and recommendations - filed with Executive Secretaries, MASB and MEA. MEA PRINCIPLES FOR PROFESSIONAL NEGOTIATION 1. 8. Ad0pted by Board of Directors, February 1, 196b. Members of the teaching profession must have the legal right to negotiate on salaries and conditions of employ- ment. Boards of Education and representatives of the teaching profession shall negotiate in good faith. The right to voluntary agreement between local associations and boards of education shall be preserved. The right of appeal shall be provided.where impasses are reached. Procedures shall be provided to select negotiating repre- sentatives. ‘Where negotiations break down at an appeal level, fact- finding shall be provided. Negotiations and fact-finding shall remain on an advisory level. Provision should be included which shall deny the right to strike. 303 (Appendix L Cont.) III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS RESOLUTImT Adopted by Board at meeting March h-S, 1966. The Board of Directors of the Michigan Education Association adopted a resolution which: 1. Opposed the issuance of individual teachers' contracts until group negotiations have been completed. 2. Provided for the imposition of local and state sanctions, with a request for national sanctions, against any school district not completing negotiations before the start of school next fall, upon the request of the local association and upon approval of the MEA Board. 3. Supported.any local MEA affiliate which, in the absence of a master contract agreement, chooses to withhold teacher services. ,9 10. 11. 12. 13. 1h. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 301+ APPENDIX M TEACHER ORGANIZATION ACTIVISTS' QUESTIONNAIRE Age: 21-30______ 31 -h0____ 1.11 -50_____ Over 50_______ Sex: Male______ Female— Marital Status: Married___ Single____ Widowed or diverced____ Number of children: One Two Three Four Five or more (where applicable) Educational achievement: Bachelor's Master's M.A.+30 Doctorate . What portion of your college (undergraduate) expenses did you earn yourself? Nil 0-10% 10-25% 25-50% 70-75% 75-100% Are you a veteran of the armed forces: Yes No. Number of years of teaching experience: Nil 1—5 6-10 11-15 16-20 20-30 Over 30 Number of years of administrative (above level of classroom teacher) experience: Nil 1-5 6—10 11-15 16-20 20-30 Over 30 Your teaching field: Elementary Secondary' College Area of specialization Are you currently teaching (in addition to your organization duties): (Please disregard summer errployment.) Yes No Were you born in the United States: Yes No. Were your parents born in the U.S.: Yes No One parent only In how large a town or city were you raised: Under 500 SOD-1,000 1,000-5,000 5,000~10,000 10,000-50,000 '“58,000-250,006"' Over 250,000 "' How would you classify your wage-earning parent: White-collar Blu e-collar Professional Please indicate with (M) and (F) both parents' educational achievement: Less than 8 years Completed 8 years Completed high school Attended college Graduated college Post-graduate degrees How many children did your parents have, including yourself: One Two Three Four Five or more How many of'these (see #17), including yourself, attended college: One We Three Four Five or more Church affiliation: Catholic Protestant Other Approximately how many professional organizations do you belong to: One Two Three Four Five or more 305 (Appendix M Cont.) 21. Approximately how many social organizations do you belong to: One Two Three Four Five or more 22. Please list your'three favorite hobbies: A B 23. Please list your three favorite sports: A B C 2h. Approximately how many professional books do you have in your personal library: 25. Approximately how many professional magazines and/or journals do you subscribe to: 26. Please write a very brief statement telling how you became interested in becoming involved in your present organization: Again, a sincere "thank you" for your help. Collecting Wbodcarving PhilateLy Dramatics Home‘workshop Photography Tropical Fish Debating Yard Nbrk Listening to others music Writing Ceramics Lapidary Cooking ‘Work Negotiations Camping No Time Remodeling Ponw'Training Art - Painting IMonew' Farming Reading MEA No. 35 1b 306 APPENDIX N HOBBIES MFT %. No. 10.9 0 2.2 0 2.2 0 2.2 0 8.7 1 2.2 1 2.2 0 2.2 0 8.7 0 2.2 0 19.0 1 2.2 1 2.2 0 2.2 0 2.2 0 L3 1 2.2 0 8.7 1 2.2 0 2.2 0 2.2 O h.3 2 2.2 O 2.2 O 30-h 7 BR 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 1h.2 50.0 TOTAL No. 35 21 58.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 8.3 3.3 1.6 1.6 6.6 1.6 16.6 3.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 5.0 1.6 8.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 6.6 1.6 1.6 35.0 307 (Appendix N Cont.) MBA I-IF'I‘ Total No. % No. % No. % Knitting 1 2.2 o 1 1.6 Bridge 3 6.5 O 3 5-0 Jazz Records 1 2.2 0 1 1.6 Travel 5 10.9 2 111.2 7 11.6 Cards 1 2.2 1 7.1 2 3.3 Stock Market 1 2.2 O 1 1 .6 Educational Affairs 2 1.1.3 0 2 3.3 Sewing 2 11.3 0 2 3-3 Theater 1 2.2 0 1 1 .6 Politics 1 2.2 1 7.1 2 3.3 Watch Horse-Racing 1 2.2 0 1 1.6 Barbershop Quartet 1 2.2 O 1 1.6 Model Building 2 14.3 1 7.1 3 5.0 Pottery 1 2.2 0 1 1.6 Sculpture 1 2.2 0 1 1 .6 Shooting 1 2 . 2 0 1 1 .6 Nature Study 1 2.2 o 1 1.6 Tape Recording 1 2.2 0 1 1.6 Walking 0 1 7.1 1 1 .6 Family 0 1 g 7.1 1 1.6 Television 0 1 7 .1 1 1 . 6 Football Hockey Basketball Baseball Golf Bowling Swimming Softball Riding Horseback Soccer Sailing Boating .Dancing Hunting (Archery 'Volleyball Skiing Tennis Horseshoes Fishing Bicycling Table Tennis Skating All Sports Fly Model Airplanes 308 APPENDIX 0 FAVORITE SPORTS MEA No. 25 9 13 1 S 17 13 8 10 www Sh.3 19.6 28.11 32.6 37.0 28.h 17.11 13.0 2.2 2.2 2.2 11.3 2.2 21.7 2.2 6.5 6.5 11.3 2.2 15.2 2.2 6.5 2.2 10.9 2.2 EFT No . 6 N :‘UJ U1 5" O % h2.8 28.6 35.7 21.11 28.6 1h.2 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 Total No. 31 17 20 2O 17 1O 10 www 51.? 15.0 28.3 33.3 33.3 28.3 16.6 11.6 1.6 1.6 3.3 3.3 1.6 16.6 1.6 5.0 5.0 5.0 1.6 13.3 1.6 5.0 1.6 10.0 1.6 309 (Appendix 0 Cont.) ”EA PM Total No. % No. z No. 30mg 0 1 7.1 1 Ice Boating o 1 7.1 1 1.6 1.6 310 APPENDIX P TEACHER STATEMENTS SUGGEBTING REASONS WHY THEY BECAME INTERESTED IN ACTIVE." LEADERSHIP IN TEACHER ORGANIZATIONS The respondents replied to the questionnaire request as follows: "For years, membership in the MEA was more or less expected. Later, after Blue Cross dropped the group in this school system, the MEA insurance became the main reason, other than the fact that it was considered the 'professional' organization. When the new law allowing teachers to negotiate for a master contract went through, several of the MEA members, including the presi- dent, and several important committee chairmen started pushing for the local teachers' club to drop the affiliation with the MEA and go with the EFT instead. It was agreed to meet with representatives of both youps to hear what each had to offer. I volunteered to arrange for the MEA speaker, the second to be heard. When the dissident I-IEA members passed out MFR membership forms and related material at the first meeting and didn't even bother to attend the second meeting, my temper began to boil. When the letter of resignation from these members came out the morning after the second meeting, I hit the roof. It was probably one of the quickest conversions from an also-ran MEA member into an active one. By appointment of the new MEA.president (the former vice president) I became vice president and chairman of the negotia- ting committee. ter winning the election to determine which grouP was to represent the teachers in negotiating, we spent the rest of the spring and summer working out the new master agreement with the board of education. I was elected president of the local MEA chapter for the past year and amalso still serving as chairman of the nego- tiating committee." "Dignity, self-reSpect and justice. To achieve them, the school system needed a program and the program merited my sup- port." "Saw that it was doing the job of correcting the teachers' image and financial status so I took the lead." "Cousin in teaching belonged. Teachers at first assignment who were involved." "Served as a building representative for one year. Also a member of negotiating team. No one wanted to be president so I took it for one year. Today, with collective bargaining, each office of any organization (teachers) is a full time job. How- ever, it has been a wonderful experience and this past year was just the beginning for teacher advancement." "There was a job that had to be done and no one was doing it the way I thought it should be cone. So I started doing it on a local level then got interested in a wider area." 3L1 (Appendix.P Cont.) "Our organization lacked a movement forward just befbre the new laW'went into effect. I couln't sit back and do nothing and let it sink. My‘ involvement took more time than I was really willing to give, but I gave it anywas. An understanding family made it all possible. At the present time I am not activeky in- volved. Teachers as professionals today cannot afford to let 'John' or 'Mary' do it. Everyone has to help. I will become 'active' again as the need presents itself." "Every teachers has an obligation." "Being one of the older teachers and good at organization I was the reason for conflict over MEA or AFT was the lack of leadership. The small town of ..... would not accept the word 'Union' so I went to work and promoted MEA." "The organization was at a standstill and everyone had the 'let John do it' attitude. I became involved and got a lot of 'Johns' doing things." "Started out bound for school administration__became active in organization work. Saw great opportunities for advancement__ became very disenchanted with school administration and adminis- trators in general__became dedicated to teachers and their prob- lems." "I felt an urgent need to cooperatively initiate a change in existing educational policies so that the traditional lag in education could be brought into focus with the current needs of all educators." "I started by helping out on salary committee work. The more involved I got, the greater I saw what the needs were. I ended up by becoming president of the local MEA and head of the negotiating team" "I feel there are changes taking place in education and the direction it is taking. I cannot complain with constructive criticism unless I am willing to work in the realm of my profes- sional beliefs. Naturally this means working through the channels of an organization. "I believe that education and the children in particular are being hurt in the attitudes taken by those persons having the con- trolling power to make change and opportunities available to the Inass. 'we are not meeting the needs. Educators and the 'right' jpeople do not care. I feel there are answers, but I find myself fighting within myself about how involved I should become." . "I have been interested for some time in collective bargain- ing and especially for teachers." 312 (Appendix'P.Cont.) "I guess I am that kind of person. When you belong to an organization you have obligations to it." "About my third year of teaching I became aware that I must quit teaching or change the job into a profession. "I then could not afford to stay in teaching both from the standpoint of salary and what I had to work with, over- crowded classes, insufficient materials, etc. "I then began active work in my professional organiza- tion, which is the vehicle I use to change conditions. The job is about one-fourth done!" "Interest was lagging and no one was willing to do the work involved in making the organization work effectively, so I de- cided to try." "I could not stand being in the Federation (which I was for a year). Their philosophy concerning administration is bad." "There was a job that needed doing and I inquired as to how it might get done. I found out quickly that the best way to get something done was to do it myself. I've been doing so ever since and in the field of education it is clear that we‘re never going to run out of jobs that need to be done." "I have always felt an obligation to the profession to do whatever I could to enhance it." "I felt it ‘was my duty to serve when asked and have tried to raise our professional standards." "When there is a job to be done, let's get out and do it. First I was elected building representative, then vice President (automatic) president, then region delegate, region treasurer. Knowing what goes on outside and bgygnd your own little community helps to know what should be done at your own local." "There was and is a need to improve the provession for a better society, as well as the immediate needs of children and teachers. I felt a duty to do whatever I could to help, especially since so few others seemed concerned about the problems." "While attending college I felt that if a person is going to be in a profession that he should be willing to put forth some effort in order to see that the organization keeps going. There- fore, I became active while I was attending college. . "At the end of my'first year of teaching, the present organi- zation which I'm now involved with, needed a publicity person so ‘when I was asked, I accepted." 313 (Appendix P Cont.) "I became interested in MEA during college. Upon leaving I was very active in ..... county for four years. Upon entering nw' present system I found the teachers to be a very close knit unit interested in the advancement of the teaching profession. I became very active at the outset of my present employment. PA 379 gave us (teachers) a chance to be on an equal level with administration and the board of education GOOD about time. I have been president for theee years and negotiating team for two. I will continue." "I enjoyed the leadership possibilities that involvement in this organization presented. I support the causes of this or- ganization and others like it throughout the state." "After working in an advisory capacity with my superintendent, I became convinced that the betterment of the position of the teacher would have to come from the teachers themselves. The ad- ministration is too concerned with maintaining the "status quo" in education. Therefore, only a strong, grass-roots movement of the teachers will result in the improvement of the teaching pro- fession." "Through a mutual friend." "Self-preservation! Our unit was slowly sinking in the sun- set, facing our first S.L;M. election. I could no longer sit back and watch the AFT take over." "After working in industry for several years and assisting in industrial organization it was only natural to become involved in teacher organization. I would need to write a book to explain the many fallacies and traditions that have become unbearable in teaching under the recent and present administration policies." "I was interested in raising teaching standards and improv- ing teacher salaries." "I wanted to do my part in making education a decent occupa- tion for men." "Just being a part of it accepting small jobs first and then more responsibility2" "Salary and lack of adequate teaching conditions." "I became interested in the ..... because the ..... was doing nothing in our system to improve the quality of education or the benefits of the teachers. "No one ‘was willing to challenge the board of education and the suPerintendent. The ..... was controlled almost completely by" older teachers who were members of two income families, and in many cases did not have a Bachelor's degree "The year the ..... came into power, a large number of young teachers came into the system. They gave me much support." _._ “Wm—... 314 (Appendix:P Cont.) "I was elected president of our employee organization." "I have been active in my organization since 1950. First as a delegate then chairman of ethics committee." "Began working on Teps committee and decided I would like to offer my help in achieving the goals of the organization." "Was elected by membership. 'Friends' persuaded me to get involved when I would voice opinions contrary to what was happen- ing in the organization." "More or less because, in everything I participate in, I am sooner or later chosen the leader." "Concern for improvements in monetary and non-monetary con- ditions of employment. Also concerned that teacher image was becoming more blue-collared instead of the other direction." "I was not pleased with what the teachers were doing and how they were doing it. I felt I could contribute with logic and creative ideas which others did not possess or exhibit. I have great organizational abilities and thought that I should use them to better my position and that of other teachers." "I belonged to the organization since college. I was on several committees through the years as a matter of profes- sional responsibility. At the time of PA 379 I was salary com- mittee chairman and chief negotiator. I then progressed through vice president and president and kept my job as chief negotiator." "It was a rare opportunity to actually contribute something positive." "I detested female teachers who were so happy to work for next to nothing. I was forced to tend.bar for nine years. I believe the only hope of the teaching profession is through or- ganization." "After several of us failed in getting approval for several curricular changes and supplies, I became active as a building representative and later as salary chairman." "I had been active in my organization holding offices and attending conferences. Being a member of the negotiating team came as a result of that plus being a long-time faculty member in the same school. Probably it was also a result of the process of elimination. Not too many are willing to serve from our small faculty'and.I never did know how to say 'no' firmly." "Concern with working conditions and desire for rabble- rousing." 315 (Appendix P Cont.) "I became interested in the teachers' union as soon as I heard it existed, in the early’ thirties which were my early years as a teacher in the ..... schools." "I have a major in political science and have always had a great interest in organizational work, politics, and people. The ineffectiveness of my local professional organization prompted me to run for an office after serving on several committees." "First, I was elected to the negotiations team a year ago. Last year I was elected president of our organization and became very involved as my interest grew. I was re-elected to the presi- dency for the next year and I accepted because anything I can do to help my" profession become more professional means that the children of my'community cannot help but profit from.it." "I have been a member of the united profession since beginning teaching. I like to think because I feel a moral responsibility to my profession__and.prior to accepting my present position had always been willing to serve in any' capacity asked." "The first year of teaching, more experienced teachers impressed upon first year teachers the responsibility of taking an active role in our teacher organization. In three years I was the organization's representative. In four years I was finance chairman. In six.presi- dent and chairman of the negotiation team. "As an individual I was dissatisfied with what was happening and felt I should try to make a contribution." "A combination of interest and circumstance. Building level activity which eventually led to union activity at the local lead- ership level. Exposure to activities created more interest etc. etc. As simple as that no great design or plan on my part." "I saw the need for greater unity among teachers insofar to raise our'wages. The caliber of teachers that have been coming into our profession is a disgrace. Bath. greater professional unity, I am.hopeful we will be able to be appealing to the future genera- tion." "I have always been interested in organization activities since becoming an educator. My interest is primarily motivated by politi- cal interest. I would like very much to run for some public office." 316 APP E1 DIX Q GREA BRIEF* ARGUMENT (1.) The Michigan Public Employment Relations Act guarantees the right of public employees, includingisupervisors, to join labor organiza- tions.... (a) The Michigan Statute: Supervisors are within the terms of "public employees" as defined in the Act. Section 2 of the Act(1) defines a "public employee" as any: person holding a position by appointment or eme (2) ployment . . . in the public school service . . . Since a supervisor is a "public employee", it must follow that supervisors are entitled to all of the rights established by Section 9 of the Act. Packard Motor Car Company v. NLRB, 350 U.S. h85 (19h6). Section 9 of the Act states that: It shall be lawful for public employees to organize together or to form, join or assist in labor organi- zations, to engage in lawful concerted activities for the purpose of collective negotiation of bargain- ing or other mutual aid and protection, or to negotiate or bargain collectively with their public employers through representatives of their own free choice. (1) Act 335 of the Public Acts of 191.7, as amended by Act 379, Public Acts of 1965, (Section 17, hSS (2), M. S. A.). (2) This section of the Act defines those persons who shall not strike, but it is clear that the definition is to be used throughout the Act. Following the above quote, the section state - "hereinafter referred to as public employees". See generally, Garden City School v. ggebor Board, 385 Michigan 258, 262 (1959) * Source: Edited Abstract of, Brief of Grand Rapids Education Associa- tion, State of Michigan, labor Mediation Board, Case Nu"nb' er 0651,37. (Undated) 317 (Appendix Q Cont.) The foregoing sections establish that a supervisor, as a public employee, may become a member of a labor organization since all public employees are given the right to join together for the purposes Specified in the Act. California Packing Co., 59 NLRB 9&1); Tennessee Copper, 9 NLRB 117 (1938); Climax Engineering 00., 66 NLRB 1360 (19h6);‘W§£d Bakinngompamy, 8 NLRB 558 (1938)(3), The supervisors, we submit, have more than a privilege of joining an employee labor organization - but rather an affirmative right. .2212! Mere membership in the labor organ- ization by supervisors cannot, therefore, amount to domination, inter- ference, support or contribution of that labor organization by the em, ployer(h). The right of a SUpervisor to become a member of the rank and file organization would be meaningless if it could be held that the granting of the right would automatically constitute employer domination. It is inconceivable that the Michigan Legislature intended such a result. (3) When the NLRA was amended in 19h? to exclude supervisors from.the definition of "employees", Congress continued to recognize the advisability of allowing supervisors to join a labor organization and specifically granted this right in Section 1h (a) of the NLRA (Labor-Management-Relations Act, 61 Stat. 136, 29 U.S.c.§§ 152, 16h (19h7). The purpose of the amendment was not to prohibit domination of the union by the employer, but to prevent domination of the supervisors by the rank and file of the union to which the supervisor belonged. H. Rep. No. 2&5, 80th Cong., 1st Sess. 114 (19117); 93 Cong- Rec. 3553 (1911?) (h) See Southshore Packing Corp., 73 NLRB 1116, 113k (19h?) where the NLRB decided that there can be no inference of employer domination or interference drawn from the fact that supervisors were members of the union because the supervisors, as employees, were entitled to join the union of their choice. 318 (Appendix Q Cont.) (b) If it is held that supervisors may not be included in the bargaining unit, it does not follow that they must be excluded from the employee labor organization. It is important to note that we are not claiming that a supervisor should be included in the bargaining unit - - we are only stating that the supervisor has a right to belong to the labor organization designated to represent the unit. ‘§;_§,,‘Qlim§§ Engineering Co., 66 NLRB 1359 (19h6). we are not addressing ourselves to the question of whether or not sopervisors should be in the unit - - 'we are only stating that they have a right to be in the labor organization irrespective of the make-up of the bargaining unit. This position obviously assumes that there are certain purposes for belonging to a labor organization other than the right to bargain collectively; This concept, we submit, is recognized by the Act itself. Section 9 illustrates that the Act recognizes rights other than the rights to collective negotiation. Public employees are allowed to organ- ize together or to form, join or assist in labor organizations for the purpose of either: 1) Engaging in lawful concerted acti- ties for a. the purpose of collective negotiation or bargaining; 23_ 2) To negotiate or bargain collectively with their public employers through representatives of their own free choice. Thus, supervisors and other employees are granted the right to organizexor to form, join, or assist in a labor organization in order 319 (Appendix Q Cont.) to engage in lawful concerted activities for mutual aid and protection other than for collective bargaining...(5). The purpose of the state and federal labor legislation in regard to domination and sopport is to protect the employees' bargaining rights from impairment by the employer through control of the bargaining representative. (e.g., NLRB v; Griswold.Mfg. Co., 106 F2d 713 (3rd Cir. 1939).) If a labor organization permits supervisors to be active participants in the labor organization and the supervisors do not part- icipate in the negotiation process, no claim.can be asserted that the inclusion of supervisors with other employees violates even the spirit of the law... As stated by the NLRB in Climax Engineering7Co., 66 NLRB, 1359, 1360 (19h6)= Section 7 of the Act protects the right of supervisory employees as well as of rank and file employees to become and ramain members of and to bargain col- lectively with their employer through any'labor organization of their own free choice. Because, under given circumstances, organizational activity (5) See Climax Engineering 09., 66 NLRB, 1359 where it was stated at p. 13608that: "Meyer & Engstrom.maintained their membership in the union after becoming supervisory employees because of their desire to enjoy certain legitimate union benefits and to qualify for work in other plants should the occasion arise. This they had a right to do." and further at 1361-62 "The supervisors here became and remained.members of the union, not necessarily to secure collective bargaining rights, but rather to retain benefits built up as rank and.file workers or to protect their Opportunity to semure work should they, at some future date, return to the rank and file. 320 (Appendix Q Cont.) by supervisors may unduly influence the rank and file by reason of the supervisor's economic power over subordinates, we are often required to balance the needs and interest of supervisory employees in self-organization and collective bargaining against the needs of the rank and file for unfettered freedom in their self-organizational endeavors, and to arrive at an accommodation between them. But that problem/ is not present where sppervisors do no more than join a labor organization or authorize it to represent them for collective bargaining purposes. But we do not believe that normally rank and file employees could justifiably conclude from.the:mere fact that a supervisor is a member of a labor organization, that his allegiance to the organization might effect his judg- ment concerning subordinates who favor or oppose that organization. (Emphasis added) Also see Administrative Decision of General Counsel, 1960, CCH NLRB Paragraph 9281, Case #SR-860. The fact that mere membership of a supervisor in a local does not violate the spirit of the law has received even more general recogni- tion when the union covers more than a single establishment, possesses economic strength, and is affiliated with an independent state and local organization. 2g” NLRB v. Griswold. m, Cappenter Steel 29., 76 NIRB 670 (19118)... (c) 'Wisconsin has ruled that the inclusion of supervisors in the union does not constitute an unfair labor practice. The'Wisconsin Ehployment.Relation Board in westhilwaukeeewest Allis ‘Federation of Teachers v. Joint City School District #1, Wisconsin Employment Relation Board, No. 65th (1963), was faced with exactly the same issue as is posed by this case. The Complaining Party charged domination of a local labor organization (and its state's parent organ- ization ) because of the inclusion of supervisors in the respective 321 (Appendix Q Cont.) organizations. The Superintendent of Schools, along with other super- visors, was a member of the local Association. In deciding that neither the state nor the local organization was employer dominated, the Board stated: There is nothing in Section 111, 70 (similar to the Michigan Act) which provides that mere membership of supervisors in a labor organization contaminates that organization for purposes under the statute. The fact that supervisory personnel are members of, or may hold office in, any labor organization subject to the provisions of Section 111, 70 may raise a suspicion but does not in itself establish domination or interference with the organization by the municipal employer employing such supervisory personnel... (0.) Interppetation of Public Employment Relations Act in light of NLRA and Michigan Labor Mediation Act: The Michigan Legislature, in enacting the Public Employment Relations Act, had both the NIRA and the Michigan Labor Mediation Act to use as guides. Both these Acts Specifically exclude supervisors from the definition of "employees". The ultimate exclusion of supervisors from the definition of employees in the NIRA took place in 19117, the NLRA was similar to the present Michigan Act in that supervisors were included within the definition of public employees. Since the present MIRA and the Michigan Labor Mediation Act exclude supervisors from the definition of employees, the legislature, in the enactment of the Public Employment Relations Act, mmst have meant to allow supervisors the same rights as granted to all other "public employees." Had the legislature intended to exclude supervisors from the irovisions of. the Act, it would have been a simple matter to follow the guidelines established by the NIRA and the Labor Mediation Act. The exclusionary 322 (Appendix Q Cont.) language was there to be adopted, but it was not followed. The obvious import of this action is that the legislature intended to grant super- visory employees the right to join employee organizations. See West-Allis Federation of Teachers v. Joint City School District #1, sppra. (2.) ThedRights of Supervisors to Join Emplgyee Organizations Has Been Established by Past History and Custom: (a) The NLRB's recognition of differences in certain in- dustries: It has long been a practice in certain industries for the supervisory and rank and file employees to be in the same unit for bargaining purposes. (See Union Membership and Collective Bargaining by Foremen, U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics Bulletin #7u5, (19h3).) The NLRB has repeatedly approved such action. Jones and Laughlin Steel Corporation, 66 NLRB too-u01 386 (19h6). For practices in the printing industry, see IMastercraft Corp., 60 NLRB 56, 58 (19h5): Service Printers, Inc., St NLRB 1082 (19th): A.S. Abell Company, St NLRB 62, (19th): R. R. Donnelley and Sons Company; 60 NLRB, 635 (19h5). For practices in the maritime industry, see Ohio Barge Line, Inc., 59 NLRB, 15h, 156 (19hh): Also see Constitution of American Federation of Technical Engineers. The unionization of foremen with the rank and file has deveIOped in a satisfactory fashion. As stated by the NLRB in Jones and Laughlin Steel Corporation, 65 NLRB 286, hOO-h01 (19h6): The unionization of fbremen, particularly by affiliates of rank and file unions, raise a number of difficult problems in the field of labor relations. These pro- blems are not, however, infallible, this is attested by the experience of several industries where collective '11 Ill 323 (Appendix Q Cont.) bargaining for foremen by the same union that represents rank and file employees has existed for many years, in Great Britian as well as in the Unites States. There is no reason to believe that similar satisfacotory solutions cannot be reached in other industries. At note 27 of the Jones and Lapghlin decision cited above, a quotation from "How Collective Bargaining works", New York, 20th Century'Fund, (edited by Harry'Am Miller) (19&2, pages 67, 68, 1&7, describes the successful col- lective bargaining process in the printing industry where both supervisors and the rank anf file are allowed in the same bargaining unit. One reason why the industries described above have been allowed to combine supervisors and the rank and file in the same collective bargaining unit is because this had been the historical practice of the respective industries prior to the adoption of the Act. A similar historical precedent exists in the teaching profession. It is important to note that for purposes of resolving the present posture of this case, a determination need only be made that certain SUpervisors can be members of, and participate in, the general activities of the labor organization. 'we are not seeking, at this juncture, to establish another profession or trade which would fall into the category of the printing or maritime industries. 'We are using the logic of the print- ing and maritime industry cases merely to strengthen our assertion that supervisors must be assertion that supervisors must be allowed to join local labor organizations. The statue itself, and the cases herein cited, demon- strate clearly that supervisors are endowed with such a right. 'we need not reach...nor do we here allege, that the right extends to inclusion within the bargaining unit. 324 (Appendix Q Cont.) (b) The history of public employment demonstrates that sgpervisors mgy_belong to employee labor organizations: In the federal service, supervisory employees are specifically guaranteed the right to join any employee organization. Section 1(a) of Executive Order 10988, dated January 17, 1962, outlines the program for employee-management relations in the federal service. The section provides, in part, that: Employees of the federal government shall have and shall be protected in the exercise of, the right, freely and without fear of penalty or reprisal, to form, join and assist any labor organization or to refrain from such activity. (ERec. order No. 10988, 27 Fed. Red. 551 (1962) ) An analysis of the Executive Order prepared by the United States Civil Service Commission offers the following comment on this section: Question: Should an agency prohibit supervisors and other management officials from joining an employee or- ganization which includes rank and file employees? Answer: No. Section 1(a) makes it clear that all employees shall have a right to join an employee organization without any restraint whatsoever by management. (LRX at &&37) The right of supervisory public employees to such membership on the state and local levels has not been seriously questioned. Thus, the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees, AFLPCIO, one of the nation's largest public employee organizations, permits SuPervrisors to join the local which includes the men whom they supervise. The fact that labor relations in public employment as opposed to private employment, must be treated differently is clearly articulated in the report of the President's Task Force on Ehployee management 325 (Appendix Q Cont.) Relations in the Federal Service, upon which the aforementioned Executive Order was based. The report stated: Despite the obvious similarities in many aspects between the conditions of public and private employ- ment, the task force feels that the equally obvious dissimilarities are such that it would be neither desirable nor possible to fashion a federal system of employee management relations directly upon the System that has grown Up in the private economy, nor is it necessary. (President's Task Force on Employee-Management Relations in the Federal Service, A Policy for Employ- ee-Management Cooperation in the Federal Service, at 7(1961).) President Franklin D. Roosevelt made essentially the same point a quarter of a century earlier, when he wrote: All government employees should realize that the process of collective bargainingi’ausually understood, cannot be transplanted into the public service. (Letter from Franklin D. Roosevelt to Iuther C. Stewart, President, National Federation of Fed- eral Employees, August 16, 1937.) Similarly, a special committee of the American Bar Association appointed to study employment relations in the public service noted that: Whatever practicable, the privileges accorded to employees in private industry should be extended to public employees, modified to meet the unique needs of the public service . . . (Erphasis Added) (ABA, 2nd Report of the Com- mittee on Labor Relations of Government Employees, at 1 (1955).) The foregoing authorities all seem to recognize the facts...that rigid labor principles gleaned from the industrial pattern do not readily dovetail with the unique problems of public employment; that - “tut? 326 (Appendix Q Cont.) the divisive separation of supervisors from employee organizations is not applicable to public employment, and that the feregoing axioms have been long recognized at every level of public employment. (0) A,pattern of allowing supervisors to belong to employee organizations has been established in the teaching profession: Both the NEAAMEA and the AFTAMFT have included supervisors within their organizations. The record in this case proves the availability of membership in the NBA-MEA. The recent DMB decision in School District of the City of East Detroit, Number R651-&9, likewise indicates that supervisors may join local units of the AFT-MFT. Although we do not here claim that supervisors must be included in the appropriate bargaining unit, there is evidence that this has been done and is being done throughout the teaching profession. Mr. Michael Maskow stated in December of 196& in an article entitled "Collective Bargaining for Public School Teachers", 15 Labor Law Journal, 787, 791 (196A) that: In some cases bargaining units have been limited to classroom teachers, but other groups such as guidance counsellors, nurses, attendance teachers, department heads, and principals have been come bined.with the teachers in many different combina- tions. At times even the superintendent of schools and assistant superintendent have been included in a unit. Thus the principle established by the National Labor Relations Board of excluding supervisors from bargaining units has not been followed. The case of West Milwaukee—West Allis Federation of Teachers v. Joint City School District #1, supra, is further evidence of this a?! t . . . r 159a1rl1c'V.i 327 (Appendix Q Cont. this trend in the teaching profession. At p. 21 of the decision, the following language is noted: It is true that various individuals employed as super- visory personnel by various school districts through- out the State of Wisconsin, who are not named as parties herein, hold prominent and important offices in Respondent WEA. we recognize that many organi- zations, which represent municipal employees on matters of wages, bonus and working conditions with their municipal employers existed.long before the enactment of Section 111, 70. Prior thereto such organizations not only represented rank and file em- ployees, but also employees who occupied administrative and supervisory positions... It may well come to pass, under the dictates of the statute, that determinations will continue to be made, as in East Detroit, su ra, that supervisors must be excluded from.the unit. Such a recognition does not, however, command exclusion from the employee organization. If the long history of vertical organizations is to be recognized, and if mutual confidence is to continue as the integrative force in public education, supervisors must be allowed, at a minimmm, to join together with their teaching colleagues in the organization of their choice. ammflaepoaoomv hpomfi>nompm HhoH0\HmHhmaonoom enemas: .mpmwmoaoeo mangowopv Henson neon . pofimfiphoo .P soapmosom BHZD OZHZHdGMdm mo venom he hfifloommvup Ema 2H mZOHmDHOZH chasm acoaessaese ace. ca .HO «mo poahpmwn Hoonom MNHdzchammbo BHZD uZHZHdwmdm m NHQZHmm< 329 canvas momhoagso omosp Ham mm ooeawop on are even: weweflmweonz w amomoeasm nso aom# .oobflooaom.op has mmoohw meaeflmwewn opp .moowaomuhmoh obese one“ oooflbfio ma :anoo Hm segues momemno oHnHmmom_hem pomp whence Op mooeaog moans Haw cw HHHM mmmoam .xeman op panamam neon obmoH.pem pm 309 oponEoo padoz ooh «weakened Hooeom mach ea pee: mcflcfimwhmn moo ea uncapmeaomea norm ooosaocfi one Homeomnom mayopommo pew anowaoHo\Hwflampoaomm «whopflcmw ameo>flho man we «oonpmGw pom .pfle: meweflwmamn one wee 1andEOo anomopwo o>amsaocfl pmos opp voodoo onto mane cw manomopwo moo can» once ea venom meshes moohoHQEo wo woman one use ambfimsaoxo haaospzs ma huomopmo room .mzoa camouflaged one ea eompmenomew we» pso HHHM apoflapmflp Hooeom pooh :Hepfl3_pe:pm Amvoahp one weapooaom amped .mEmpmaw Hoonom carve: venom on has powe3.*mpwep wefleflmmnmp mo hoax; oHpHmmom mo pmflfl m we obese .poanpmflp Hoonom opp spa: peoEooamm pememoHQEo obwpooHHoo mammoMom m ohms 0:3 pew haobflpooaaoo commute om: moonw m A.peoo m Newcomm .1;._ ovl.‘ cello!) A . ... J." #0"!st Leafs kmfl . : 31m MU .3. Jam mu) m . .\ D 9.1.. .5. a .H. .. . . an” ... .... 1 . , ., ... : 90.11““); .... .. .1; .1. \ . 337 . "Municipal Government Labor Unions: II. Some Union Security Measures.” Michigan Municipal Review, XXII (July, 19h9), pp. 105-106, 108:109. Cornell, Herbert W. "Civil Service Benchmark Decisions." Public Personnel Review, XVII (October, 1956), Pp. 215-221;. . "Collective Bargaining by Public Euployee Groups." University of Pennsylvania Law Review, CVII (November, 1958), pp. h3-6h. Corson, John J ., and Smith, Ilse M. "Federal Policies on Employee Relations." Personnel Journal, XVIII (October, 1939), pp. 151-159. Corwin, Donald G. "Militant Professionalism, Initiative and Compliance in Public Education." Sociolog of Education, 38 (Summer, 1965), pp. 310-330. Crawford, Robert C. "Government Intervention in Energency Labor Di3putes in Atomic Energy.” Labor Law Journal, X (June, 1959), PP- MIL-M9. (h'iSpo, John H. G. (ed.). Collective Bar ainin and the Professional Explozee. Toronto: Centre for Industrifi Relations, University of Toronto, 1966. Cron, Theodore 0. "Inside the Teachers' Union.“ American School and University, 38 (November, 1965), pp. h2-h6. Cross, Elmer. "bcperience with the Union Shop." Public Managenaat, XXXVIII (Janual'y, 1956), p. 70 Crowley, John G. "How Practical Are Cost-of-Iiving Salary Plans for Cities?" ‘Western City, xxv (April, 19h9), pp. 22-2h. Cullerton, John. "Public Policy for Public Enployees.” Address presented at the Conference on Public Employment and Collective Bargaining, University of Chicago, February 6, 1965. Cunningham, Robert J. "Legal Notes: Limitation on Labor Contracts by municipalities." Municipality, XLV (May, 1950), pp. 102, 101;. Dahl, Robert A. "Workers' Control of Industry and the British Labor Par ." American Political Science Review, XLI (October, 19147 , pp. 873-900- Daly, Ronald 0. "New Directions for Professional Negotiation." National Education Association Journal, LV (October, 1966), pp- §?-§9. 338 David, Paul T. "Training for Work in Federal Euployee Relations." Personnel Administration, VI (April, 19111:), PP- 6-9. Davies, Audrey M. "History and Legality of Police Unions." gig R orter, V (July-August, 1953), pp. hO-h2, h6-h7. Davis, Jerome. "The Teacher's Struggle for Democracy." New Rwublic, XCVII (March 15, 1939), pp- 161-163- Davis, Richard G. "Governmental Elnployees and the Right to Strike." Social Forces, XXVIII (March, 1950), pp. 322-329. Dawson, G. G. 'EDoctoral Studies on the Relationship Between the Labor Movement and Public Education.” Journal of Educational Socioloq, xmv (February, 1961), pp. 260-269. Dewey, Allen C. "Right or Power of Municipalities to anage in Collective Bargaining." Michigan Law Review, LVI, (February, 1958), pp. 6h5-6h80 Diggin, Thomas E. "Executive Order 10988: A New Concept in Federal Labor-Management Relations." Personnel Journal, ILII (September, 1963), pp- 383-388. Dishman, Robert B. "The Public Interest in Energency Labor Disputes." American Political Science Review, XLV (December, 1951), pp. 1100-11114. "Dismissal for Union Participation." Civil Service Law Reporter, I "Disputes between Local Authorities and Their Employees in the United States.“ International Labour Review, mu (March, 191:3), pp. 370'3710 Doherty, Robert E. Attitudes Toward Labor When Blue-Collar Children Become Teachers. (Reprint—Series No. 153.) Ithaca: CorneII University, New York State School of Industrial and Labor Relations, 1963. . "Determination of Bargaining Units and Election Procedures in Public School Teachers Representation Election." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, In (July, 1966), pp. 573-576. . et a1. "Collective Bargaining vs. Professional Negotia- tions." School Management, IX (November, 1965), pp. 68-75. Doherty, William 0. "Government Workers and Organizations." American Federationist, LXIII (June, 1956), pp. 9-10, 30-31. _"""" ., main-wry: ._ W». “777‘ 'A A'- A ‘ ‘ fin — a 73277:; ' ,_. .... ‘_:£.,&"¢J£‘.-as\'n V' ‘ ' " 7 < A' 211? ;;a"";r._' ' j a "7;- v .- ,_ _-A-- __ ,I_.ra v—no ‘- u . .... \ I - O , .. . . I .‘ i , . . -- v: . . J 'J V V ,. . . . -..-.- cum“..- a . | _ I ‘.l- . ’ - - J, . '. ).. a... I ‘ .-4 use New mus: ' .c:.- 3 PM! £21.“; ',f I (F351,: " II. I” ' u '- a 1 ' vamp}? ‘ may“ 'I I, _ . ...... .FL .5 ”OM“ i--.'.::' .;.(‘_ “35?, a! 4 #1:: (:w‘mvw‘ ’ ,' > J. .1" "A mm ; ft? .-'\ v 2‘ ~ _ ..o :;::.."*::‘8 Walan , run ‘ v r, L—..,. . u ..L.. . . .1. ' -r .v ‘ u ifffiifi“ ' . T p.l-.i‘ u a.' — . $1 * ‘ ‘ ’— . r 7" if")?! 1101 . .— r: “in ,(rfser . " :‘.LT.')‘ L‘COI " ! ‘ . :- _: '..,. .’ $3.5. .30 L“, 1 C c 253’ :1". ":8? Iowa . :i'ff.’ .5811"?! a ‘- ,- 4 ’. p . L . ' " '12::‘1': E {-Vf'fiimw' I '4 ‘ i u _‘..~'!"{!‘;'vn u.‘~u ..rz'. a'zogiw" datum? ' {mas .193; “0331' .aaut) 11:11.1 .4 “ 339 Donovan, B. E., et al. "Collective Bargaining vs. Professional Negotiations." School Management, IX (November 1965), pp. 68-75. Doolan, Richard J. Attitudes of White Collar Workers Toward Unioniza- tion. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, Bureau of Industrial Relations, Bulletin 27, 1959. Dorros, Sidney. "The Case for Independent Professional Teachers' Associations."Mon1_zQ Labor Review, LXXXVIII (May, 1961:), P. 5113. Dotson, Arch. "The Fmbeging Doctrine of Privilege in Public Employ- ment." Public Administration Review, XV (Spring, 1955), pp. 77-78- . "A General Theory of Public Erployment.” Public Admini- stration Review, XVI (Summer, 1956), pp. 197-211. Dufty, N. F. "The White Collar Unionist." The Journal of Industrial Relations, III (October, 1961), pp. 151"1'5‘ . Douty, H. M. "New Agreement for Review of Salaries of White-Collar Civil Servants in Great Britain." Month_lz Labor Review, LXX'XIV (May, 1961), pp. h87-h88. . "Salary Determination for White-Collar Civil Servants in Great Britain." Monthly Labor Review, LXXXIII (November, 1960), pp. 1158-1165. Eastman, George D. "Seattle Policemen Paid Less than Laborers." American City, LIV (April, 1950), p. 83. Eby, Kermit. "Unionization of Government Vbrkers." Public Admini- stration Review, IX (Spring, 191:9), PP. 132-1311.- Edenfield, Newell. "Strikes Against the State." Law Notes, XLV (September, 19,-(v1), pp. 9‘13. Educational Policies Commission. "The Public Interest in How Teachers Organize.“ Washington, D. 0.: National Education Association, 19611,. Elam, Stanley. "Teachers' Unions: Rift without Differences." Nation, CCI, (October 18, 1965), pp. 2117-2119. Epstein, Benjamin. The Principal's Role in Collective Negotiations Between Teachers and School Boards. Washington, D. 0.: National. Association of Secondary School Principals, 1965. . "What Status and Voice for Principals in Collective Bar- gaining and Professional Negotiations by Teacher Organizations.” The Bulletin of the National Association of Secondary School Principals, XLIX (March, 196?), pp. 226-259. 3140 Epstein, Leon D. "Political Sterilization of Civil Servants: The United States and Great Britain." Public Administration Review, X (Au-bum, 1950), pp. 281'2900 Errant, James W., et al. "Labor Unions and Collective Bargaining in Government Agencies: A Panel Discussion." Public Administration Review, V (Autumn, 1915), Pp- 373-379. Exton, Elaine. "NSBA Opposes Teachers' Strikes and Sanctions." The American School Board Journal, CXLVI (June, 1963), pp. 111, III-[316. . "Teacher Groups Challenge Lay School Board Control." """""'n1""e American School Board Journal, CXLVII (August, 1961:), pp. 28-29. Faricy, John J. "Use of Cost of Living Index in a Municipal Salary Plan." Municipal Finance, DEV (August, 1951), pp. 143-194. Fitch, Edwin M. "The Government and Bargaining on the Alaska Railroad." Monthly Labor Review, mew (May, 1961), pp. 1459-1162. Flaxer, Abram. "Collective Bargaining in the Civil Service." Survey Midmonthly, LmnI (April, 19h2), pp. 111-113. . "Government's Major Personnel Problems Today." Personnel Administration, I (March, 19148), pp. 19-23. . "Public Employee Unions: State, County and Municipal Workers of America." Public Management, XIX (September, 1937), pp. 262-26h. Flexner, Jean A. "British Labor under the Labor Government: Part II: Position and Role of Trade-Unions." Monthly Labor Review, IXVII (October, 19118), pp. 366-372. . "Great Britain: Coal Mining Since Nationalization." Monthly Labor Review, LIX (January, 1950), pp. 19-25. Frankel, Saul J. A Model for Negotiation and Arbitration Between the gmadian Gozermnent and Its Civil Servants. Montreal: McGill University Press, 19612. . "Exployee Organization in the Public Service of Canada." ""'"'"""'Publio Personnel Review, m1 (October, 1956), pp. 2116-252. French, Wendell L. and Robinson, Richard. "Collective Bargaining by Nurses and Other Professionals: Anomaly or Trend?" Labor Law Journal II (October, 1960), pp. 903-910. ..u- v t «as . . Infra d I ‘19 w. .... ...n r d r P. I .- a ._ .— . (I! Wt . .n on...“ a v. v 0 fl 0 a.“ a £ . . .,r.m .u .... -. n a ... U _ 1. 4p. 4 I . . LW‘I‘VJ!‘ (3.1 .... wJM... ......SK .6? II. .(.\.Ie1.1l”’r\.l..‘.”, .NIV. ‘1 I " ... u. .... ,m _ I ... .7. .H _. v . . .. .. . 0 fr. nu 2 .- d \0 I f.» A rJr\ I‘ D r., on - ... ... . J. '1. - . nu U ....f u . ... w _ . ... ,. ... l 31+]. Friedman, Clara H. "Education of New York City Public School Teachers: An Economic Analysis." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XVII (october, 1962.), pp. 20-31. Frischknecht, Reed L. "Federal Employee Unions and the First Session, Eightieth Congress." Western Political Quarterly, I (June, 19118), pp. 183-185. Gabel, George H. "Legal Problems Involved in Municipal Labor Relations." Municipality, XL (February, 191.5), pp. 23-21., 36. Gagliardo, Domenico. "Strikes in a Democracy." American Economic Review, XIII (March, 191.1), pp. 1.7-55. Gambs, John S. "Hospitals and the Unions." Surv Gra hic, XXVI; (August, 1937): PP- (435-1439. . "Relief Workers' Unions." Survfl, LXIEI (January, 1936), pp. 11-13. Garber, L. 0. "When Your Teachers Want to Elect a Bargaining Agent." Nation's Schools, LIX (July, 1962), pp. 62-63. . "These Ten Legal Principles Control Collective Bargaining." Nation's Schools, LXXVI (September, 1965), p. 67. Gardner, Howard. "Two Years' Pay Experience in 1.3 @alifornig] Cities." Western Gig, XIX (June, 19113), PP. 23-224. Gendron, U. J. "Labor Management CooPeration in Government." Public Personnel Review, XVIII (January, 1957), PP. 145-117. Gibbons, Harold J ., et a1. Develo nts in White Collar Unionism. (Occasional Papers No. 21:.) Chicago: University of Chicago, Industrial Relations Center, 1962. Giorgi, Andrew V., and Tufts, Donald John. "Unionization of Municipal Police Forces." Notre Dame Lawyer, XXVII (Fall, 1951), pp. 88-97. Godine, Morton R. §Collective Negotiations and Public Policy in Public Education." Paper presented at the National Institute on Col- lective Negotiations in Public Edlcation, Rhode Island College, JUly 9, 1965. Goldberg, Joseph P. "Constructive Elployee Relations in Government." Labor Law Journal, VIII (August, 1957), pp. 551-556. . "Extent of Exployment, Status, Organization." Monthly Labor ReviewJ LXIVII (January, 19511.), PP. 1-6. 3’42 . "Consultation, Bargaining, and Wage Determination." Monthly Labor Review, LXXVII (March, 1951.), pp. 219-256. Golden, Clinton 8. "Fmployee-Managmnent Cooperation in Public Work." Advanced Management, VII (October-December, 191.2), pp. 161 461;. Goldstein, Bernard. 'L'ne Per ective of Unionized_Professionals. (Reprint No. 7.) New Brunswick: Rutgers, The State University, Institute of Management and Labor Relations, 1959. Goode, Cecil E. "Personnel Opinions: that Do You Think Is a Reasonable, Ehforceable Policy Regarding Restrictions on Political Activities by Civil Service Employees?" Public Personnel Review, XXI (January, 1960), pp. 65-71. "Government Employees and Unionism." Harvard Law Review, LIV (June, Green, Sedgwick. "The Effect of a Labor DiSpute on the Administration of a Government Contract." Harvard Law Review, Ln (March 1957), pp. 793-8110 Greene, Lee S. "Personnel Administration in the Tennessee Valley Authority." Journal of Politics, I (May, 1939), Pp. 171-191.. Gross, Calvin. "Ways to Deal with the New Teacher Militancy." 1h; Delta Kappan, XLVI (December, 1961.), pp. 11.7-151. Guidelines for Professional Negotiation. rev. ed. New York: National Education Association, Office of Professional DeveIOpment and Welfare, July 2, 1965. Hagburg, Eugene C. (ed.). Problems Confront Union Organizations in Public Employment. Cqumbus: Ohio State University, Labor Pau- cation and Research Service, 1966. Hall, Edith Dee. "Negotiations End and Nurses Accept New Contract." Hospital Mana ement, CII (July, 1966), p. 90. Haller, George D. "Policemen in Politics." American City, LXXIII (August, 1958), p. 100. Hamilton, David. "Will the College Teacher Organize?" I.U.D. Di est, VII (Spring, 1962), pp. 121-128. "Harmonious Labor Relations with Municipal Employees. A Legal Method of Dealing with Municipal Labor Problems." Municipality, L (January, 1955), pp. 5-6. 3‘ .' 9' (3‘ p. i. \ v a 1.4.4 , _ r .‘ ..” 'I . "£0 '11: Irqisrgflxfi -n ’ 5.2. - me u . ‘m‘m ...-g... 3' rrrz-uu'm‘r‘. J at". an! ...s.-..;-.—.. - ~ I‘ »‘ n V 1'. o J'mwn f ’f ' r. H ‘v v! 1 .L-Ol .a ’-I :.Y.+-'J‘:}ogefi" '- .8 .5 It‘r .cgq ,(SM? 1 'z Al. ,I ': Ewan“: '. (2.“. 51352991109 fl . H - 1 M‘I'o: mi? HEMP I | an 1qu I’) \7 " Lot‘s." "1’ rI’rF‘w amt _ va 1 . u _ ,. r I - J . r ' . O . . I . t .. .. ) , . . . N. v. I. v - .- v. r v I. . . o .. .u _\ .. .. F. a ., . a .A.. L :3 O . _ v . ,,. .C n.“ I v .v... r. l ..I 4. . t ... a. m . e. . ll..fll'h".l...u.‘|1 . . -l.-.’ vouatvv‘L .-.l’h‘l 1'! . 343 Harper, Dean. "Labor Relations in the Postal Service." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XVII (April, 1961:), PP- 11113-14511- Harris, Herbert. "Collective Bargaining in the Local Public Service." American Ciq, LXI (January, 19116), pp. 89-90, 127. Hart, Wilson R. Collective Bargaining in the Federal Civil Service. New York: Harper and Brothers, 1961. . "The Impasse in Labor Relations in the Federal Civil Service." Industrial and labor Relations Review, XIX (January, 1966), pp. 173-189. . "The U. S. Civil Service Learns to Live with Executive Order 10988: An Interim Appraisal." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XVII (January, 1961. , pp. 203-221. Heady, Ferrel. "American Government and Politics: The Hatch Act Decisions." American Political Science Review, XLI (August, 19147), pp . 687-699 . Hedges, Marion H. "Labor Problems." American Economic Review,L 31111, (no. 1 (Supplement) Part _2_7(March, 191137, pp. 202-201.. Heisel, W. D., and Santa-Elma, J. P. "Unions in City Government: The Cincinnati Story." Public Personnel Reviej, XXII (January, 1961), pp. 35-38. Hepbron, James M. "Police Unionization Means Insorganization." American City, LXXIII (Novanber, 1958), pp. 131-132. Herrick, Elinore M. "Unions: Partners or Adversaries?" Good Government, LXXI (July-August, 1951-1): PP. 110-113. Herrick, H. T. "Unions for Government Euployees: Their Implications." Proceedings of the Conference on Labor, New York University Press, 1962, pp. 129-136. Hetter, Frederick L. "A University Local." I.U.D. Digest, VII (Winter, 1962), pp. 101-109. Hewes, George R. "How Toledo's Municipal Job Classification System Works," American Gig, LXII (Novenber, 19117), p. 85. Holland, Ann. Unions Are Here to Stay: A Guide for Empl ee-Man e- ment Relations in the Federal Service. (Pamphlet No. 17.) Washington, D.C.: Society for Personnel Administration, 1962. Holt, John Fox. "Labor Rights of Public Emloyees." Southwestern Journal, 11 (Spring, 19148), pp. 226-237. . " ‘LJ . . .7 . ‘ n . . . ‘01. o 1 I Q o ' p , d j . . ...... " 'f ‘ . t - l' A I ‘11 1!“, l‘ 1 ~ ,1. F' . . .. v". Len“. . .. Ly’C AJI, page: o'Vj-M 11“?"“1’. ‘ .-.- .9 .A a‘ " I v 0 I n o ,3'l i :V 31‘. ' - " - -. ' t -‘ . 'C‘ ”THIN.“ ‘ .' 1 ‘ ‘ :4; ‘ .1 3 >‘ . . _ t .f ~l- v‘V-b I)”’ .Q I E 1 ":1 . , . ._ ... . ~ ‘ . 7;“ t‘.~" 018 133mg”- ‘rrh'Il‘ .Fpl‘le .Il .-q.-'»W""“ . .- ,. ._ '. .uUI‘I’IOK) II!" _,»__'- ' ‘- :or‘r'117” .H. _.1 M . ~' ‘I ‘v 0 .. » 39-“. 52:.1- . A ... ~; UK) mm .,_. .. ')_-’ . . , 7 5 . " . 4'92}? .5 850 .. I . '“""7" "‘3";_""‘,“'"“ ""1”." - r - 1 .2 ... . - ' .... m 7: ... “‘1”. “a. .. au— .y-r‘"; :3 15 r u . M: .1 :1 ‘3 0 “133.33; :3 ' 'x'o’i ‘.‘0 83M .trf-a-03; 0(1‘: $8.1m?“ . .~ -. 9:- ‘ i' ‘ 4.1: f 1 ‘. L.m&.. .4; . 3141+ HOplc’Lns, J. "Review of Events in Professional Negotiations." Theory into Practice, IV (April, 1965), pp. 1-11. Houghton, A. L. N. D. "Collective Bargaining in the Civil Service." Public Administration, XI (January, 1933), pp. 86-97. Hughes, Helen, and Rawson, D. W. "Collective Bargaining and the White-Collar Pay Structure." Journal of Industrial Relations, II (October, 1960), pp. 75-89. Humphrey, Hubert H. "A Community Program for Labor Management Peace." American City. LXII (May, 191.7). pp. 92-9h. International City Managers' Association. "Cities Established Arbitration Boards to Settle Labor Disputes." American Gig, LXVI (November, 1951), p. 103. Irons, Warren B. Sgte of the Art iannployee-Management Cgperation. (Government Employee Relations Report No. 83.) Washington, D.C.: Bureau of National Affairs, 1965, p. A3. Irwin, James W., et al. "Labor Relations in the Public Water Supply Field." Journal of the American Water Works Association, mv (December, 1W3), pp. 1§5§-1§7§. Jacoby, Robert. "Collective Bargaining Rights for Federal Enployees." Intramural Law Report, XVIII (May, 1963), pp. 287-310. Johnson, David B. "Dispute Settlement in Atomic Energr Plants." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XIII (October, 1959), PP 0 38-33 0 Johnson, Eldon L. "General Unions in the Federal Service." Jgurnal of Politics, II (February, 191(0), pp. 23-56. . "Joint Consultation in Britain's Nationalized Industries." Public Administration Review, XII (Summer, 1952), pp. 181 -1 89. Johnson, Richard B. "Administrative Problems of Government Seizure in Labor Disputes." Public Administration Review, II (Summer, 1951), pp. 189-1980 Jones, Roger W. "The Federal Civil Service Today." Public Personnel Review, In (April, 1960), pp. 11h-120. Kahn, Mark L. "Regulatory Agencies and Industrial Relations: The Airlines Case." American Economic Review, XLII (May, 1952), pp. 686-698.. 3‘6 Kammerer, Gladys M. "An Evaluation of Wartime Personnel Administration." Journal of Politics, X (February, 19h8), pp. 686-698. Kaplan, H. Eliot. "Concepts of Public Enployee Relations." Industrial and Labor Relation Review, I (January, 19118), pp. 206-230. . "Have Public Employees the Right to Strike? -- No." National Municipal Review, xxx (September, 191:1), pp. 518-523. . "Public Euployee Relationships." Civil Service Law R orter, I (October, 1951), pp. 92-98. . "What Rights Have Public Erployees?" Good Government, LXIV (January-February, 19147), PP- 1-h. . "How Can Strikes by Municipal Employees Be Avoided?" American City, LXII (February, 19117). Pp. 83-85. Kassalow, Everett M. "New Union Frontier: White-Collar Workers." Harvard Business Review, XL (January-February, 1962), pp. h1-52. . "Occupational Frontiers of Trade Unionism in the U.S." Proceedings: of the Fourteenth Annual Enter Meeting, St. Louis, Missouri, Industrial Relations Research Association, 1960, pp. 183-203. . "Organization of White Collar Workers." Monthly Labor Review, LEXIV (March, 1961), pp. 2311-238. . "The Pr03pects for Elite-Collar Union Growth." Industrial Relations, v (October, 1965), pp. 37-h7. Kelly, George A. "Civil Servants: Government Workers and the Right to Strike." Commonweal, XLVI (May 9, 1911?), pp. 87-89. Kennedy. Stephen P. "No Union for New York City Police." American Gig, LXIIII (October, 1958), pp. 179, 181. Keppel, F. "Use Strike Only As Last Resort, Keppel Urges A.F.T. Members." Nation's Schools, LXXVI (October, 1965), p. 92. Keresman, Peter. "Constructive Employee Relations in Police Departments." Labor Law Journal, VIII (August, 1957), pp. 556-558. Khanna, B. S. "Whitleyism: A Feature of Democratic Administration." Indian Journal of Public Administration, v (April-June, 1959), pp. 207-5220 . ortnlqfi" a». ‘ u- ‘.' ,fiht’od‘a 1 0 . LL'LLLJL‘I 3‘ \- , I ' seal. a... u up. I 1. ,r. .. w o v u. a, M. .. a m ..J v . I. .. ... . I. R r 11”,. . . .v. («M a... 9.. .JVJ I . , 1. n1. . c .U r. I. F. in f- v . . ... . s We. a .1 . I J . a A“ .. L _ ~ 1 . ‘ p c I I .1 o. . u . n . o n ,. . . .. . v i . . I I 14 C . H d o . O I o . 311-6 Killingsworth, Charles T: "Grievance Adjudication in Public Employ- ment." American Arbitration Journal, XIII (1958) , pp. 3-15. King, Oren L. "How Reiverside, California Benefits by . . . Labor Council Support for the City Manager." American City, LEIII (March, 1958), pp. 129, 1115, 1117. Kite, Robert H. "A Study to Determine the Degree of Influence Selected Factors Had in Causing Teacher Strikes and to Determine the Degre to Which These Factors Were Present in School Districts in Which Teacher Strikes Were AveFted." Dissertation Abstracts, DEVI (October, 1965), p. 2017. Klass, Irwin. "The New Breed of Teacher." American Federationist, 1m (Novanber, 1962), pp. 1'5. Klaus, Ida. Collective Bargaining Will Helpjtaff Morale. New York: Society for the quaerimental Study of Education, 1963. . "The Energing Relationship." Address presented at the Conference on Public Employment and Collective Bargaining, University of Chicago, February 5, 1965. Klein, Lawrence R. "The NBA Convention and the Organizing of Teachers." Month Labor Review, LUXVIII (August, 1965), pp. 883-885. Knapp, Daniel C. "Administering Federal Grievance Procedures." Public Personnel Review, VIII (April, 1911?), pp. 96-101. Knowlton, Thomas A). "Is Collective Bargaining the Answer?" Arbitration Journal, 21 (July, 1966), pp. 93-97. Kooken, Don L. and Ayres, Loren D. "Pblice Unions and the Public Safety." Annals, CCXCI (January, 1951;), Pp. 152-158. Krislov, Joseph. "The Cleveland Transit Strike of 19119." Personnel Administration, XIV (November, 1950), pp. 25-30. . "The Union Quest for Recognition in Government Service." Ebor Law Journal, IX (June, 1958), pp. 1121-11211, 1161. . "The Independent Public Enployee Association: Character- istics and Functions." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XV (JUly’ 1962), pp. S10“520. . "PrOSpects for the Use of Advisory Grievance Arbitration in Federal Service." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XVIII (April, 1965), PP- EEO-7122. 34? Labor Management Institute of the American Arbitration Association. Memorandum of Agreement. New York: City Administrator's Office, March 31, 1966. LaDue, Wendell R. "Significance of Legislation Forbidding Strikes by Public Enployees." Journal of the American Water Works Association, am: (September, 19117), pp. BMWSII. . "Union Relations with Public Ownership." Journal of the American Water Works Association, XXXVIII (August, 19116), pp. 9114-920. Lang, William. The Develgament and TechniQJes of Collective Bargaining in the Munici 8.1 Service. Washington, D.C.: International Association 0% Fire Fighters, 1966. Law, Kenneth I», et al. The Manual for Teacher Ne otiators. Windsor, Ontario: Educational Consultative Service, Inc., 19 6. Iawton, Esther C. (ed.). "Viewpoints: Should Personnel Staff Manbers Belong to Unions?" Personnel Administration, XIX (March-April, 1956), pp. h6‘50. League of California Cities. . . "City Employees and Unionization." Western City, XXV (April, 1959), P. 17. Lehne, Donald P. "Washington Case Law: 1958: Municipal Corporations: Labor Unions: Right of Municipal Employees to Strike: Govern- mental and Proprietary Functions." Washington Law Review, xmv (Summer, 1959), pp. 216-222. Leich, Harold H. "The Hoover Commission's Personnel Recommendations: A Progress Report." American Political Science Review, XLVII (March, 1953). pp. 1062.175. Levitan, David M. "The Euployee and the Government." Journal of Politics, VII (August, 19115), pp. 295-313. Lieberman, Wron. "Influences of Teachers' Organization upon American Education," in Nelson B. Henry (ed.), Social Forces Influencin American Education. Chicago: National Society for the Study of Education, 1961, pp. 182-202. . "Teachers Choose a Union." Nation, 193 (Decanber 2, 1961), pp. 11113-14117. . "Teachers on the March." Nation, 200 (February 1, 1965), pp. 107-110. 348 . "Teachers' Strikes: Acceptable Strategy?" Phi Delta Happen, ILVI (January, 1965), pp. 237-240. _ .. "Who Speaks for Teachers?" Saturday Review, 148 (June 19, 1965): PP- 65‘66, 714'75' , and Moskow, Michael H. Collective Negotiations for Teachers. Chicago: Rand McNally & Company, 1966. Lowe, William T. "Who Joins Which Teachers' Group?" Teachers College Record, LXVI (April, 1965), pp. 61h-619. McCafferty, Bart. "Unionized Municipal Employees: Financial Aspects." Municipal Finance, IXIIII (November, 1960, pp. 98-103. McCaffree, Kenneth M. "Collective Bargaining in Atomic-Energy Construc- tion." Journal of Political Economy, LXV (August, 1957), pp- 322-?- McCutchen, Duval T. "Seniority and the Democratic Crisis." Social Forces, m (March, 19113), pp. 351-358. McDermott, F. Arnold. "The Denver Lay-Off Fornmla: Seniority Plus Merit." Public Personnel Review, XXI (July, 1960), pp. 179-182. McGlothlin, William J. "The Apprentice Program of TVA." Personnel Administration, VIII (April, 19116), pp. 5-8. . "Union-Management Administration of Employee Training: The Experience of TVA." Advanced Management, VIII (April-June, 1910). PP- 38-1114- McIntosh, Marjorie. "The Negotiation of Wages and Conditions for Local Authority Employees in England and Wales: Part I: Structure and Scope." Public Administration, m1II (Summer, 1955), PP. 1119-162. . "The Negotiation of Wages and Conditions for local Authority Employees in England and Wales: Part II: The Process of Nego- tiation and Settlement." Public Administration, XXIIII (Autumn, 1955) 9 PPo 307-323- . "The Negotiation of Wages and Conditions for Local Authority Employees in England and Wales: Part III: Some Results of fioint Negotiation." Public Administration, mu (Winter, 1955), 01-h17. McKelvey, Jean T. "The American Cities and Its Public Employee Unions." firoceedingsgf the Annual Spring Meeting, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Industrial Relations Research Association, 1966, pp. 68-69. 349 . "The Role of State Agencies in Public Enployee Labor Relations." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XX (January, 1967). pp. 179-197. Macmahon, Arthur W. "A Balanced Approach to Unionization." Public Administration Review, II (Spring, 19112), pp. 168-171. . "Collective Labor Action in City Government." Public “Management,L 3111 (November, 19111), pp. 328-331;. . "The Mexican Railways under Workers' Administration." Public Administration Review, I (Autumn, 19141), pp. h58-571. . "The New York City Transit System: Public Ownership, Civil Service, and Collective Bargaining." Political Science Quarterly, LVI (June, 19m), pp. 161-198. Macy,wJohn.W., Jr. "The Federal Erployee-Management Cooperation Program." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XIX (July, 1966), pp. m9-g6T. . "Personnel Developments on the Federal Level." Public Personnel Review, XXV (January, 1961;), pp. 7-12. Mahoney, Anne. "Bargaining Rights for Nurses: Convincing the Member- ship." American Journal of Nursing, LXVI (March, 1966), p. Shh- Mailick, Sidney. "Organization for Personnel Man ement in Israel." Public Personnel Review, XIII (January, 1952 , pp. 28-3h. Martin, Richard. "Municipal Recognition of Employees." Public Management, XXXVIII (January, 1956), pp. 2-3. Martin, T. D., et al. "Compulsory Membership in Teachers' Associations?" Phi Delta Kappan, 33 (September, 1951), pp. 56-61. Mathewson, Stanley B. "Labor, Management and the Public." Survey Graphic, nvx (July, 1937). pp. 388—391. Melton, Presley W. "Employee Relations in Federal Service." Personnel Journal, XVII (September, 1938), pp. 96-101. Miller, Glen W. Collective Bargaining by Public Eloyees. Columbus: Ohio State University, Ohio State Labor Education and Research Services, College of Commerce and Administration, 1966. Mire, Joseph. "Collective Bargaining in the Public Service." American Economic Review, XXXVI (May, 19116), pp. 3&7-358. . "Freedom of Assembly, Speech and Petition." Wisconsin "—r5"w Review, mu: (July, 1910), pp. 693-696. "'"‘“"" H— ”~N m A» Moff Morg Mosh Moskc "Munj NatiC Natic Natio 350 . Labor Or anizations in German Public Administration and ervices. (United States bcpert Series No. 8.7 Washington, D.C., United States Office of Military Government for Germany, 1919. Moffitt, J. C. "Sanctions Do What?" American School Board Journal, CXLIX (September, 19611), pp. 25—26. Morgan, Arthur E. "Bench-Marks in the Tennessee Valley: VI. Building a Labor Policy." Survey Graphic, mv (November, 1935), pp. 529- 5323 575-576. Mosher, William E. "Implications of an Ellightened Personnel Policy." Library Journal, LEI (November 15, 1937): PP. 8119-852. . "The Profession of Public Service." American Political Science Review, mm (April, 1938), pp. 332-‘3112. Moskow, Michael H. "Collective Bargaining for Public School Teachers." Labor Law Journal, IV (December, 19611), PP. 7811-7914. . "Recent Legislation Affecting Collective Negotiations for Teachers." Phi Delta Kappan, XLVII (November, 1965), pp. 136- 1141. . "Teacher Organizations: An Analysis of the Issues." Teachers College Record, LXVI (February, 1965), pp. h53-h63. . Teachers and Unions. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania fiess, 1966. "Municipal Enployee Labor Relations Practices." Municipality, LI (March, 1956), pp. 65, 76. National Civil Service Reform League, Special Committee on Government Employee Relationships. "Enployer and Employee Relationships in Government." Public Personnel Sjgzdies, I (August, 19in), pp. 7h-75. National Civil Service League. "Anti-Strike Laws Won't Work: Can Public Employee Strikes Be Avoided?" Good Government, LXVIII (May-June, 1951), pp. 29-30. . "'Little Hatch Acts' Provide Election-Time Do's and Don't's for Public Servants." Good Government, LXI (September-October, 1953). Pp- 112-16. National Education Association. glassroom Teachers Speak on Professional Negotiations. Washington, D.C.: National Education Association, 1963. . Professional Negotiation with School Boards: A Legal Angsis and Review. Washington, D.C.: National Education Association, Research Division, 1965. 351 . Public Schooleeachers and Collective Bargaining. (Special Memo.) Washington, D.C.: National Education Association, Research Division, May, 1955, and March, 1958. "NEA's New Alternatives." I.U.D. Digest, VIII (Spring, 1963), pp. 38-146. "Negotiating with Teachers." School Management, IX (May, 1965), PP. 81-87. Nesbitt, Murray B. "League Studying Employee Organizations in Government." Good Government, LXXVIII (June, 1960), pp. 1-3. [New York State] Governor's Committee on Public Enployee Relations. Final Report. Albazv, New York: Office of the Governor, March, 31, 19%. Newland, Chester A. Public Employee Unionijzration in Teaiag. Austin, Texas: Institute of Public Affairs, University of Texas, 1962. Nolan, Loretta R. , and Hall, James T., Jr. "Strikes of Government Euployees, 19112-1961." Many; Labor Review, 1m (January, 1963): PP: 52'5’4- Nolte, M. C. "Teacher Militancy May Be Counter-Pressure." American School Board Journal, CLI (October, 1965), pp. 7-8. . "Teachers Face Board of Education Across the Bargaining Table Legally." American School Board Journal, CL (June, 1965), pp. 10-12. Nolting, Orin F. "Management Policy on Employee Relations." Public Management, XXIX (January, 19,47), PP- 5-10. Northrup, Herbert R., and Rowan, Richard L. "Arbitration and Collective Bargaining: An Analysis of State Experience." Labor Law Journal, XIV (February, 1963), pp. 178-191. Oakes, R. C. "Should Teachers Strike? An Unanswered Question." Journal of Riucational Socioloq, {XXIII (March, 1960), pp. 339-3hh. Office of Professional DevelOpment and Welfare. Guidelines for Profes- sional Neggtiation. Revised edition. Washington, D.C.: National Education Association, July 2, 1965. . "Professional Negotiations: Selected Statements of School Board Administrator - Teacher Relationships." Washington, D.C.: National Education Association, 1965. Ohm, Robert E., and Johns, Oliver D. Neggtiétions in the Schools: The Superintendent Confronts Collective Action. Norman, Oklahoma: University of Oklahoma, College of Education, 1965. 352 Olmstead, H. M. "Controversies beWeen Cities, Organized Labor Causes Critical Situations." National Municipal Review, 131111, (April, 19th). pp. 195-197. . "Organizing by Public Enployees: Civil Service League Makes Policy Statement." National Civic Review, L (February, 1961), pp. 86'87. Orzack, Louis H. Work as a Central Life Interest of Professionals. (Reprint Series No. 3.) Madison: University of Wisconsin, Indus- trial Relations Research Center, 1959. Padway, Joseph A. "Collective Bargaining in Government Enterprise." Lawyers Guild Review, II (March, 19142), pp. 1-7. Parker, Hyman. "Role of the Michigan Labor Mediation Board in Public Employee Labor Disputes." Labor Law Journal, X (September, 1959), pp. 633-6h2. Perlman, David. "Government Employees and Unions." The American Federationist, LXVIII (September, 1961), pp. 14-7. Perry, Charles R., and Wildman, Wesley. "A Survey of Collective Activity among Public School Teachers." Educational Administra- tion Quarterly, II (Spring, 1966), Phelps, Orme W. "Compulsory Arbitration: Some Perspectives." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 18 (October, 19611): PP. 81-91. Plunkett, Thomas J. "Collective Bargaining and the Municipal Personnel Officers Ganacia7.u Public Personnel Review, XVI (July, 1955), pp. 139-1 2. "A Policy for Emiloyee-Management Cooperation in the Federal Service." Report of the President's Task Force, Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1962, p. 19. "Political Activity of Public Enployees." Civil Service Law Reporter, V (July-August, 1955), PP. 67-68. Posey, Rollin B. "Analysis of City Ehrlployee Strikes." Public Management, XXII'V (June, 1952), pp. 122-127. . "Employee Organization in the United States Public Service." Public Personnel Review, XVII (October, 1956), pp. 238-2115. "Handling City Employee Grievances." Public Management, film-arch, 1953), pp- 94-58- _ . "How to Negotiate with Labor Unions." Public Personnel Review, XIV (January, 1953), pp. 11-17. 353 . "Organized Labor and the Council-Manager Plan: III. Views of an Observer." Public Management, XXIII (June, 1957), pp. 129-132. . "Recognition of Unions in Municipal Erployment." Public Management, XXII (February, 1919), pp. 140-143. . "Union Agreements in Municipal Employment." Public Management, xxx (February, 19h8), pp. 35-140. Potts, Georgena R. "A Summer School Short Course in Teacher Negotia- tions." Monthly Labor Review, LXXIEX (August, 1966), pp. 8147-850. "Power of a Municipal Corporation to Enter into a Check-off Ageement with a Labor Union: Mugford v. Mayor and City Council of Baltimore." Maryland Law Review, I}: (Winter, 19h8), pp. 70-73. President's Commission on Labor Relations in the Atomic Energy Installations. "Panel to Handle Atomic Energy Plant Disputes." Monthly Labor Review, LXVIII (June, 19W), pp. 661-662. Presthus, R. Vance. "British Public Administration: The National Coal Board." Public Administration Review, 11 (Summer, 19149), pp. 200-210. Public Employee Labor Relations. (Publication 132.) Springfield: Illinois State Legislative Council, 1958. "The Public Interest in How Teachers Organize." National Education Association, and American Association of School Administrators, Educational Policies Commission, Washington, D. C.: The Commission, 1961;. Radke, Mrs. Fred A. "Real Significance of Collective Bargaining for Teachers." Labor Law Journal, XV (December, 19614), PP. 795-801. Rains, Harry H. "Collective Bargaining in Public Ehrqaloyrnent." Labor Law Journal, VIII (August, 1957), Pp. 5148-550. Ranen, Ellis. "Bargaining Rights in Civil Service." Survey Midmonthll, LXIVIII (February, 19h2), pp. hz-hs. Raslc'ln, A. H. "Do Public Strikes Violate Public Trust?" New York Times Magazine, CI (January 8, 1961), p. 12. Rawn, A. M. "Ernployee Organization in the Professional Field and the Public Services." Journal of the American Water Works Associa- tion, XXXVI (July, 19%), pp- :752-577 . Cu \ l r: homo-q; r; .'- 6 . ' 3.1; ; mare! .L "1‘ 'utf’.» J 1’: L10 (7031813 ' l- v' .11.": UK: A" ' 7 ’1 " 6‘0 . ‘dx’m _ .-.“..- L'J rd _‘(IV V V aha-I... v.“ .EOO" "1.", ~- r‘u '3" . ' , u 25‘ (In) .AV .r ,4 .11. I i“ n “‘4 ‘31: .(“zK r i .. 4 3 L. o l" trfisa’ufi, «nah-In, \..rr.1.lc . ,.. .7; on . 1 ,I Infiltflilw Lb. u ’. N A t l I“ ~ :1 kidu‘l w; r .8 vascular.) D'- b " A 1'}; I m :1“): (If) \:| .11 1.. < rug-1,0 .- '. n ‘ .' 7’ “A a inn: not. ‘ l '; (70:??- T \. +4 .cc . (Mr- sizes), * ,. n u l I I H Lg. ..flukmuM-WW .yz 35" "Recognition of Representatives of Federal Emloyee Organizations in Grievance Procedures." Hearings before House Committee on‘Post Office and Civil Service on H. R. SH and H. R. 571. 82nd Congress, 2nd Session (August, 19 1 and March, 195?). Repas, Robert. "Collective Bargaining Problems in Public Emloyment." East Lansing: Michigan State University, University Labor Education Association, March 31, 1966 (mimeographed). Report of the Interim_Commission to Study Collective Bgrgaining % Municipalities Report. . . as provided by Pub 'c Act No. 9 of the 1963 Session of the General Assembly. Hartford, Connecticut: The Commission, February, 1963. Report on a Pro am of Labor Relations for New York Ci lo ees. New York: ZOity? Department of Labor, 1957. "Restrictions on the Civil Rights of Federal Duployees." Columbia Law Review, ILVII (November, 1911?). pp. 1161-1189. ""—_ Rhyne, Charles 5. Labor Unions and Municipal Emlgyee Law. National Institute of Municipal Law Officers, 19116. see also: Supple- mental Report, no. 129. . "Public Employees Have No Right to Strike: Municipal Relations with Unions Representing Municipal Enployees." American Gill, LVIII (January, 19113), PP. 89, 91. . "Public Workers and the Right to Strike." mgneering News-Record, CXXIVII (September 5, 19116), pp. 80-83. . "Recent Decisions on Labor Union Contracts and Mmicipali- ties." American City, LXI (February, 191.16), pp. 139, 111.3. Rich, J. M. "Teacher Unrest Has Damaged School Public Relations." Nation's Schools, LXXV (March, 1965), pp. 146-147. . "Civil Disobedience and Teacher Strikes." Phi Delta Kappan, ILV (December, 1965), pp. 151-1511. Richardson, George J. "Labor Unions in Fire Departments." Public Management, HI (January, 1937), PP. 6-9. "Right of Municipal E'nployee's Union to Strike and to Bargain Collec- tively." Minnesota Law Review, XXIV (February, 1950), pp. 260-266. "Right of Municipality to Enter into Collective Bargaining Agreements on Behalf of Civil Service Enployees." New York Universig Iaw Quarterly Review, XVIII (January, 19141), pp. 2h7-261. Roach, S. P. "Collective Bargaining." School Managanent, 1 (March, 1966), p. 66. add!!!" I (1211’! new a - I" 1" "O 4“! ch “. ‘4 if. .’ e w n w _ . w ., v .m .m ) . , . _, t 5 M 0“ fl. ru 1 . I (x. n . .. 2. we w i . 3 Wm .L. Y. 0 r .11. v. 1 ..., w . .1 or.“ ... 1 .11. n... . n w. rm 3 w .. 1 .. .1. ... , . ;. ... 1 .. .w .1. ., n .11. Tl. Wu. J. an. a v1. 3 r .., 1 . five .r, 1 h n1 a. \., ._ r e .V .. z 0 r a. m. .3 1H am... . - . . z u e, 1.. w s w 1 ,. ,. 1 .. J r. OI. ..1 . — u. — “a“ .. ,. ..u. .. . n 1 ....x/ I. .n . .. .r. .. m 9 v1) ... r n .O .11 ,. VI. ..VL m flu U ..1. 1 . . .; ,1. .1 ..~ I a H v .1 .n... T .1.— 1 Mn n1 C r c. . .... ..a O _. .uL a 1 o 1.. v o . ... . 9 .. u 0 fix . . (J . to 1 N .1 L . e . rm . .u a. L — g I o 0 It ... .1; . . . . .. 1': 1-. ". F. Lee C I .... n. f rr 1...... . In” ' 2‘1"“ m “19153) I anagrams: 'r'w' ' ‘,"f'. W . 4A . r m—“~-l;m 355 Rock, Eli. "Municipal-Collective Bargaining: New Areas for Research." Proceedings of the Annual Spring Meeting, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Industrial Relations Rogearch Association, 1966, pp. 70-80. . "The Process and Procedures of the Long-Standing Relationship." Address presented before the Conference on Public Employment and Collective Bargaining, University of Chicago, February 5, 1965. "The Role of Employee Organizations in Government." New onrk State School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornellj University, 31963? pp. 3- 7. Ross, N. S. "Joint Consultation and Workers' Control." Political Quarterly, XXVII (January-March, 1956), pp. 82-1005“"“"’ Ross, Philip. The Government as a Source of Union Power. Providence: Brown University Press, 1965. Rowlands, David D. "Labor Relations in the City Government." Public Management, XL (February, 1958), pp. 30-32. Roy, Walter. "Mémbership Participation in the National Union of Teachers." British Journal of Industrial Relations, II (July, 196k), pp. 189-203. . "Reaction of Organized British Teachers to Crises." Monthly Labor Review, LXIXVII (September, 1961;), pp. 1022-1025. Rushin, Enmett R. "A New Frontier for Enployee-Managanent Cooperation in Government." Public Administration Review, III (Spring, 19h3), pp- 158-163. Samuel, Edwin. "The Israel Civil Service." Indian Journal of Public Administration, VI (July-September, 196OT, pp. 267- 271. Sanford, William V. "Strikes by Government F‘nmloyees." Vanderbilt Law'Review, II (April, 19h9), pp. hh1-h50. Scanlon, John. "Strikes, Sanctions, and the Schools." Saturday Review, XLVI (October 19, 1965), pp. 51-55, 70-7h. Schmidt, Charles T. et al. A Guide to Collective Negotiations in Education. East Lansing: Michigan State University, Social Science Research Bureau, 1967. Schnaufer, Pete. "Representing the Teacher's Interest. Response from the AFT." Montfl Labor Review, LIXXIX (June, 1966), pp. 620-621. . The Uses of Teacher Power. Chicago: American Federation of Teachers, 1966. 7" 1‘ r l | ,- 1‘._.1 .w. .. .... . . .. ... . on . w ,Mm ,. e. . .w 7.. ... ...” nimaei . . .. . .. .r.. . .1. , 11 A In. 9 M. (m o . J., 4 J» F o. _ . ... r.) .1. C 9 a“ M . v . - mo..- . . .. . . .. ,. .... 1| 1 1 w u .1! C _ . . 1. . r.\ H n U ...!” O r... l ... 1. . l H . 1 . (b .. N... ... a,“ um I . a . . 1 9t . 1r 1 a fly rm.‘ Wow U .. .. . o . « MC . .... a... . ..M . . .... . u ,r h. ...I a... 3" l ,. A .. _ _ f. . .r m." m. ._ . .11 -.. l N . w UK u. c . o . . . a. ... . u .. e 11] n . v. . . L ...1. "l. . .1 .... . .. i I . me. ..n ... _ . .. ..n . 1» H.r .11] ad. .. _ u ..a .. .U o n v M" 1 m.” no ‘_ .A.... m. a O I ... r... l m . e . .... t Fl ”A l — .. '1! In A . . . . . a . ._ . . w, .w% av .1 . ./ ./\ . . 1 . .. ”I (...a 0‘ W . 1 f 1, F. . 1 p .I .1 1 .l n... w a 5 . I a _ .4. U W . .. § .. . . .m. a . . q a ... b V i .2 F4 . ._ I. ul- . .o a. f ‘ o . h ...-lo 356 Schneider, B. V. H. "Collective Bargaining and the Federal Civil Service." Industrial Relations, III (May, 1961;), pp. 97- 120. Schneider, Carl J. "The Revival of Whitleyism in British local Government." Public Administration Review, XIII (Spring, 1953): PP. 97-1050 Schnoor, Howard. "Employee Participation in Management in the German Civil Service." Personnel Administration, XV (September, 1952), pp. 11-18,720 Schoemann, Peter T. "The Right of Teachers to Organize." Th__g American Federationist, LIX (March, 1963), pp. 23-2h. Schwartz, Murray L. "Notes: Industrial Nationalization and Industrial Relations in Great Britain." Universit of Pennsylvania Law Revi____e_w, XCVII (March, 19119). Pp. 3123- E38. Seasongood, Murray and Barrow, Roscoe L. "Unionization of Public Employees." University of Cincinnati Law Review, XXI (November, 1952), PPo 327- 392. Seaman, Melvin. "Role Conflict and Ambivalence in Leadership." American Sociological Review, XVIII (August, 1953). Pp. 373-380. Segal, Melvin J. "Grievance Procedures for Public Employees." Labor Law Journal, II (December, 1958), pp. 921 ~9214. Seitz, Reynolds 0. "Rights of School Teachers to Engage in Labor Organizational Activities." Marquette Law Review, ILIV (Summer, 1960), pp. 36-1411. . "School Board and Teacher Unions." American School Board Journal, CXLI (August, 1960), pp. 11-13, 38. Selden, David. "American Federation of Teachers: What It Wants, How It Bargains, Where It's Headed." School Management, VIII (February, 1961;), pp. 56-58. . "Class Size and the New York Contract." Phi Delta Kappan, "1m (March, 19611), pp. 283-287. . "Teacher Collective Bargaining Today," in Eugene C. Hagberg 7am, Problens Confronting Union Organizations in Public Enplo - ment. Columbus, Ohio: Ohio State University, Labor Education and Research Service, 1966, pp. 39-52. . Winning Collective Bargaining. Chicago: American Fed- eration of Teachers, 1963. .1-- ..o‘flz. . ‘ JVW‘A i. . '- I . v5. 5" ”‘- w.——.‘. ,- u» : al.-z} is ‘ ~11 . (12:? 75’ ~54 .. -:-‘ 9.4.3“ . 10"- . . o . - .’ u ’. c . o v - w - . .. ’1' ., ‘ . at“ 31 ,0 - . 5"." . ,_ .--.‘EL’qu an” .387 ‘83-'18"? 3 " “JR" .1" 'I I! A. ;L::o]3w1r'£ 11.2 ‘t ,. P 4 .' 1111-. 74.! .1... ::-. -:‘ n1" .1! r1", 5 nt.:1.‘:.i‘.'r.b“ 1‘ 1. (Y . .‘4‘ .i’. 1.- “'1" _w ‘2": 5mmlAu ‘ ,- L415’ "191’91‘5" . ',;-7 .c:q._(1.-O’<’ 4 ’- .1". ' , {1 '2m‘: 5‘ F. ' I -. ('3'! “I... . .' (“31.8.1110 1911* .. . 51‘.“ 7'1;th 'J 4“: . ’1 ' “a '1-1-1’: ’1’: ,7— “.‘. 1 90’?an wews an... on -- .Fd?‘ .. 1:) 357 Seligson, Harry. "A New Look at Duployee Relations in Public and Private Services." Labor Law Journal, XV (May, 1961),), pp. 287-299. "Settlement of DiSputes in Public Ehnployment" Monthly Labor Review, LXXXIX (April, 1966), pp. 3-11. Seymour, Harold. "Divided, the fieaching7 Profession Weighs the Pros and Cons of Unionism." Industrial Bulletin, ILI (January, 1962), pp. 17-20. Shenton, David G. "Compulsory Arbitration in the Public Service." Labor Law Journal, XVII (March, 1966), pp. 138-1117. Shoben, E. J. "When Teachers Strike." Teachers College Record, LXV (November, 1963), pp. 1611-167. Shestack, Jerome J. "The Public Employee and His Government: Conditions and Disabilities of Public Enployment." Vanderbilt Law Review, VIII (June, 1955). pp. 816-837. Shils, Edward B. "Philadelphia Streamlines Personnel Plan." National Municwipal Review, ml (July, 19113), pp. 367-372. "'"'""' Short, Lloyd M. "Unions of Municipal Employees." Minnesota Municipali- ties, mx (July, 191111), pp. 219-225. Siciliano, Rocco C. "Employee-Management RelatiOna in the Federal Government." Good Government, LKXVII (January, 1960), pp. 3-h. Silver, Jonas. "Labor Relations of Public Employees." American Labor Legislation Review, In (December, 1910), pp. 169-17 . . "Union Agreements with Municipalities." Monthly Labor "'"'""—Review, LVI (June, 19h3), pp. 1165-1170. Silver, Richard A. "Collective Bargaining with Public Employees." Personnel Administration, XIII (January-February, 1959): PP. 27-314. Smith, M. Mead. "Labor and the Savannah River AEC Project: Part I _/:Manpower, Wages, and Recruitmentz." Montily Labor Review, LXIIV (June, 1952), pp. 629-639. . "Labor and the Savannah River AEC Project: Part II nionization and Industrial Relatianpj‘.n Monthly Labor Review, W (JUly', 1952), pp. 12-21. Smith, Oscar 8. "Are Public Service Strikes Necessary?" Public Personnel Review, XII (July, 1960), pp. 169-173. 4 . . p - gift-‘3' .L' 11 1‘, V . .... . H ..n. . . 1 mu m \1. ... M‘N 1. .1 . n 1L ‘1” u .m I 1 r. ..h; . .. a... . 1...... 1w. .0. mm... a. .. .m. T1 M... . W. .. r“ .11. .1 Lht‘. I ... 1 A ,. r .. .14”; . I . . I“( m 1.. .\ .r, .. . .. 3 r . 1. w. m... ...... J m 11“.?! n J... 1. ”I ..r..._ v1 "1.1 ... ,. r. 2... 1 .1 n.» We .1 . . «a C \o- .11 14 o . .1 .0o r. a” 1.11. L I. .D ..1. (. n. J. .t .L .m 1 1 . 1 fl '1‘ :71 l v a .1 \.l .I.~ 1. .11 Lu . .. ~11 v1. I AJ 4 1 1 .... v.11. .. e. . . . . . .r .. 1 0 1h 0.. \II in 0' h. 5 . NI. r... H .. . .. 4." v w .1. ... 1. r r... Iu . on J 1 \1 o . o \ u o. I .. t u ..r. (L r. .oJ . a .. - .... _. .. . 1 a to .n. v. o . . r1 1 v. v. "1’ w. 1" . I n ( a o .w o . r 1 1 .1. d... . e 1 .. u .1. .1... . . .1“ .... o . ... v _. ...; .. ... u . 10 . [K t . o 1v. 1 v. ... 1 . D .. .. ow. 1 1 m. ..u . 1 #1.; o 1‘ o I , I I“ r . 1 . 4 . . .I . s" 11. 1. u 1A _ O . \l 1.. .o .. . . 3m . “1 . .... 1 . . . . .. 1... 1 a 1 w 1. on U - J4. . u . . . . a .A.. . 1. .......Jp—ao 1 . n. 1.. 1'. . . m x1“ -Q. .r. _ . .. .1 v.4 . _ . . v.“ . ... ... . v'1. 11. 1 ,1...“ .15. F111... ....19...(. 358 . "The Effect of the Public Interest on the Right to Strike and to Bargain Collectively." North Carolina Law Review, xxvn (February, 19119), pp. 2011-212. . "Implications for Collective Bargaining in Quasi-Public —Work." Monthly Labor Review, LXXEV (March, 1952), pp. 257-262. . i'Obligations of Government as Owner, Financier and Consumer in Relation to Collective Bargaining." Labor Law Journal, VII (November, 1956), pp. 6811-689. Smith, Russell A. , and McLaughlin, Doris B. "Public Employment Research: A Neglected Area of Research and Training in Labor Relations.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XVI (October, 1962), pp . 30%. wathe, Cyrus. "Collective Bargaining Under Executive Order 10988: Trends and Prospects." Public Personnel Review, XXVI (October, 1965), pp. 199-202. Snyder, Eleanor M. "Cost-of-Living Adjustment of State and Municipal I Wages." Monthly Labor Review, LVII (November, 1953): PP. 885-8911. Solberg, James G. "Representing the Teachers' Interest. Response from a School Board Member." Monthly Labor Review, W (June, 1966), pp. 622-6230 Solomon, Benjamin. The Role of the Teacher in Educational Decision Making. (Reprint Series No. 125.) Chicago: University of Chicago, Industrial Relations Center, 1966. Somens, Gerald G. (Ed.). "Collective Bargaining in the Public Service." Proceedings of the 1966 Annual Sprin Meetin , Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Industrial Relations Research Association, may 6‘7, 1966. Sommers, William A. "Municipal Wage Policy for Unionized Enployees." American 03:01. LIX (November, 1955), PP. 1111, 1113. "Sound Off: Teachers Should Have the Right to Strike.” The Instructor, Lmzt (March, 1963), pp. 10-11. Spencer, V. "Nurse and Her Enployee Labor Relations." Hogital Management, xcvn (April-May, 19611). pp. 1111-118. Spero, Sterling D. "Arbitration in the American Public Service." Arbitration Journal, II (October, 1938), pp. 3117-351. . "Collective Bargaining in the Public Service." Annals, CEVIII (November, 19116), pp. 1116-153. (I ’v" 1 _. v _ ._ \. a .. n . 1 .. u .. . I. J 1 v . . ! \‘1v‘z1ulfoa" 1,4. 3 \ 1‘ I .11 ' ,j ZZPDJfi ,"'1.:. ‘7' ug.lrv ; mm m? 1 1. n ... .J n1 V.” .1._. 1. RI. A . 1, L . . f. 1 ... .1 ...... , _ 11.. f .1.. . 1 .. 11... I ,. . L: d V a. w '. L. ',.)' man has a ’yf.) 17W ....A. r 51‘ 111163197 V t. . f {"311 .—.(4 A." 1;“ _, V :r" 11111111111511" " {1361:3110} I .L‘ - .'.l 111.1 .— .41 1 a}... o- - I ... v T ..\ .1 r1.” .1 1 m1! .1 . ..- I o ~a .\ (J (L : " 1.1111113151191113 '7 0'1" ,(OLE‘U ‘m' 1 {-4.3} : ‘.[ 1'1." 6'1" 0 ‘1 “‘ . as ’1": .32; 12mm” 359 . Government as Enplgzei. New York: Chemical Publishing Company, 191.18. . "Have Public Enployees the Right to Strike? -- Maybe." National Municipal Review, xxx (September, 1941), pp. 5211-528, 551. . "Whitleyism and Collective Bargaining." Public Administra- tion Review, Iv (Spring, 191111). pp. 1611-167. Srivastava, Anand K. "Public Service Unions in the United States." Indian Journal of Public Administration, I (October-December, 1955), pp. 333-3h3. Starie, John H., and Spatafora, Jack. "Union or Professional Manbership: A Matter of PhiIOSOphy and Program." Industrial and Labor Relations Repgrt Card for Social Science Teachers, III (November, 19637, pp. 2-5. Steet, Marion L. "Professional Associations: MOre than Unions." Teachers College Record, LXVI (December, 1961.1) , pp. 203-218. Steffensen, James P. "Board-Staff Negotiations." School Life, XLVII (October, 19611), PP. 6-8. . Teachers Negptiate with Their School Boards. (Bulletin 140.) Washington, D.C.: U. S. Office of Education, 1961i. Stephens, Kenton E. "Collective Relationships Bemeen Teachers' Organizations and Boards of Education." Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, University of Chicago, 196k. Steward, Luther C. "The Part of Organized Employees in DevelOping and Administering a Personnel Wstem." Public Personnel Studies, VIII (October-November, 1930), pp. 1111-1113. Stinnett, T. M. "Professional Negotiation, Collective Bargaining, Sanctions and Strikes." The Bulletin of the National Associa- tion of Sgcondaxy School Principals“? XL"VI'I'I (April, 1961.), pp. 93-10 0 , neimnan, Jack H., and Ware, Martha L. Professional Negotiation in Public Education. New York: Themacmillan Company, 1965 Story, H. W. "Collective Bargaining with Teachers Under Wisconsin Law." Theory into Practice, IV (April, 1965), pp. 61 -65. Stout, Dorman L. "Public Enployees: Rights to Strike and to Bargain Collectively." Tennessee Law Review, XXV (Summer, 1958), pp. 511-515. 360 Straus, Donald B. "The Atomic Energy Program and Collective Bargaining." Monthly Labor Review, LXXI (November, 1950), PP- 587-588. Strauss, George. "The AAUP as a Professional Occupational Association." Industrial Relations, V (October, 1965), pp. 128-1110. . "Professionalism and Occupational Associations." Industrial Relations, II (May, 1963), pp. 7-31. Strickland, Jack F. "The 119th Convention of the Federation of Teachers." Monthly Labor Review, CXIXVIII (October, 1965), pp. 12911-1205. Stumpf, W. A. "New World of Educational Administration: Teacher Militancy." American School Board Journal, CLVIII (February, 1966), p. 10. Sturmthal, Adolph. "Nationalization and Workers' Control in Britain and France." Journal of Political Econom, LXI (February, 1953), pp- (43'790 Stutz, Robert L. "Collective Bargaining by City Ernployees." Labor Law Journal, xv (November, 19611), pp. 696-701. . Collective Dealing by Units 2f Local Government in Connecticut. Storrs, Connecti'Eut: University of Connecticut, May, 1960. Sublette, Donald J. and Meyer, Charles A. "Detroit Does Not Experiment in Arbitrating Labor Disputes." Public Personnel Review, HII (June, 1952), Pp. 13b--1360 Sunby, Robert D. "Municipal Employee Labor Relations: Discussion of Legal Aspects of Municipal Labor Relations." Municipality, ILVIII (April, 1953), pp. 80-81, 89-911. Sussna, Edward. "Collective Bargaining on the New York City Transit Systan, 19110-1957." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, II (July. 1958). pp- 983%. Teachers College Record. (November, 1961), "The Union Patterns in Teachers' Organizations," by Carl J. Megel, pp. 115-120. ___._____- (November, 1961), "The Professional Pattern in Teachers' -- Organizations," by Clarice Kline, pp. 121-127. Thompson, Arthur A. "Collective Bargaining in the Public Service." Labor Law Journal, XVII (February, 1966), pp. 89-98. Thompson, Peter M. "Negotiating with Unions: The Canadian Experience." Public Personnel Review, XXIII (October, 1962), p. 235. 11‘ 1‘ ’LA § ' MI 1 . 1112 :Ié. ' i'“ E 1 ‘ ; ' l . x :1 '1 5123-1 " wineries-YB nr them-1'3- c . u 1 u -. I l" ‘1 4 ". ‘- "n 911. . e e 1 1 . i I x n 1 1 ' . I 1 u e I ' 'T. ‘7‘. :at'c-WJ :ifiw 311583 ‘(S‘OU' J ‘7'1J0m ~. .'W‘Jmer , Lf Ii". ‘11“ Evil] v, F. 1 1.11"“ r (1‘11"330 (23y 112607) 5' J . >1 -, ......... 1-. C 1' 11'1" ' 1 ‘-.11:1.r}i":=r:‘. 1~r .' .~ ' m in air. ’3‘er -.' 2.1:." t ”' .‘..:A,Ouooa . .....E. 31.: 3‘20! ‘ “It! 1‘??- .b': L‘ 1!? ",bnoimal .1 :-'71 r ‘ . rm 'roi’. ) xiii: .'.! 361 Thorns, Irene. "Collective Negotiation: A Survey and Analysis of Teacher Group Collective Negotiation Contracts with School Boards." Unpublished Ph. D. dissertation, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1961. Torpey, William G. "They Shall Not Strike." Minnesota Municipalities, mII (January, 1911?), pp. 16-19. Torres Braschi, Ramon, et al. "Personnel Opinions: What Policies and Rules, If Any, Should Govern Supplementary Outside Ehnployment by Public Employees?" Public Personnel Review, IV, (April, 19514), pp. 93—99. "Tripartite Panel to Improve Municipal Collective Bargaining Procedures." Memorandum of Agreement, New York: City Adnfinistrator's Office, March 31, 1966. "Union Activity in Public Employment." Columbia Law Review, LV (March, 1955), pp- 3113-366. "Union Labor and the Municipal mployer." Illinois Law Review, EV (July-August, 1950), pp. 3611-377. "Unions Eye Igunicipal Employees." Business Week, 15112 (March 21 , 1959), Pp. 11 -1220 "The Union Shop, Euployment Security, and Municipal Workers." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, III (January, 1959): Po 256. U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Collective Bar ainin eements in the Federal Service. (Late Summer, 196147 (Bulletin No. 11131 .) Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1965. U.S. Office of Education. Teachers Negotiate with Their School Boards. (Bulletin No. 19614.) Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government fiinting Office, 196h. Upton, C.—D,, Miller, LeRoy, and Erickson, John E. "Minnesota State Enployees Train for Unionism." American Federationist, ILVII (May, 19210), pp. 1196-501- Unruh, A. "Negotiations and the Role of the Superintendent." Educational Forum, XXIX (January, 1965), pp. 165-169. Vietheer, George C. "The Government Seizure Strategem in Labor Disputes." Public Administration Rivieg, VI (Spring, 19116), pp. 1119-156. Vogel, Isadore. "What About the Rights of the Public Emloyeeflz Labor Law Journal, I (May, 1950), pp. 6011-618. 362 Vosloo, William B. Collective Bargainingin the United States Federal Civil Service. Chicago: Public Personnel Association, 1966. Walker, Harvey. "Employee Organizations in the National Government Service. 1: The Period to the World War." Public Personnel Studies, I (August, 19111), pp. 67-73. . "Employee Organizations in the National Government Service. 2: The Formation of the National Federation of Federal Employees." Public Personnel Studies, I (October, 19M), pp. 130-135. . "Employee Organizations in the National Government Service. 3: Enployee Organizations Activities Involving Pay." Public Personnel Studies, I (November, 19111), pp. 167-177. . "Employee Organizations in the National Government Service. 1;: Retirement Legislation." Public Personnel Studies, 1 (February, 19112), pp. 246-256. Warner, Kenneth 0. (ed.). DeveIOpments in Public Eknplgygg Relations: Legislative, Judicial, Administrative. Chicago: Public Personnel Association, 196?. . Management Relations with Organized Public Egployees: Theory, PoliciegLPrograms. Chicago: Public Personnel Association, 1963. Washington Education Association. Guidelines for Professional Ne - tiations. Seattle: Washington Education Association, 19 . Weber, F. W. "The Federal Personnel Officer: Management or Employee?" Personnel Administration, XVIII (January, 1955), PP. 38-112. Weiford, Douglas, and Burggraaff, Wayne. "The Future for Public Employee Unions." Public Management, XLV (May, 1963), p. 102. Weisenfeld, Allan. "Collective Bargaining by Public Employees in the U.S.” Proceedings of the Annual @ring Meeting, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Industrial Relations Research Association, 1966, pp. 1-10. . "Public Employees: First or Second Class Citizens?" Labor Law Journal, XVI (Novanber, 1965), pp. 685-7011. Welsh, James T. "mployee Participation in Personnel Procedures." Public Mana ment, RIVIII (January, 1956), pp. 5-6. Wermel, Michael T. "A Look Ahead at Personnel and Salaries." Western City, mm (May, 1958), pp. 27-30. 363 "What Impacts Will the Trend Towards Unionization and Collective Bargaining with Public Employee Organizations Have on the Merit System?" Public Personnel Review, XXVII (January, 1966), pp . 52-59. "When Teachers Organize." Monthly Labor Review, IMVII (November, 19611), pp. 1295-1298. White, Leonard D. "Strikes in the Public Service." Public Personnel Review, I (January, 19119), pp. 3-10. Wilbern, York. "Professionalization in the Public Service: Too Little or Too Much?“ Public Administration Review, XIV (Winter, 1951;), pp. 13-21. Wildman, Wesley A. "Collective Action by..'Public School Teachers." Industrial and Labor Relations Review, XVIII (October, 19611), pp. 3-190 . Implications of Teacher Bargaining for School Administration. (ReprintvSeries No. 120.7 mug“ fiiversity of Chicago, Industrial Relations Canter, 1965. . Le al A ects of Teacher Collective Action. (Reprint Series No. 155.; Chicago: University of Chicago, Industrial Relations Center, 1966. . "Representing the Teachers' Interest." Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Winter MeetingI Industrial Relations Research Association, 1966, pp. 113-123. , and Perry, Charles R. Grou Conflict and School Organiza- tion. (Reprint Series No. 123., CE’cago: fiiversity of Chicago, Industrial Relations Center, 1966. Wirth, Richard M. "Sane About the Union." Michigan Education Journal, XL (October 1, 1962), pp. 205, 223. "Who Runs the Public Schools?" The American Federationist, Ln (July, 1963), pp. 21-22. fiisconsin Legislative Council, Labor Relations Comittee]. "Labor Committee Opposes Interference in Municipal loyer-Euployee Relations." Municipality, LII (February, 1957 , pp. 35, 119. Wollett, Donald H. "Professional Negotiations: What Is This Thing?" Washington, D.C. : National Education Association, 19611 (mimeographed) 3611 . "The Public Euployee at the Bargaining Table: Promise or Illusion?" Labor Law Journal, IV (January, 1961;), pp. 8-15. Wolpert, Al‘nold W. "Representing the Teachers' Interests. Response from the NEA." Montigy Labor Review, LDOCIX (June, 1966), pp. 621-622. Woodcock, George. "Trade Unions under Nationalization." Labor and Industry in Britain, v (June, 19117), pp. 123-125. " "Work Stappages, Government Enployees, 19112-1961." Monthly Labor Review, LXIXXVI (January, 1963), pp. 52-51;. Work Stoppages Dvolfingleachas, 19LLO-1 962, Summarg Release. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963. Wormuth, Francis D. "The Hatch Act Cases." Western Political @arterly, I (June, 191.18), pp. 165-173. Yabroff, Bernard, and Lily, Mary David. "Collective Bargaining and Work Steppages Involving Teachers." Monthly Labor Review, mm (May. 1953), pp. 1175-1179. , and Willis, Daniel P., Jr. "Federal Seizures in Labor- Management DiSputes, 1917-52." Monthly Labor Review, LXXVI (June, 1953), PP. 611-616. Young, Dallas M. "Fifty Years of Labor Arbitration in Cleveland Transit." Monthly labor Review, mu (May, 1960), pp. 11611-1171. Zander, Arnold S. "Labor Problems." A discussion by Gordon R. Clapp. "Problems of Union Relations in Public Agencies." American Economic Review XXIII (Supplement) Part 2, (March, 1,9133}, pp. 20 3.263. . "Organized Labor and the Council-Manager Plan: II. Views of a Labor Official." Public Management, XXIII (June, 195?), pp. 126-129. . "Public Employee Unions: The American Federation of State, Coun , and Municipal Employees." Public Management, XIX (Septanber, 1937): Pp. 259-261. . "Trends in Labor Legislation for Public Enployees." Monthly Labor Review, IHIIII (December, 1960), pp. 1293-1296. . "Where Our Union Stand on Its Collective Bargaining Program." Public mp1 ee, mv (July, 1959). pp. 3-6. 365 Zwackman, John E. "Municipal Employment Relations in Wisconsin: The Extension of Provate Labor Relations Devices into Municipal E'rqaloyment." Wisconsin Law Review, VIII (Summer, 1965), pp. 671- 701 .